lisp/ldefs-boot.el

   1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
   2 ;;
   3 ;;; Code:
   4
   5 \f
   6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
   7 ;;;;;;  5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
   8 ;;;;;;  "play/5x5.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
   9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
  10
  11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
  12 Play 5x5.
  13
  14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
  15 squares you must fill the grid.
  16
  17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
  18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
  19 Flip                        \\[5x5-flip-current]
  20 Move up                     \\[5x5-up]
  21 Move down                   \\[5x5-down]
  22 Move left                   \\[5x5-left]
  23 Move right                  \\[5x5-right]
  24 Start new game              \\[5x5-new-game]
  25 New game with random grid   \\[5x5-randomize]
  26 Random cracker              \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
  27 Mutate current cracker      \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
  28 Mutate best cracker         \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
  29 Mutate xor cracker          \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
  30 Solve with Calc             \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
  31 Rotate left Calc Solutions  \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
  32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
  33 Quit current game           \\[5x5-quit-game]
  34
  35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
  36
  37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
  38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
  39
  40 \(fn)" t nil)
  41
  42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
  43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
  44
  45 \(fn)" t nil)
  46
  47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
  48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
  49
  50 \(fn)" t nil)
  51
  52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
  53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
  54 Mutate the result.
  55
  56 \(fn)" t nil)
  57
  58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
  59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
  60
  61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
  62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
  63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far.  The function
  64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
  65
  66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
  67
  68 ;;;***
  69 \f
  70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
  71 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
  72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
  73
  74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
  75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
  76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
  77 extensions.
  78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
  79 the file name.
  80
  81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
  82
  83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
  84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
  85
  86 \(fn)" t nil)
  87
  88 ;;;***
  89 \f
  90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
  91 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
  92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
  93
  94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
  95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
  96
  97 \(fn)" t nil)
  98
  99 ;;;***
 100 \f
 101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
 102 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
 103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
 104
 105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
 106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
 107 Completion is available.
 108
 109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
 110
 111 ;;;***
 112 \f
 113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
 114 ;;;;;;  add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
 115 ;;;;;;  prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
 116 ;;;;;;  add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
 117 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
 118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
 119
 120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
 121
 122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
 123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
 124 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
 125 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
 126 outside a function.")
 127
 128 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
 129
 130 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
 131 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
 132 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
 133
 134 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
 135
 136 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
 137 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
 138 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.  In addition to
 139 being a simple string, this value can also be a list.  All elements
 140 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
 141 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
 142
 143 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
 144
 145 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
 146 Prompt for a change log name.
 147
 148 \(fn)" nil nil)
 149
 150 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
 151 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
 152
 153 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
 154 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
 155 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
 156 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
 157
 158 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
 159 simply find it in the current directory.  Otherwise, search in the current
 160 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
 161
 162 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
 163 current buffer to the complete file name.
 164 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
 165
 166 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
 167
 168 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
 169 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
 170 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
 171 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
 172
 173 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
 174 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
 175
 176 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
 177
 178 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
 179 never append to an existing entry.  Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
 180 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
 181
 182 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
 183 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
 184 after a comma on an existing line.
 185
 186 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
 187 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
 188 the same person.
 189
 190 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
 191 permission notice.  The first blank line indicates the end of these
 192 notices.
 193
 194 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
 195 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
 196
 197 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
 198
 199 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
 200 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
 201 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
 202 the change log file in another window.
 203
 204 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
 205
 206 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
 207 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
 208 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
 209 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
 210 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
 211 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
 212
 213 \\{change-log-mode-map}
 214
 215 \(fn)" t nil)
 216
 217 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
 218 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
 219
 220 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
 221 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
 222
 223 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
 224 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
 225 identifiers followed by `:' or `='.  See variables
 226 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
 227 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
 228
 229 Has a preference of looking backwards.
 230
 231 \(fn)" nil nil)
 232
 233 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
 234 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
 235 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
 236 the appropriate motion commands).  OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
 237 or a buffer.
 238
 239 Entries are inserted in chronological order.  Both the current and
 240 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
 241
 242 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
 243
 244 ;;;***
 245 \f
 246 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
 247 ;;;;;;  ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
 248 ;;;;;;  "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20725 15032 264919 0))
 249 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
 250
 251 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
 252 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
 253 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
 254 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
 255 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
 256 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
 257 old original, or keep it and raise an error.  The values `accept', `discard',
 258 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done.  `warn' is just like `accept' but
 259 it additionally prints a warning message.  All other values will be
 260 interpreted as `error'.")
 261
 262 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
 263
 264 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
 265 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
 266 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
 267 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
 268 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
 269 advised function is compiled or a built-in function.  Every other value will
 270 be interpreted as `maybe'.  This variable will only be considered if the
 271 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
 272
 273 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
 274
 275 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
 276 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
 277
 278 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
 279
 280 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
 281 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
 282
 283 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
 284
 285 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
 286 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
 287
 288 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
 289 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
 290 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
 291 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
 292 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
 293
 294 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
 295 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
 296 the new one.
 297
 298 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
 299 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
 300 goes.  POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
 301 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
 302 mapped to the closest extremal position).
 303
 304 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
 305 initialized.  Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
 306 the cache-id will clear the cache.
 307
 308 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
 309
 310 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
 311
 312 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
 313 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
 314 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
 315 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
 316 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it.  If a previously
 317 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
 318 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
 319 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled.  If it is negative
 320 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
 321 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
 322 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
 323 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
 324 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'.  Activation of
 325 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
 326 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'.  The current advised
 327 definition will always be cached for later usage.
 328
 329 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
 330
 331 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
 332 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
 333 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
 334
 335   (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
 336     [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
 337     BODY...)
 338
 339 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
 340 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
 341 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
 342 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
 343     see also `ad-add-advice'.
 344 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
 345     instead of the argument list of the original.  The first one found in
 346     before/around/after-advices will be used.
 347 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
 348     All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
 349 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
 350 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
 351     function.  The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
 352 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
 353
 354 Semantics of the various flags:
 355 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
 356 any code that precedes it.  If any around-advice of a function is protected
 357 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
 358
 359 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
 360 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
 361
 362 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
 363 advised function should be compiled.
 364
 365 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
 366 during activation until somebody enables it.
 367
 368 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
 369 time.  This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
 370 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate.  Only use
 371 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
 372
 373 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
 374 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
 375           [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
 376           BODY...)
 377
 378 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
 379
 380 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
 381
 382 ;;;***
 383 \f
 384 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
 385 ;;;;;;  align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
 386 ;;;;;;  align) "align" "align.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
 387 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
 388
 389 (autoload 'align "align" "\
 390 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
 391 BEG and END mark the region.  If BEG and END are specifically set to
 392 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
 393 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
 394 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
 395 rule's `separate' attribute).
 396
 397 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
 398 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
 399 `separate' attribute set.
 400
 401 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
 402 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
 403 `align-exclude-rules-list'.  See `align-rules-list' for more details
 404 on the format of these lists.
 405
 406 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 407
 408 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
 409 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
 410 BEG and END mark the limits of the region.  This function will prompt
 411 for the REGEXP to align with.  If no prefix arg was specified, you
 412 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
 413 whitespace is replaced.  If a prefix arg was specified, the full
 414 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
 415 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
 416 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
 417 the line.  See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
 418 options.
 419
 420 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
 421 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
 422
 423     Fred (123) 456-7890
 424     Alice (123) 456-7890
 425     Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
 426     Joe (123) 456-7890
 427
 428 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
 429 using a REGEXP like \"(\".  All you would have to do is to mark the
 430 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
 431
 432 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
 433
 434 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
 435 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
 436 BEG and END mark the extent of the region.  If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
 437 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
 438 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
 439 align that section.
 440
 441 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 442
 443 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
 444 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
 445 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
 446 so saves you from having to specify the region.  If RULES or
 447 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
 448 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
 449 been used to align that section.
 450
 451 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 452
 453 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
 454 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
 455 BEG and END mark the extent of the region.  TITLE identifies the rule
 456 that should be highlighted.  If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
 457 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
 458 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
 459 to be colored.
 460
 461 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 462
 463 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
 464 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
 465
 466 \(fn)" t nil)
 467
 468 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
 469 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
 470
 471 \(fn)" t nil)
 472
 473 ;;;***
 474 \f
 475 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
 476 ;;;;;;  allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
 477 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
 478 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
 479
 480 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
 481 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
 482
 483 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
 484
 485 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
 486
 487 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
 488 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
 489
 490 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
 491 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
 492
 493 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
 494 `allout-auto-activation'.
 495
 496 \(fn)" nil nil)
 497
 498 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
 499 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
 500
 501 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
 502 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
 503 file variable `allout-layout'.
 504
 505 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
 506 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
 507 specified layout is applied.
 508
 509 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
 510 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
 511
 512 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
 513 Auto-layout is not.
 514
 515 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
 516
 517 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
 518
 519 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 520
 521 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
 522
 523 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 524
 525 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 526
 527 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 528
 529 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 530
 531 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 532
 533 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
 534
 535 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 536
 537 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 538
 539 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
 540
 541 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
 542
 543 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
 544
 545 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
 546
 547 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 548
 549 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 550
 551 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
 552 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
 553
 554 \(fn)" nil t)
 555
 556 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
 557 Toggle Allout outline mode.
 558 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
 559 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
 560 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
 561
 562 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
 563 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
 564 outline oriented formatting and manipulation.  It enables
 565 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
 566 exposure.  It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
 567 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages.  (For example,
 568 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
 569 outline.)
 570
 571 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
 572
 573  - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
 574    repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
 575  - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
 576  - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
 577  - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
 578  - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
 579  - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
 580  - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
 581
 582 and many other features.
 583
 584 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
 585 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology.  See also the
 586 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
 587 features.  Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
 588 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
 589
 590 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
 591 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'.  We recommend customizing
 592 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
 593 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
 594 bindings you have on \\C-c.  In any case, outline structure
 595 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
 596 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
 597 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
 598 un-control-shifted command letters.  This is described further in
 599 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
 600
 601         Exposure Control:
 602         ----------------
 603 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree]   `allout-hide-current-subtree'
 604 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
 605 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
 606 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
 607 \\[allout-show-all]   `allout-show-all'
 608
 609         Navigation:
 610         ----------
 611 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
 612 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
 613 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
 614 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
 615 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
 616 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
 617 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
 618 \\[allout-beginning-of-line]  `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
 619      if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
 620      and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
 621
 622
 623         Topic Header Production:
 624         -----------------------
 625 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
 626 \\[allout-open-subtopic]   `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
 627 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
 628
 629         Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
 630         ---------------------------------
 631 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in'   Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
 632 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
 633 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
 634             current topic
 635 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic'   Reconcile bullets of topic and
 636             its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
 637             are alternated according to nesting depth.
 638 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings'  Number bullets of topic and siblings --
 639            the offspring are not affected.
 640            With repeat count, revoke numbering.
 641
 642         Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
 643         ----------------------------------
 644 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic'   Kill current topic, including offspring.
 645 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
 646 \\[allout-kill-line]     `allout-kill-line'    Kill line, attending to outline structure.
 647 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill]     `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
 648 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank'        Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
 649                              depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
 650                              heading (ie, prefix sans text).
 651 \\[allout-yank-pop]     `allout-yank-pop'       Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
 652
 653         Topic-oriented Encryption:
 654         -------------------------
 655 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
 656           Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
 657
 658         Misc commands:
 659         -------------
 660 M-x outlineify-sticky       Activate outline mode for current buffer,
 661                             and establish a default file-var setting
 662                             for `allout-layout'.
 663 \\[allout-mark-topic]       `allout-mark-topic'
 664 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
 665                             Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
 666                             buffer with name derived from derived from that
 667                             of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
 668 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
 669                             Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
 670                             prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
 671                             format.
 672 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
 673                             Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
 674                             auto-activation.
 675
 676                   Topic Encryption
 677
 678 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
 679 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
 680 pending encryption on save.
 681
 682 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
 683 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
 684 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
 685 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
 686 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
 687
 688 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
 689 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
 690 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out.  That
 691 can take several minutes.  (Decryption of other entries is not
 692 affected.)  Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
 693 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
 694 signal.
 695
 696 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
 697 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
 698 for details.
 699
 700                  HOT-SPOT Operation
 701
 702 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
 703 navigation and exposure control.
 704
 705 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
 706 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
 707 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars.  For example, \"f\"
 708 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
 709 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
 710
 711 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
 712 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
 713 single keystroke.  Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
 714 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
 715 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
 716
 717 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
 718 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot.  If you
 719 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
 720 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
 721 immediately, to the hot-spot.  Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
 722 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
 723 at the beginning of the current entry.
 724
 725                              Extending Allout
 726
 727 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
 728 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
 729 without changes to the allout core.  Here are key ones:
 730
 731 `allout-mode-hook'
 732 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
 733 `allout-mode-off-hook'
 734 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
 735 `allout-structure-added-functions'
 736 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
 737 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
 738 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
 739 `allout-post-undo-hook'
 740
 741                             Terminology
 742
 743 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
 744
 745 ITEM:   A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
 746 TOPIC:  An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
 747         and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
 748 CURRENT ITEM:
 749         The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
 750 DEPTH:  The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
 751         The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX.  The DEPTH is also
 752         called the:
 753 LEVEL:  The same as DEPTH.
 754
 755 ANCESTORS:
 756         Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
 757 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR.  It has a DEPTH one less than that
 758         of the ITEM.
 759 OFFSPRING:
 760         The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
 761 SUBTOPIC:
 762         An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
 763 CHILD:
 764         An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
 765 SIBLINGS:
 766         TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
 767
 768 Topic text constituents:
 769
 770 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
 771         text.
 772 ENTRY:  The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
 773         the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
 774 BODY:   Same as ENTRY.
 775 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
 776         ENTRY text.  Allout recognizes the outline structure according
 777         to the strict PREFIX format.  It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
 778         PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET.  The BULLET might be followed by a
 779         number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
 780         siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
 781         space.  After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
 782         the PREFIX.
 783
 784         The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
 785         of the ITEM.
 786 PREFIX-LEAD:
 787         The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
 788         It can be customized by changing the setting of
 789         `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
 790
 791         When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
 792         programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
 793         program code without interfering with processing of the text
 794         (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code.  This
 795         setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
 796         programming-mode buffers.  See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
 797         docstring for more detail.
 798 PREFIX-PADDING:
 799         Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
 800         bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
 801 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
 802         the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
 803         `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'.  When creating a TOPIC,
 804         plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
 805         TOPIC.  Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
 806         provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
 807         TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC.  The
 808         significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
 809         convention.  See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
 810         more details.
 811 EXPOSURE:
 812         The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
 813         of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
 814 CONCEALED:
 815         TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited.  Concealed
 816         text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
 817
 818         CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
 819 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
 820 OPEN:   A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
 821
 822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 823
 824 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
 825
 826 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
 827 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
 828
 829 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
 830 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
 831
 832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 833
 834 ;;;***
 835 \f
 836 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
 837 ;;;;;;  allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
 838 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
 839 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
 840
 841 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
 842
 843 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
 844 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
 845
 846 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
 847
 848 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
 849
 850 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
 851 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
 852
 853 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
 854 visiting an outline.
 855
 856 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
 857 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
 858
 859 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
 860 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
 861 you want allout widgets operation.
 862
 863 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
 864
 865 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
 866
 867 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 868
 869 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
 870 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
 871 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
 872 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
 873 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
 874
 875 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
 876 graphical decoration of outline structure.  It is meant to
 877 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
 878
 879 The graphics include:
 880
 881 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
 882
 883 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
 884   has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
 885
 886 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
 887   for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
 888
 889 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
 890 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
 891 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
 892
 893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 894
 895 ;;;***
 896 \f
 897 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
 898 ;;;;;;  "net/ange-ftp.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
 899 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
 900
 901 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
 902
 903 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
 904 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
 905 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
 906 for speed.  Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
 907 may not know they exist.  You can use this command to reread a specific
 908 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
 909
 910 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
 911
 912 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
 913
 914
 915 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
 916
 917 ;;;***
 918 \f
 919 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
 920 ;;;;;;  "animate" "play/animate.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
 921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
 922
 923 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
 924 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
 925 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
 926 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
 927 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
 928 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
 929 in the current window.
 930
 931 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
 932
 933 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
 934 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
 935 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
 936  When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
 937 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
 938 buffer if one does not exist.
 939
 940 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
 941
 942 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
 943 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
 944 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
 945 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
 946 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
 947
 948 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
 949
 950 ;;;***
 951 \f
 952 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
 953 ;;;;;;  "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
 954 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
 955
 956 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
 957 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
 958
 959 \(fn)" t nil)
 960
 961 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
 962 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
 963
 964 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
 965 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
 966 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
 967 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
 968
 969 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
 970 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
 971
 972 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
 973
 974 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
 975
 976 ;;;***
 977 \f
 978 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
 979 ;;;;;;  "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104
 980 ;;;;;;  0))
 981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
 982
 983 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
 984 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
 985 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
 986 the rules are directory inserted at point.  Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
 987 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
 988 \\[yank].
 989
 990 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
 991 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
 992 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
 993 the rules.
 994
 995 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
 996 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
 997 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added.  The
 998 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
 999
1000 \(fn)" t nil)
1001
1002 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1003 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1004
1005 \(fn)" t nil)
1006
1007 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1008 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1009 Used in `antlr-mode'.  Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1010
1011 \(fn)" nil nil)
1012
1013 ;;;***
1014 \f
1015 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1016 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
1017 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1018
1019 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1020 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1021 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1022 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1023 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1024 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1025
1026 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1027
1028 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1029 Toggle checking of appointments.
1030 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1031 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1032
1033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1034
1035 ;;;***
1036 \f
1037 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1038 ;;;;;;  apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1039 ;;;;;;  apropos-user-option apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el"
1040 ;;;;;;  (20716 56 356960 0))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1042
1043 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1047
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1050
1051 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1052
1053 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1054 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1059
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1061 variables, not just user options.
1062
1063 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1064
1065 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1066 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1067 When DO-NOT-ALL is not-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1068 like `apropos-user-option'.
1069
1070 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1071
1072 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1073
1074 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1075 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1076 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1077 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1078 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1079 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1080
1081 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1082 noninteractive functions.
1083
1084 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1085 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1086
1087 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1088 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1089
1090 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1091
1092 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1093 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1094
1095 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1096
1097 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1098 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1099 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1100 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1101
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1106
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1108 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1109
1110 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1111
1112 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1113
1114 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1115 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1116 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1117 thus be found in `load-history'.  If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1118 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1119
1120 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1121
1122 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1123 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1124 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1125 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1126 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1127 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1128
1129 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1130 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1131 names and values of properties.
1132
1133 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1134
1135 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1136
1137 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1138 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1141 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1143
1144 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1145 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file.  With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1146 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1147 documentation strings.
1148
1149 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1150
1151 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1152
1153 ;;;***
1154 \f
1155 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20759
1156 ;;;;;;  33211 414988 0))
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1158
1159 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1160 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1161 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1162 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1163 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1164 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1165
1166 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1167 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1168 archive.
1169
1170 \\{archive-mode-map}
1171
1172 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1173
1174 ;;;***
1175 \f
1176 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20709 26818 907104
1177 ;;;;;;  0))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183   Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays.  An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings.  The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187   The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189   TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193   Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables.  Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply.  These variables are all local to the buffer.  Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200      array-max-row:          The number of rows in the array.
1201      array-max-column:       The number of columns in the array.
1202      array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203      array-field-width:      The width of each field, in characters.
1204      array-rows-numbered:    A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205                        row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208      array-line-length:      The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209      array-lines-per-row:    The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211   The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214     *   \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column]        Move forward one column.
1215     *   \\[array-backward-column]         Move backward one column.
1216     *   \\[array-next-row]        Move down one row.
1217     *   \\[array-previous-row]    Move up one row.
1218
1219     *   \\[array-copy-forward]    Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220     *   \\[array-copy-backward]   Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221     *   \\[array-copy-down]       Copy the current field into the row below.
1222     *   \\[array-copy-up]         Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224     *   \\[array-copy-column-forward]   Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225     *   \\[array-copy-column-backward]   Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226     *   \\[array-copy-row-down]   Copy the current row into the row below.
1227     *   \\[array-copy-row-up]   Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229         \\[array-fill-rectangle]   Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230                   between that of point and mark.
1231
1232         \\[array-what-position]   Display the current array row and column.
1233         \\[array-goto-cell]       Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235         \\[array-make-template]   Make a template for a new array.
1236         \\[array-reconfigure-rows]        Reconfigure the array.
1237         \\[array-expand-rows]   Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238                   newlines inside rows)
1239
1240         \\[array-display-local-variables]   Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20777
1249 ;;;;;;  63161 848428 0))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251
1252 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1253 Toggle Artist mode.
1254 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1255 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1256 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1257
1258 How to quit Artist mode
1259
1260  Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1261
1262
1263 How to submit a bug report
1264
1265  Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1266
1267
1268 Drawing with the mouse:
1269
1270  mouse-2
1271  shift mouse-2  Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1272                 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1273                 below).
1274
1275  mouse-1
1276  shift mouse-1  Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1277                 or pastes:
1278
1279                 Operation       Not shifted               Shifted
1280                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281                 Pen             fill-char at point        line from last point
1282                                                           to new point
1283                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284                 Line            Line in any direction     Straight line
1285                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286                 Rectangle       Rectangle                 Square
1287                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288                 Poly-line       Poly-line in any dir      Straight poly-lines
1289                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290                 Ellipses        Ellipses                  Circles
1291                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292                 Text            Text (see thru)           Text (overwrite)
1293                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294                 Spray-can       Spray-can                 Set size for spray
1295                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296                 Erase           Erase character           Erase rectangle
1297                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298                 Vaporize        Erase single line         Erase connected
1299                                                           lines
1300                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301                 Cut             Cut rectangle             Cut square
1302                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303                 Copy            Copy rectangle            Copy square
1304                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305                 Paste           Paste                     Paste
1306                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307                 Flood-fill      Flood-fill                Flood-fill
1308                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309
1310                 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1311                   or diagonally.
1312
1313                 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down.  When you
1314                   release the button, the point is set.  If you want a segment
1315                   to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1316                   mouse-1 button.  Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1317                   poly-lines.
1318
1319                 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1320                   will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1321                   overwrite means the opposite.
1322
1323                 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1324                   _endpoints_ are connected.  See also the variable
1325                   `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1326
1327                 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1328
1329                 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1330                   See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1331
1332                 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1333                   In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1334                   are currently drawing something.
1335
1336                 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1337                   some time to fill.
1338
1339
1340  mouse-3        Erases character under pointer
1341  shift mouse-3  Erases rectangle
1342
1343
1344 Settings
1345
1346  Set fill       Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1347
1348  Set line       Sets the character used when drawing lines
1349
1350  Erase char     Sets the character used when erasing
1351
1352  Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1353
1354  Trimming       Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1355                 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1356
1357  Borders        Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1358
1359
1360 Drawing with keys
1361
1362  \\[artist-key-set-point]               Does one of the following:
1363                 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1364                 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1365                 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1366                 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1367                 When pasting: Pastes
1368
1369  \\[artist-select-operation]    Selects what to draw
1370
1371  Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1372
1373  \\[artist-select-fill-char]    Sets the character to use when filling
1374  \\[artist-select-line-char]    Sets the character to use when drawing
1375  \\[artist-select-erase-char]   Sets the character to use when erasing
1376  \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding]       Toggles rubber-banding
1377  \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings]    Toggles trimming of line-endings
1378  \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes]    Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1379
1380
1381 Arrows
1382
1383  \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow]          Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1384                 of the line/poly-line
1385
1386  \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow]         Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1387                 of the line/poly-line
1388
1389
1390 Selecting operation
1391
1392  There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1393
1394  \\[artist-select-op-line]      Selects drawing lines
1395  \\[artist-select-op-straight-line]     Selects drawing straight lines
1396  \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1397  \\[artist-select-op-square]    Selects drawing squares
1398  \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1399  \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line]        Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1400  \\[artist-select-op-ellipse]   Selects drawing ellipses
1401  \\[artist-select-op-circle]    Selects drawing circles
1402  \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru]     Selects rendering text (see thru)
1403  \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite]    Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1404  \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1405  \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size]    Set size for the spray-can
1406  \\[artist-select-op-erase-char]        Selects erasing characters
1407  \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle]   Selects erasing rectangles
1408  \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line]     Selects vaporizing single lines
1409  \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines]    Selects vaporizing connected lines
1410  \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle]     Selects cutting rectangles
1411  \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle]    Selects copying rectangles
1412  \\[artist-select-op-paste]     Selects pasting
1413  \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill]        Selects flood-filling
1414
1415
1416 Variables
1417
1418  This is a brief overview of the different variables.  For more info,
1419  see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1420
1421  artist-rubber-banding          Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1422  artist-first-char              What to set at first/second point...
1423  artist-second-char             ...when not rubber-banding
1424  artist-interface-with-rect     If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1425  artist-arrows                  The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1426  artist-aspect-ratio            Character height-to-width for squares
1427  artist-trim-line-endings       Trimming of line endings
1428  artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1429  artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally   Update display while filling
1430  artist-pointer-shape           Pointer shape to use while drawing
1431  artist-ellipse-left-char       Character to use for narrow ellipses
1432  artist-ellipse-right-char      Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433  artist-borderless-shapes       If shapes should have borders
1434  artist-picture-compatibility   Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1435  artist-vaporize-fuzziness      Tolerance when recognizing lines
1436  artist-spray-interval          Seconds between repeated sprayings
1437  artist-spray-radius            Size of the spray-area
1438  artist-spray-chars             The spray-``color''
1439  artist-spray-new-chars         Initial spray-``color''
1440
1441 Hooks
1442
1443  Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1444
1445
1446 Keymap summary
1447
1448 \\{artist-mode-map}
1449
1450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1451
1452 ;;;***
1453 \f
1454 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20709
1455 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1457
1458 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1459 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1460 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1461
1462 \\[asm-colon]   outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1463 \\[tab-to-tab-stop]     tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1466
1467 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1468 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1469
1470 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1471 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1472
1473 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1474
1475 Special commands:
1476 \\{asm-mode-map}
1477
1478 \(fn)" t nil)
1479
1480 ;;;***
1481 \f
1482 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1483 ;;;;;;  (20755 36154 171386 0))
1484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1485
1486 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1487 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1488 expiring.  Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1489 let-binding.")
1490
1491 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1492
1493 ;;;***
1494 \f
1495 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1496 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
1497 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1498
1499 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1500 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1501 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1502
1503 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1504
1505 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1506 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1508 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1509 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1510
1511 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1512 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1513 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1514 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1515 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1516 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1517 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1518 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1519
1520 For example:
1521 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1522 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1523 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1524 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1525 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1526
1527 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1528
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1530
1531 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1532 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1533 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1536 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1537
1538 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1539
1540 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1541 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1543 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1544 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1545
1546 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1547 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1548 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1549
1550 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1551
1552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1553
1554 ;;;***
1555 \f
1556 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1557 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
1558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1559
1560 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1561 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1562
1563 \(fn)" t nil)
1564
1565 ;;;***
1566 \f
1567 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1568 ;;;;;;  "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
1569 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1570
1571 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1572 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1573 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1574
1575 \(fn)" t nil)
1576
1577 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1578 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1579 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1580 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1581
1582 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1583
1584 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1585 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1586 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1588 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1589 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1590
1591 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1592
1593 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1594 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1595 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1596 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1597 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1598
1599 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1600 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1601
1602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1603
1604 ;;;***
1605 \f
1606 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1607 ;;;;;;  update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1608 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1616 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1617 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1618
1619 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1620 autoloads are written into that file.  Otherwise, the autoloads
1621 file is determined by OUTFILE.  If called interactively, prompt
1622 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1623 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1624
1625 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1626
1627 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1628
1629 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1630 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1631 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1632 single directory.  In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1633 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1634
1635 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1636 directory or directories specified.
1637
1638 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1639 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1640 `generated-autoload-file' to this value.  When called from Lisp,
1641 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.  If any Lisp
1642 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1643 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1644
1645 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1646
1647 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1648 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1649 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1650 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1651 should be non-nil).
1652
1653 \(fn)" nil nil)
1654
1655 ;;;***
1656 \f
1657 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1658 ;;;;;;  auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1659 ;;;;;;  "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20767 27320 533690 0))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1661
1662 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1663 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1665 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1666 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1667
1668 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1669 buffer.  When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1670 disk changes.
1671
1672 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1673 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1674 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1675
1676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1677
1678 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1679 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1680
1681 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1682   (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1683
1684 \(fn)" nil nil)
1685
1686 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1687 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1689 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
1690 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1691
1692 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1693 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'.  This
1694 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1695 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1696 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1697
1698 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1699 you please.  But make sure the background process has stopped
1700 writing before you save the file!
1701
1702 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1703
1704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1705
1706 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1707 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1708
1709 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1710   (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1711
1712 \(fn)" nil nil)
1713
1714 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1715 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1716 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1718 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1719 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1720
1721 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1722
1723 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1724 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1725 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1726 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
1727 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1728
1729 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1730 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk.  Use
1731 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1732
1733 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1734 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1735 documentation of that variable.  It ignores buffers with modes
1736 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1737 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1738
1739 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1740 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1741 specifies in the mode line.
1742
1743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1744
1745 ;;;***
1746 \f
1747 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1748 ;;;;;;  "avoid.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1750
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1756
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1758
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1763
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes.  Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1767
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769  * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770  * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771      and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772  * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773      a random distance & direction.
1774  * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775  * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776  * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1777
1778 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1779
1780 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1781 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1782 definition of \"random distance\".)
1783
1784 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1785
1786 ;;;***
1787 \f
1788 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1789 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
1790 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1791  (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1792
1793 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1794 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1795 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1796 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1797
1798 \(fn)" t nil)
1799
1800 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1801 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1802 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1803 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1804 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1805 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1806
1807 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1808
1809 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1810 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1811 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1812 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1813 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1814
1815 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1816 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1817 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1818 seconds.
1819
1820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1821
1822 ;;;***
1823 \f
1824 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1825 ;;;;;;  "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20709 26818 907104
1826 ;;;;;;  0))
1827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1828
1829 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1830 Time execution of FORMS.
1831 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1832 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop.  Otherwise run
1833 FORMS once.
1834 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1835 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1836 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1837
1838 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1839
1840 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1841
1842 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1843 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1844 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1845 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1846 result.  The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1847
1848 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1849
1850 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1851
1852 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1853 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1854 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1855 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1856 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1857
1858 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1859
1860 ;;;***
1861 \f
1862 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1863 ;;;;;;  "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
1864 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1865
1866 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1867 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1868 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1869 of corresponding buffers.
1870 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1871 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1872 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1873 already set.  If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1874 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1875 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1876
1877 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1878
1879 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1880 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1881
1882 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1883
1884 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1885 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1886 to field.  After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1887 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1888
1889 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1890 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil.  However, then BibTeX mode
1891 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1892 entries.  This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1893 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1894
1895 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1896 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1897
1898
1899 Special information:
1900
1901 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1902
1903 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1904 by BibTeX.  The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1905 start with the string ALT.  The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1906 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1907 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1908 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1909 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1910 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1911 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1912 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1913 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1914
1915 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1916 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1917 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1918 of `bibtex-entry-format'.  Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1919 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1920 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1921 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1922 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1923
1924 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1925
1926 ----------------------------------------------------------
1927 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1928 if that value is non-nil.
1929
1930 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1931
1932 \(fn)" t nil)
1933
1934 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1935 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1936 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1937 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'.  Otherwise the search
1938 is limited to the current buffer.  Optional arg START is buffer position
1939 where the search starts.  If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1940 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1941 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1942 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1943 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1944 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1945 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1946
1947 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1948
1949 ;;;***
1950 \f
1951 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1952 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
1953 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1954
1955 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1956 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1957
1958 \(fn)" t nil)
1959
1960 ;;;***
1961 \f
1962 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1963 ;;;;;;  binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1964 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
1965 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1966
1967 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1968 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1969
1970 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1971 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1972 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1973
1974 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1975
1976 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1977 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1978
1979 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1980
1981 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1982 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1983
1984 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1985
1986 ;;;***
1987 \f
1988 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20709
1989 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
1990 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1991
1992 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1993 Play blackbox.
1994 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1995
1996 What is blackbox?
1997
1998 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1999 Blackbox).  Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2000 balls (usually 4) within this box.  By shooting rays into the box and
2001 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2002 the hidden balls.  The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2003 your score.
2004
2005 Overview of play:
2006
2007 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox].  An optional prefix argument
2008 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2009 four.
2010
2011 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2012 movement keys.
2013
2014 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2015 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2016
2017 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2018 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2019
2020 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2021 press \\[bb-done].  You will be informed whether you are correct or
2022 not, and be given your score.  Your score is the number of letters and
2023 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2024 placed ball.  If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2025 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2026
2027 Details:
2028
2029 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2030
2031         Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2032                 where you sent it in.  On the playfield, detours are
2033                 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2034                 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2035
2036         Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2037                 it was sent in.  On the playfield, reflections are
2038                 denoted by the letter `R'.
2039
2040         Hit:    the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed.  It does
2041                 not emerge from the box.  On the playfield, hits are
2042                 denoted by the letter `H'.
2043
2044 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2045 example.
2046
2047 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees.  Rays can
2048 be deflected multiple times.  In the diagrams below, the dashes
2049 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2050 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2051 described under \"Detour\" above.  Note that the entrance and exit
2052 points are always interchangeable.  `*' denotes the path taken by the
2053 ray.
2054
2055 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2056 degree deflection it causes.
2057
2058     1
2059   - * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -
2060   - * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -
2061 1 * * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - O - - - - O -
2062   - - O - - - - -         - - O - - - - -         - - * * * * - -
2063   - - - - - - - -         - - - * * * * * 2     3 * * * - - * - -
2064   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - O - * - -
2065   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - - * * - -
2066   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - - * - O -
2067                                 2                         3
2068
2069 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2070 it was sent in.  This can happen in several ways:
2071
2072
2073   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2074   - - - - O - - -         - - O - O - - -          - - - - - - - -
2075 R * * * * - - - -         - - - * - - - -          O - - - - - - -
2076   - - - - O - - -         - - - * - - - -        R - - - - - - - -
2077   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2078   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2079   - - - - - - - -       R * * * * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2080   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -          - - - - - - - -
2081
2082 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2083 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2084 its point of origin.  The second example is similar.  The third
2085 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2086 ray never gets a chance to get into the box.  Alternatively, the ray
2087 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2088 emerging from the box.
2089
2090 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2091
2092   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2093   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - O - - -
2094   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -        H * * * * - - - -
2095   - - - - - - - -       H * * * * O - - -          - - - * - - - -
2096   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -          - - - O - - - -
2097 H * * * O - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2098   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2099   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2100
2101 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2102 a reflection.
2103
2104 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2105
2106 ;;;***
2107 \f
2108 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2109 ;;;;;;  bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2110 ;;;;;;  bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2111 ;;;;;;  bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2112 ;;;;;;  "bookmark.el" (20793 51383 764318 0))
2113 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2114  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2115  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2116  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2117
2118 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2119 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2120 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2121 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2122 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'.  All interactive bookmark
2123 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2124  (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2125
2126 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2127 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2128 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2129
2130 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2131 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2132 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist.  The most recently set bookmark
2133 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2134 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2135 recent one.
2136
2137 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2138 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark.  Successive C-w's
2139 yank successive words.
2140
2141 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2142 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2143 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2144 large document.  If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2145 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2146
2147 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2148 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2149 the list of bookmarks.)
2150
2151 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2152
2153 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2154 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2155 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2156 `bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
2157 bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2158 this.
2159
2160 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2161 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2162 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2163 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2164
2165 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string).  It can also be a
2166 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2167
2168 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2169 bookmark.  It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'.  A typical value for
2170 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2171
2172 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2173
2174 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2175 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window.  See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2176
2177 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2178
2179 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2180 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2181
2182 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2183 the one it used to point at.  Useful when a file has been renamed
2184 after a bookmark was set in it.
2185
2186 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2187
2188 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2189 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2190
2191 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2192 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2193
2194 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2195
2196 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2197
2198 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2199 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2200 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2201 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2202
2203 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2204 as an argument.  If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2205 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2206
2207 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2208 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2209 name.
2210
2211 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2212
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2214 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2215 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2216
2217 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2218 `bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
2219 bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2220 this.
2221
2222 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2223
2224 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2225 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2226
2227 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name.  If
2228 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2229 not be deleted.  Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2230 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2231 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2232 probably because we were called from there.
2233
2234 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2235
2236 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2237 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2238 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2239
2240 \(fn)" t nil)
2241
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2243 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2244 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2245 `bookmark-default-file'.  With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2246 \(second argument).
2247
2248 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2249 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2250 pass no arguments.  Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2251 instead.  If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2252 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2253
2254 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2255 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load].  That function will prompt you
2256 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2257 `bookmark-default-file'.
2258
2259 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2260
2261 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2262 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2263 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks.  If
2264 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2265 destroyed.  Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2266 while loading.
2267
2268 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2269 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list.  Generally, you should only load
2270 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2271 place.  Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2272 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2273 explicitly.
2274
2275 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2276 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2277 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2278 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2279
2280 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2281
2282 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2283 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2284 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2285 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2286 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2287
2288 \(fn)" t nil)
2289
2290 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2291
2292 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2293
2294 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2295 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2296
2297 \(fn)" t nil)
2298
2299 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2300
2301 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2302
2303 ;;;***
2304 \f
2305 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2306 ;;;;;;  browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2307 ;;;;;;  browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2308 ;;;;;;  browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2309 ;;;;;;  browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2310 ;;;;;;  browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2311 ;;;;;;  browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2312 ;;;;;;  browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2313 ;;;;;;  "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
2314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2315
2316 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2317 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2318 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2319 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2320
2321 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2322 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION).  In this case the function called will be the one
2323 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL.  The
2324 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'.  The last
2325 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2326
2327 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2328
2329 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2330 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2331 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2332 interactively.  Turn the filename into a URL with function
2333 `browse-url-file-url'.  Pass the URL to a browser using the
2334 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2335
2336 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2337
2338 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2339 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2340 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.  Display only the
2341 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2342 narrowed.
2343
2344 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2347 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2348
2349 \(fn)" t nil)
2350
2351 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2352 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2353
2354 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2355
2356 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2357 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2358 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.  Variable
2359 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2360 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2361 first, if that exists.
2362
2363 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2364
2365 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2366 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2367 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'.  Variable
2368 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2369
2370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2371
2372 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2373 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2374 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2375 but point is not changed.  Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2376 `browse-url'.  Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2377 to use.
2378
2379 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2380
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2382 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2383 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2384 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2385
2386 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2387
2388 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2389 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2390 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2391 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2392
2393 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2394 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2395 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2396 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2397
2398 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2399 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2400 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2401
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2406
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2409 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2410 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2411
2412 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2413 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2414 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2415 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2416
2417 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2418 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2419 new tab in an existing window instead.
2420
2421 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2422 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423
2424 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2425
2426 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2427 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2428 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in
2429 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2430 Firefox.
2431
2432 When called interactively, if variable
2433 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2434 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one.  A
2435 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2436 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2437
2438 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2439 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2440 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2441
2442 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2443 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2444
2445 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2446 ignored.  Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2447 command line parameter.  Therefore, the
2448 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2449 are ignored as well.  Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2450 URL in a new window.
2451
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2453
2454 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2455 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2456 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in
2457 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2458 Chromium.
2459
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2465 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2466
2467 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2468 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2469 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2470 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471
2472 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2473 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2474 new tab in an existing window instead.
2475
2476 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2477 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2478
2479 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2480
2481 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2482 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2483
2484 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2485
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2488 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2489 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2490
2491 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2492 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2493 existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2494 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2495
2496 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2497 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2498
2499 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2500
2501 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2502 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2503
2504 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2505 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2506 program is invoked according to the variable
2507 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2508
2509 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2510 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2511 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2512 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2513
2514 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2515 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2516
2517 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2518
2519 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point.
2522
2523 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later.  You must
2524 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2525 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2526
2527 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2528 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2529 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2530 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2531
2532 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2533 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2534
2535 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2536
2537 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2538 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2539 Default to the URL around or before point.
2540
2541 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2542 non-nil, load the document in a new window.  A non-nil interactive
2543 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2544
2545 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2546 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2547
2548 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2549
2550 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2551 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2552 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2553 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'.  Default to the URL around or before point.
2554
2555 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2556
2557 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2558 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2559 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2560 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2561 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2562 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2563
2564 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2565
2566 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2567 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2568 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2569 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2570 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2571
2572 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2573 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2574 otherwise use any existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2575 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2576
2577 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2578 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2579
2580 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2581
2582 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2583 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2584 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2585 recipient's address.  Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2586 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2587 current one.
2588
2589 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2590 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'.  A
2591 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2592 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2593
2594 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2595 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2596
2597 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2598
2599 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2600 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2601 Default to the URL around or before point.  A fresh copy of the
2602 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2603 `browse-url-generic-args'.  This is appropriate for browsers which
2604 don't offer a form of remote control.
2605
2606 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2607
2608 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2609 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2610 Default to the URL around or before point.
2611
2612 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613
2614 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2615 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2616 Default to the URL around the point.
2617
2618 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2619 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2620
2621 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2622 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2623
2624 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2625
2626 ;;;***
2627 \f
2628 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2629 ;;;;;;  "bs" "bs.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
2630 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2631
2632 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2633 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2634 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2635 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2636
2637 \(fn)" t nil)
2638
2639 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2640 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2641 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2642 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2643
2644 \(fn)" t nil)
2645
2646 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2647 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2648
2649 \(fn)" t nil)
2650
2651 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2652 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2653 \\<bs-mode-map>
2654 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2655 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2656 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2657 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2658
2659 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2660 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2661 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list.  Function
2662 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2663 name of buffer configuration.
2664
2665 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2666
2667 ;;;***
2668 \f
2669 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20791 9657
2670 ;;;;;;  561026 0))
2671 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2672
2673 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2674 Play Bubbles game.
2675 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2676 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2677 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2678 connected bubbles of the same color.  Unsupported bubbles fall
2679 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2680 columns on its right towards the left.
2681
2682 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2683 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2684 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2685 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2686
2687 \(fn)" t nil)
2688
2689 ;;;***
2690 \f
2691 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2692 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
2693 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2694
2695 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2696
2697 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2698 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2699 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2700 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
2701 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2702
2703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2704
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2707
2708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2709
2710 ;;;***
2711 \f
2712 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2713 ;;;;;;  batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2714 ;;;;;;  compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2715 ;;;;;;  byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2716 ;;;;;;  "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20780 39352 990623 0))
2717 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2718 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2719 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2720 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2721
2722 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2723
2724 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2725 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2726 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2727 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2728 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2729 else the global value will be modified.
2730
2731 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2732
2733 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2734 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2735 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing.  Otherwise, if the
2736 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2737 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2738 else the global value will be modified.
2739
2740 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2741
2742 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2743 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2744 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2745
2746 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2747
2748 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2749 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2750 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2751 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2752
2753 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2754 compile the corresponding `.el' file.  However, if the prefix argument
2755 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files.  A nonzero
2756 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2757 compile it.  A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2758 before scanning it.
2759
2760 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2761 that already has a `.elc' file.
2762
2763 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2764 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2765
2766 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2767 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2768 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2769 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2770 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2771 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2772
2773 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2774
2775 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2776 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2777 Print the result in the echo area.
2778 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2779
2780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2781
2782 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2783 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2784 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2785
2786 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2787
2788 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2789 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2790 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2791 them, and what functions they call.  The list includes all functions
2792 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2793 all functions called by those functions.
2794
2795 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2796 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2797 cons, etc.).
2798
2799 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2800 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2801 invoked interactively.
2802
2803 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2804
2805 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2806 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2807 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2808 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2809
2810 \(fn)" nil nil)
2811
2812 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2813 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2814 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2815 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2816 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2817 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2818 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2819 already up-to-date.
2820
2821 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2822
2823 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2824 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2825 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2826 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2827
2828 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2829 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2830 and corresponding effects.
2831
2832 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2833
2834 ;;;***
2835 \f
2836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20709
2837 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
2838 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2839
2840 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2841
2842 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2843
2844 ;;;***
2845 \f
2846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20709 26818
2847 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
2848 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2849
2850 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2851
2852 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2853
2854 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2855
2856 ;;;***
2857 \f
2858 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2859 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
2860 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2861
2862 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2863 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2864 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2865 from the cursor position.
2866
2867 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2868
2869 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2870
2871 ;;;***
2872 \f
2873 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2874 ;;;;;;  calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2875 ;;;;;;  full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20759
2876 ;;;;;;  33211 414988 0))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2878  (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2879
2880 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2881 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator.  See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2882
2883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2884
2885 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2886 The Emacs Calculator.  Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2887
2888 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2889
2890 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2891 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2892
2893 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2894
2895 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2896 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2897
2898 \(fn)" t nil)
2899
2900 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2901 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2902 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2903 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2904
2905 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2906
2907 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2908 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2909 This is most useful in the X window system.
2910 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2911 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2912
2913 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2914
2915 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2916 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2917 See calc-keypad for details.
2918
2919 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2920
2921 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2922 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2923
2924 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2925
2926 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2927 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2928
2929 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2930
2931 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2932 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2933
2934 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2935
2936 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2937 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2938 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2939
2940 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2941
2942 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2943 Define Calc function.
2944
2945 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2946 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2947 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2948
2949 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2950 actual Lisp function name.
2951
2952 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2953
2954 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2955
2956 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2957
2958 ;;;***
2959 \f
2960 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20709
2961 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
2962 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2963
2964 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2965
2966
2967 \(fn N)" t nil)
2968
2969 ;;;***
2970 \f
2971 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20709
2972 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
2973 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2974
2975 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2976 Run the Emacs calculator.
2977 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2978
2979 \(fn)" t nil)
2980
2981 ;;;***
2982 \f
2983 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20762
2984 ;;;;;;  9398 526093 0))
2985 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2986
2987 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2988 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2989 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2990 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months.  The
2991 cursor is put on today's date.  If optional prefix argument ARG
2992 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2993
2994 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2995 into view.  Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2996 can be scrolled forward or backward.  The cursor can be moved
2997 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2998 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2999 cause movement in the opposite direction.  For convenience, the
3000 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes.  Use
3001 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3002 window.
3003
3004 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3005 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3006
3007 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3008 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3009 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies).  This variable can be
3010 overridden by `calendar-setup'.  As well as being displayed,
3011 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3012 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3013
3014 Runs the following hooks:
3015
3016 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3017 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3018    generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3019 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3020
3021 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3022
3023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3024
3025 ;;;***
3026 \f
3027 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3028 ;;;;;;  "gnus/canlock.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3030
3031 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3032 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3033
3034 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3035
3036 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3037 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3038 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed.  Signal an error if
3039 it fails.
3040
3041 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3042
3043 ;;;***
3044 \f
3045 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3046 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
3047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3048
3049 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3050 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3051 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3052 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
3053 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3054
3055 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When
3056 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3057 letter in a symbol.  This is in addition to all the normal
3058 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables.  There is no
3059 restriction to ASCII.
3060
3061 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3062
3063   capitalizedWorDD
3064   ^          ^  ^^
3065
3066 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3067 marking commands such as \\[forward-word].  This mode does not affect word
3068 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3069
3070 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3071 where underscores aren't trendy enough.  Capitalization rules are
3072 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3073 such a style.  It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3074 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3075 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'.  It's unlikely to cause
3076 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3077
3078 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3079 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3080
3081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3082
3083 ;;;***
3084 \f
3085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20709
3086 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
3087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3088 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3089
3090 ;;;***
3091 \f
3092 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3093 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
3094 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3095
3096 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3097 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3098
3099 \(fn)" nil nil)
3100
3101 ;;;***
3102 \f
3103 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3104 ;;;;;;  c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3105 ;;;;;;  c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20709 26818
3106 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
3107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3108
3109 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3110 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3111
3112 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3113 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3114
3115 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3116 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3117
3118 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3119
3120 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3121 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3122 made from scratch.
3123
3124 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3125
3126 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3127 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3128
3129 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3130 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3131 made from scratch.
3132
3133 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3134
3135 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3136 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3137
3138 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3139
3140 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3141 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3142 made from scratch.
3143
3144 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3145
3146 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3147 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3148
3149 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3150 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3151 made from scratch.
3152
3153 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3154
3155 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3156 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3157
3158 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3159
3160 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3161 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3162 made from scratch.
3163
3164 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3165
3166 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3167 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3168
3169 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3170 variables are guessed:
3171
3172 * `c-basic-offset', and
3173 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3174   `c-offsets-alist'.
3175
3176 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3177 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3178
3179 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3180 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3181
3182 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3183 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3184 guess is made from scratch.
3185
3186 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3187 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3188
3189 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3190
3191 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3192 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3193 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3194 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3195
3196 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3197 `c-add-style'.  Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3198 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3199
3200 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3201
3202 ;;;***
3203 \f
3204 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3205 ;;;;;;  c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3206 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
3207 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3208
3209 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3210 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3211 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3212 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done.  Otherwise
3213 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3214 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3215 control).  See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3216
3217 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3218
3219 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3220 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3221  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3222  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3223  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3224  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3225  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3226  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3227  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3228  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3229
3230 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3231 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3232 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3233 c-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3234 information already added.  You just need to add a description of the
3235 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3236
3237 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3238
3239 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3240 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3241
3242 Key bindings:
3243 \\{c-mode-map}
3244
3245 \(fn)" t nil)
3246
3247 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3248 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3249
3250 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3251 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3252 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3253 c++-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3254 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3255 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3256 message.
3257
3258 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3259
3260 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3261 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3262
3263 Key bindings:
3264 \\{c++-mode-map}
3265
3266 \(fn)" t nil)
3267
3268 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3269 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3270  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3271
3272 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3273 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3274 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3275 objc-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3276 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3277 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3278 message.
3279
3280 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3281
3282 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3283 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3284
3285 Key bindings:
3286 \\{objc-mode-map}
3287
3288 \(fn)" t nil)
3289
3290 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3291 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3292  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3293
3294 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3295 Major mode for editing Java code.
3296 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3297 java-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3298 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3299 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3300 message.
3301
3302 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3303
3304 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3305 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3306
3307 Key bindings:
3308 \\{java-mode-map}
3309
3310 \(fn)" t nil)
3311
3312 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3313 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3314  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3315
3316 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3317 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3318 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3319 idl-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3320 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3321 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3322 message.
3323
3324 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3325
3326 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3327 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3328
3329 Key bindings:
3330 \\{idl-mode-map}
3331
3332 \(fn)" t nil)
3333
3334 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3335 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3336  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3337  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3338
3339 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3340 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3341 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3342 pike-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3343 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3344 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3345 message.
3346
3347 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3348
3349 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3350 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3351
3352 Key bindings:
3353 \\{pike-mode-map}
3354
3355 \(fn)" t nil)
3356  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3357  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3358  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3359  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3360  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3361  (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3362
3363 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3364 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3365 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3366 awk-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3367 information already added.  You just need to add a description of the
3368 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3369
3370 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3371
3372 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3373 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3374
3375 Key bindings:
3376 \\{awk-mode-map}
3377
3378 \(fn)" t nil)
3379
3380 ;;;***
3381 \f
3382 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3383 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3384 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3385
3386 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3387 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3388 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3389 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3390
3391 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3392
3393 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3394 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'.  Other variables
3395 might get set too.
3396
3397 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3398 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3399 `set-from-style') will not be changed.  This avoids overriding global settings
3400 done in your init file.  It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3401 in this way.
3402
3403 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3404 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden.  CC Mode
3405 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3406 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3407 a null operation.
3408
3409 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3410
3411 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3412 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3413 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update.  DESCRIPTION
3414 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3415
3416   ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3417
3418 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3419 VARIABLE and VALUE.  This function also sets the current style to
3420 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3421
3422 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3423
3424 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3425 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3426 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3427 offset for that syntactic element.  The optional argument is not used
3428 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3429
3430 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3431
3432 ;;;***
3433 \f
3434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20709 26818
3435 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
3436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3437 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3438 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3439 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3440
3441 ;;;***
3442 \f
3443 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3444 ;;;;;;  declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3445 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
3446 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3447
3448 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3449 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3450
3451 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3452
3453 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3454 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3455
3456 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3457
3458 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3459 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3460
3461 This macro exists for backward compatibility.  In the old version of
3462 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3463 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance.  But,
3464 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3465 execution.
3466
3467 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3468
3469 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3470
3471 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3472 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3473
3474 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3475         (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3476          CCL_MAIN_CODE
3477          [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3478
3479 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3480 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3481 text.  It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3482 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3483 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3484 `write' commands.
3485
3486 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes.  CCL_MAIN_CODE
3487 executed at first.  If there's no more input data when `read' command
3488 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed.  If
3489 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3490
3491 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation.  The lines
3492 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3493 semantics.
3494
3495 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3496
3497 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3498
3499 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3500
3501 STATEMENT :=
3502         SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3503         | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3504
3505 SET :=  (REG = EXPRESSION)
3506         | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3507         ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3508         | integer
3509
3510 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3511
3512 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION.  If the result is nonzero, execute
3513 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0.  Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3514 IF :=   (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3515
3516 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION.  Provided that the result is N, execute
3517 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3518 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3519
3520 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3521 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3522
3523 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3524 BREAK := (break)
3525
3526 REPEAT :=
3527         ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3528         (repeat)
3529         ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3530         ;;           (repeat))
3531         | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3532         ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3533         ;;           (read REG)
3534         ;;           (repeat))
3535         | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3536         ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3537         ;;           (read REG)
3538         ;;           (repeat))
3539         | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3540
3541 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3542         ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3543         (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3544         ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3545         ;;           (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3546         | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3547         ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3548         ;;           (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3549         | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3550         ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3551         ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3552         ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3553         ;; character.  If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3554         ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3555         ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3556         | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3557
3558 WRITE :=
3559         ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer.  If REG_N is
3560         ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3561         ;; representation.
3562         (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3563         ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3564         ;;           (write r7))
3565         | (write EXPRESSION)
3566         ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer.  If it
3567         ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3568         ;; representation.
3569         | (write integer)
3570         ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3571         ;; buffer.
3572         | (write string)
3573         ;; Same as: (write string)
3574         | string
3575         ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3576         ;; ARRAY to the output buffer.  If it is a multibyte
3577         ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3578         ;; representation.
3579         | (write REG ARRAY)
3580         ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3581         ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1.  If the
3582         ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3583         ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3584         ;; is the second code point of the character.
3585         | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3586
3587 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3588 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3589
3590 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3591 END := (end)
3592
3593 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value.  As r7 is also
3594 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3595 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3596
3597 ARG := REG | integer
3598
3599 OPERATOR :=
3600         ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3601         + | - | * | / | %
3602
3603         ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3604         | & | `|' | ^
3605
3606         ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3607         | << | >>
3608
3609         ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3610         ;;      (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3611         | <8
3612
3613         ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3614         ;;      ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3615         ;;       (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3616         | >8
3617
3618         ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3619         ;;      ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3620         ;;       (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3621         | //
3622
3623         ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3624         | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3625
3626         ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3627         ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3628         ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3629         ;;      ((REG = CODE0)
3630         ;;       (r7 = CODE1))
3631         ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3632         ;; second code point of CHAR.
3633         | de-sjis
3634
3635         ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3636         ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3637         ;; Shift-JIS code,
3638         ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3639         ;;      ((REG = HIGH)
3640         ;;       (r7 = LOW))
3641         ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3642         ;; byte of SJIS.
3643         | en-sjis
3644
3645 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3646         ;; Same meaning as C code
3647         += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3648
3649         ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3650         ;;      ((REG <<= 8)
3651         ;;       (REG |= ARG))
3652         | <8=
3653
3654         ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3655         ;;      ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3656         ;;       (REG >>= 8))
3657
3658         ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3659         ;;      ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3660         ;;       (REG /= ARG))
3661         | //=
3662
3663 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3664
3665
3666 TRANSLATE :=
3667         (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3668         | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3669         ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3670 LOOKUP :=
3671         (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3672         | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3673         ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3674 MAP :=
3675      (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3676      | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3677      | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3678 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3679 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3680 MAP-ID := integer
3681
3682 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3683
3684 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3685
3686 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3687 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3688 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3689 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3690 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3691 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3692
3693 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3694
3695 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3696 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3697 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3698
3699 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3700
3701 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3702
3703 ;;;***
3704 \f
3705 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3706 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
3707 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3708
3709 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3710 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3711 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3712 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3713
3714 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3715
3716 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3717
3718 ;;;***
3719 \f
3720 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3721 ;;;;;;  "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20813 33065 721081 0))
3722 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3723
3724 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3725 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3726 There are no special keybindings by default.
3727
3728 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3729 to the action header.
3730
3731 \(fn)" t nil)
3732
3733 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3734 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3735 There are no special keybindings by default.
3736
3737 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3738 to the action header.
3739
3740 \(fn)" t nil)
3741
3742 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3743 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3744 on the buffer contents
3745
3746 \(fn)" nil nil)
3747
3748 ;;;***
3749 \f
3750 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3751 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3752 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3753
3754 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3755 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3756 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3757
3758 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3759
3760 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3761 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3762 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3763
3764 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3765
3766 ;;;***
3767 \f
3768 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3769 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3770 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3771 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3772 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3773 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3774 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3775 ;;;;;;  checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3776 ;;;;;;  "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
3777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3778 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3779 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3780 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3781 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3782 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3783
3784 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3785
3786
3787 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3788
3789 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3790 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3791 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3792 the users will view as each check is completed.
3793
3794 \(fn)" t nil)
3795
3796 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3797 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3798 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3799 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3800 buffer.  Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3801 errors.  Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3802 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3803 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3804
3805 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3806
3807 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3808 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3809 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3810 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3811 buffer.  Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3812 errors.  Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3813 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3814 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3815
3816 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3817
3818 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3819 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3820 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3821 doesn't work is just not useful.  Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3822 spacing are all verified.
3823
3824 \(fn)" t nil)
3825
3826 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3827 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3828 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3829 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3830 otherwise stop after the first error.
3831
3832 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3833
3834 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3835 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3836 Only documentation strings are checked.
3837 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3838 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3839 a separate buffer.
3840
3841 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3842
3843 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3844 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3845 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3846 save warnings in a separate buffer.  Second optional argument START-POINT
3847 is the starting location.  If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3848
3849 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3850
3851 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3852 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3853 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3854 separate buffer.  Otherwise print a message.  This returns the error
3855 if there is one.
3856
3857 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3858
3859 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3860 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3861 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3862 separate buffer.  Otherwise print a message.  This returns the error
3863 if there is one.
3864 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3865
3866 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3867
3868 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3869 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3870 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3871
3872 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3873
3874 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3875 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3876 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3877 documentation is checked.  If there is a documentation error, then the display
3878 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3879
3880 \(fn)" t nil)
3881
3882 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3883 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3884 Call `error' if the doc string has problems.  If NO-ERROR is
3885 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3886 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3887 space at the end of each line.
3888
3889 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3890
3891 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3892 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3893 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3894 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3895
3896 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3897
3898 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3899 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3900 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3901 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3902
3903 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3904
3905 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3906 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3907 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3908 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3909
3910 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3911
3912 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3913 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3914 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3915 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3916
3917 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3918
3919 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3920 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3921 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3922 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3923
3924 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3925
3926 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3927 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3928 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3929 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3930
3931 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3932
3933 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3934 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3935 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3936 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3937
3938 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3939
3940 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3941 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3942 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3943 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3944
3945 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3946
3947 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3948 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3949 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3950 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3951
3952 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3953
3954 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3955 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3956 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3957 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
3958 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3959
3960 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3961 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3962 checking of documentation strings.
3963
3964 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3965
3966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3967
3968 ;;;***
3969 \f
3970 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3971 ;;;;;;  encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3972 ;;;;;;  "language/china-util.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
3973 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3974
3975 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3976 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3977 Return the length of resulting text.
3978
3979 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3980
3981 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3982 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3983
3984 \(fn)" t nil)
3985
3986 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3987 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3988 Return the length of resulting text.
3989
3990 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3991
3992 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3993 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3994
3995 \(fn)" t nil)
3996
3997 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3998
3999
4000 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4001
4002 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4003
4004
4005 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4006
4007 ;;;***
4008 \f
4009 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4010 ;;;;;;  "chistory" "chistory.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
4011 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4012
4013 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4014 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4015 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4016 a form for evaluation.  If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4017 command history is offered.  The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4018 editing and the result is evaluated.
4019
4020 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4021
4022 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4023 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4024 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4025 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4026 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4027
4028 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4029
4030 \(fn)" t nil)
4031
4032 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4033 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4034 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4035 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4036 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4037
4038 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4039 and digits provide prefix arguments.  Tab does not indent.
4040 \\{command-history-map}
4041
4042 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4043 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4044
4045 \(fn)" t nil)
4046
4047 ;;;***
4048 \f
4049 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4050 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
4051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4052
4053 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4054 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4055 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4056 `lisp-indent-function'.  INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4057 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4058 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position.  Browse the
4059 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4060 of this function.
4061
4062 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4063 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4064 this function should indent it.  Possible values for this
4065 property are:
4066
4067 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4068   i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4069
4070 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call.  The function should
4071   take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4072   PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4073   list-structure with respect to the containing lists.  For example, in
4074   ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1).  In other words,
4075   to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4076   the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4077   STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4078   `common-lisp-indent-function'.  SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4079   the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4080   NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4081   originally in.  This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4082
4083 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4084   function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4085   This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4086
4087 * a list.  The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4088   function argument.  If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4089   the last list element applies to all remaining arguments.  The accepted
4090   list elements are:
4091
4092   * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4093
4094   * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4095
4096   * &lambda.  Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4097
4098   * &rest.  When used, this must be the penultimate element.  The
4099     element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4100
4101   * &body.  This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4102     all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4103
4104   * &whole.  This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4105     function symbol.  This indentation is applied to the
4106     associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4107     arguments.  For example, an integer P means indent this
4108     argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4109     value specified by their associated list element.
4110
4111   * a symbol.  A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4112
4113   * a list, with elements as described above.  This applies when the
4114     associated function argument is itself a list.  Each element of the list
4115     specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4116
4117 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4118 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4119   * indent the first argument by 4.
4120   * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4121     of them.  The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4122     have an offset of 2+1=3.
4123
4124 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4125
4126 ;;;***
4127 \f
4128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20772 12071
4129 ;;;;;;  425443 833000))
4130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4131
4132 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4133
4134 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4135 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4136 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4137 stream, and the print level (currently ignored).  If it is able to
4138 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4139 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4140
4141 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4142 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4143
4144 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4145
4146 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4147
4148 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4149
4150 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4151
4152 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4153
4154 ;;;***
4155 \f
4156 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4157 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
4158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4159
4160 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4161 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4162 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4163 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4164
4165 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4166 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4167 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4168 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4169
4170 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4171 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4172
4173 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4174
4175 ;;;***
4176 \f
4177 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20774
4178 ;;;;;;  53405 584723 417000))
4179 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4180
4181 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4182 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4183 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4184 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4185 of `scheme-program-name').
4186 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4187 it is given as initial input.
4188 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4189 discards input when it starts up.
4190 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4191 is run).
4192 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4193
4194 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4195
4196 ;;;***
4197 \f
4198 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20721 17977
4199 ;;;;;;  14204 0))
4200 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4201
4202 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4203 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4204 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4205 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4206
4207 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4208 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4209
4210 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4211 displayed.  If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4212 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4213
4214 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4215
4216 ;;;***
4217 \f
4218 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4219 ;;;;;;  comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4220 ;;;;;;  comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4221 ;;;;;;  (20797 44848 327754 0))
4222 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4223
4224 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4225 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4226 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4227 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4228 inserted.  Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4229 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4230 functions have already modified the buffer.
4231
4232 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4233
4234 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4235 either globally or locally.")
4236
4237 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4238 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4239 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4240 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4241
4242 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4243 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4244   `start-file-process'
4245 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4246   connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4247 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4248
4249 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4250 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4251
4252 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4253
4254 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4255
4256 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4257
4258 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4259 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4260 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4261 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4262 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4263 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'.  If there is already
4264 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.  Optional third arg
4265 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4266 process as its initial input.
4267
4268 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4269
4270 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4271
4272 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4273
4274 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4275 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4276 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4277 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4278 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4279 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4280
4281 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4282
4283 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4284 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4285 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4286 directory tracking functions.")
4287
4288 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4289 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4290 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4291
4292 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4293
4294 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4295
4296 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4297 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4298 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4299
4300 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4301
4302 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4303
4304 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4305 Send COMMAND to current process.
4306 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4307 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4308
4309 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4310
4311 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4312 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4313 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4314 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4315
4316 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4317
4318 ;;;***
4319 \f
4320 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4321 ;;;;;;  (20721 17977 14204 0))
4322 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4323
4324 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4325 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4326 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4327 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4328
4329 This command pushes the mark in each window
4330 at the prior location of point in that window.
4331 If both windows display the same buffer,
4332 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4333 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4334
4335 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4336 `compare-ignore-whitespace'.  If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4337 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.  If
4338 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4339 don't ignore changes in whitespace.  The variable
4340 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4341 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4342 ignored.
4343
4344 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4345 this command work in interlaced mode:
4346 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4347 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4348 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4349
4350 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4351
4352 ;;;***
4353 \f
4354 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4355 ;;;;;;  compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4356 ;;;;;;  compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4357 ;;;;;;  compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4358 ;;;;;;  compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20808
4359 ;;;;;;  15152 87827 0))
4360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4361
4362 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4363 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4364
4365 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4366
4367 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4368 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4369 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4370
4371 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4372
4373 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4374 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4375 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4376
4377 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4378
4379 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4380 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4381 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4382 started.  It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4383 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4384
4385 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4386 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4387 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4388 compilation buffer.  It should return a string.
4389 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4390
4391 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4392 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4393 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4394 describing how the process finished.")
4395
4396 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4397 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4398 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4399 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4400 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4401
4402 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4403 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4404 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4405
4406 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4407
4408 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4409 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4410 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4411 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4412
4413 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4414
4415 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4416 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4417
4418 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4419 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4420
4421     (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4422        (lambda ()
4423          (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4424                      (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4425            (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4426                 (concat \"make -k \"
4427                         (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4428
4429 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4430 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4431
4432 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4433 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4434 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4435 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4436
4437 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4438
4439 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4440 Compile the program including the current buffer.  Default: run `make'.
4441 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4442 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4443
4444 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4445 and move to the source code that caused it.
4446
4447 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4448 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4449
4450 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4451 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4452 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4453 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4454 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4455
4456 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4457 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4458 \\[rename-buffer].  Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4459 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4460
4461 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4462 kills its subprocesses.
4463
4464 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4465 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4466 to a function that generates a unique name.
4467
4468 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4469
4470 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4471 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4472 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4473 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4474
4475 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer.  Mode
4476 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4477
4478 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4479 to determine the buffer name.  Otherwise, the default is to
4480 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4481 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4482
4483 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4484 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4485 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4486
4487 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4488
4489 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4490
4491 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4492 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4493 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4494 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4495 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4496
4497 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4498
4499 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4500
4501 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4502
4503 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4504
4505 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4506 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4508 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
4509 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4510
4511 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4512 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4513 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4514 See `compilation-mode'.
4515
4516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4517
4518 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4519 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4520 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4521 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
4522 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4523
4524 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4525 commands of Compilation major mode are available.  See
4526 `compilation-mode'.
4527
4528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4529
4530 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4531 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4532 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4533
4534 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4535
4536 ;;;***
4537 \f
4538 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4539 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
4540 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4541
4542 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4543 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4544 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4546 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4547 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4548
4549 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4550
4551 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4552 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4553 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4554 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4555 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4556
4557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4558
4559 ;;;***
4560 \f
4561 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4562 ;;;;;;  conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4563 ;;;;;;  conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4564 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
4565 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4566
4567 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4568 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4569 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4570 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments.  Yet
4571 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4572 files.  See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4573 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4574
4575 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4576 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'.  If strings
4577 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4578
4579 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4580 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further).  These
4581 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4582
4583 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4584 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4585 quite right.  Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4586 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4587
4588 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4589 command, it will parse the buffer.  It will generally well
4590 identify the first four cases listed below.  If the buffer
4591 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4592 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4593 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4594 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4595
4596 \\{conf-mode-map}
4597
4598 \(fn)" t nil)
4599
4600 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4601 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4602 Comments start with `#'.
4603 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4604
4605 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4606
4607 \[Desktop Entry]
4608          Encoding=UTF-8
4609          Name=The GIMP
4610          Name[ca]=El GIMP
4611          Name[cs]=GIMP
4612
4613 \(fn)" t nil)
4614
4615 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4616 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4617 Comments start with `;'.
4618 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4619
4620 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4621
4622 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4623 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4624 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4625
4626 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4627 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4628
4629 \(fn)" t nil)
4630
4631 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4632 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4633 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4634 between `/*' and `*/'.
4635 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4636
4637 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4638 // another kind of comment
4639 /* yet another */
4640
4641 name:value
4642 name=value
4643 name value
4644 x.1 =
4645 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4646 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4647
4648 \(fn)" t nil)
4649
4650 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4651 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4652 \"Assignments\" are with ` '.  Keywords before the parameters are
4653 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4654 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4655 `conf-space-keywords'.
4656 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4657 in an interactive fashion instead.
4658
4659 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4660
4661 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4662
4663 image/jpeg                      jpeg jpg jpe
4664 image/png                       png
4665 image/tiff                      tiff tif
4666
4667 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4668 class desktop
4669 # Standard multimedia devices
4670 add /dev/audio          desktop
4671 add /dev/mixer          desktop
4672
4673 \(fn)" t nil)
4674
4675 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4676 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4677 See `conf-space-mode'.
4678
4679 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4680
4681 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4682 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4683 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4684 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4685
4686 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4687
4688 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam>           : \"\\241\"     exclamdown
4689 <Multi_key> <c> <slash>                 : \"\\242\"     cent
4690
4691 \(fn)" t nil)
4692
4693 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4694 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4695 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4696 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4697
4698 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4699
4700 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4701 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4702
4703 \(fn)" t nil)
4704
4705 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4706 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4707 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4708 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4709
4710 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4711
4712 *background:                    gray99
4713 *foreground:                    black
4714
4715 \(fn)" t nil)
4716
4717 ;;;***
4718 \f
4719 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4720 ;;;;;;  "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
4721 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4722
4723 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4724 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4725 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4726 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4727
4728 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4729
4730 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4731 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4732 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4733 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4734
4735 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4736
4737 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4738 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4739 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after.  Caches the result; second
4740 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4741
4742 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4743
4744 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4745 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4746
4747 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4748
4749 ;;;***
4750 \f
4751 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4752 ;;;;;;  copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20709
4753 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
4754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4755 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4756 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4757 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4758
4759 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4760 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4761 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4762 the current year after them.  If necessary, and
4763 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4764 following the copyright are updated as well.
4765 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4766 interactively.
4767
4768 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4769
4770 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4771 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4772 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4773 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4774 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4775
4776 \(fn)" t nil)
4777
4778 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4779 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4780
4781 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4782
4783 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4784 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4785 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4786
4787 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4788
4789 ;;;***
4790 \f
4791 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4792 ;;;;;;  "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20763 30266 231060
4793 ;;;;;;  0))
4794 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4795 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4796 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4797 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4798 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4799 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4800 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4801 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4802
4803 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4804 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4805 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4806 Tab indents for Perl code.
4807 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4808 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4809
4810 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4811 sometimes <>.  When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4812 well, with optional special formatting done on {}.  (Disabled by
4813 default.)  You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4814 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion.  The processing of < is special,
4815 since most the time you mean \"less\".  CPerl mode tries to guess
4816 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4817 appropriate.  You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4818 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4819 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4820 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4821 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4822
4823 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4824
4825    if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4826    for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4827
4828 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4829
4830 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4831 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4832 she is most likely to want to be.  E.g., when the user types a space
4833 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4834 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses.  The user can then
4835 type some boolean expression within the parens.  Having done that,
4836 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4837 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4838 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4839
4840 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4841
4842             bite if angry;
4843
4844 it will not do any expansion.  See also help on variable
4845 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'.  (Note that one can switch the
4846 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4847 to nil.)
4848
4849 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4850 return.  It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4851 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4852
4853             foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4854
4855 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4856 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4857 appropriately indented blank line.  If you need a usual
4858 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4859 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4860
4861 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4862
4863             if (A) { B }
4864
4865 into
4866
4867             B if A;
4868
4869 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4870
4871 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4872 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4873 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4874 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4875 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4876 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4877 control structures in CPerl.  `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4878 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable.  You can enable all these
4879 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4880 `cperl-hairy' to t.  In this case you can switch separate options off
4881 by setting them to `null'.  Note that one may undo the extra
4882 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4883 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4884
4885 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4886 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4887 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4888 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4889 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4890 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4891
4892 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4893 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4894 man via menu.
4895
4896 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4897 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'.  Default with
4898 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4899 secs idle time .  It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4900 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp].  Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4901
4902 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4903 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4904 span the needed amount of lines.
4905
4906 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4907 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4908 here-docs sections.  With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4909 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4910
4911 Variables controlling indentation style:
4912  `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4913     Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4914     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4915  `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4916     Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4917  `cperl-auto-newline'
4918     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4919     and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code.  The following
4920     \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4921     Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4922     `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4923  `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4924     Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4925     Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4926  `cperl-indent-level'
4927     Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4928     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4929     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4930  `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4931     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4932     then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4933  `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4934     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4935     This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4936  `cperl-brace-offset'
4937     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4938  `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4939     An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4940     this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4941  `cperl-label-offset'
4942     Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4943  `cperl-min-label-indent'
4944     Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4945
4946 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4947   `cperl-indent-level'                5   4       2   4
4948   `cperl-brace-offset'                0   0       0   0
4949   `cperl-continued-brace-offset'     -5  -4       0   0
4950   `cperl-label-offset'               -5  -4      -2  -4
4951   `cperl-continued-statement-offset'  5   4       2   4
4952
4953 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4954 corresponding variables.  Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this.  Use
4955 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4956 \(both available from menu).  See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4957
4958 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4959 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4960 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4961 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4962 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4963 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4964 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4965
4966 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4967 column 0 is indented on
4968 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4969
4970 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4971 with no args.
4972
4973 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4974 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4975 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4976
4977 \(fn)" t nil)
4978
4979 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4980 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4981
4982 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4983
4984 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4985 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4986
4987 \(fn)" t nil)
4988
4989 ;;;***
4990 \f
4991 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4992 ;;;;;;  (20762 9398 526093 0))
4993 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4994
4995 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4996 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4997 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4998 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4999 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5000
5001 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5002
5003 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5004 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5005
5006 \(fn)" t nil)
5007
5008 ;;;***
5009 \f
5010 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5011 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
5012 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5013
5014 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5015 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5016 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled.  A value of t
5017 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5018
5019 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5020 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5021
5022 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5023
5024 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5025 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5026 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5027 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5028 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5029
5030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5031
5032 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5033
5034 ;;;***
5035 \f
5036 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5037 ;;;;;;  (20825 24233 991089 0))
5038 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5039
5040 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5041 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5042 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5043 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5044
5045 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5046 a prespecified separator regexp.  For example, if the separator
5047 regexp is \",\", the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5048 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5049
5050 The default value for the separator regexp is the value of
5051 `crm-default-separator' (comma).  The separator regexp may be
5052 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5053
5054 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5055 'elements'.  In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5056 'bob', and 'eve'.
5057
5058 Completion is available on a per-element basis.  For example, if the
5059 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5060 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5061
5062 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings
5063 with empty strings removed.
5064
5065 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5066 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5067 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5068
5069 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5070
5071 ;;;***
5072 \f
5073 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20709
5074 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
5075 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5076
5077 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5078 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5079
5080 \(fn)" t nil)
5081
5082 ;;;***
5083 \f
5084 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5085 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
5086 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5087
5088 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5089 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5090 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5091 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5092 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5093 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5094
5095 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5096
5097 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5098 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5099 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5100 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5101 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5102
5103 CUA mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, typed text
5104 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5105 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5106 bindings.  The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5107 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5108 normal function of these prefix keys.
5109
5110 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5111 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5112 options:
5113 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5114 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5115 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5116
5117 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5118 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5119 the prefix fallback behavior.
5120
5121 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally.  Trying to disable
5122 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5123 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5124 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5125
5126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5127
5128 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5129 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5130
5131 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5132
5133 ;;;***
5134 \f
5135 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5136 ;;;;;;  custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5137 ;;;;;;  custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5138 ;;;;;;  customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5139 ;;;;;;  customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5140 ;;;;;;  customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5141 ;;;;;;  customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5142 ;;;;;;  customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5143 ;;;;;;  customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5144 ;;;;;;  custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5145 ;;;;;;  "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20762 9398 526093 0))
5146 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5147
5148 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5149 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5150
5151 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5152
5153 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5154 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5155
5156 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5157
5158 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5159 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5160
5161 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5162
5163 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5164 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.  VALUE is a Lisp object.
5165
5166 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5167 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5168
5169 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5170 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5171
5172 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5173
5174 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5175
5176 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5177 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5178 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5179
5180 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5181 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5182
5183 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5184 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5185
5186 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5187 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5188
5189 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5190
5191 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5192
5193 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5194 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5195 Return VALUE.
5196
5197 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5198 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5199
5200 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5201 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5202
5203 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5204 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5205
5206 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5207
5208 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5209
5210 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5211 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5212 ELTS should be a list.  This function adds each entry to the
5213 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5214
5215 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5216 the resulting list value now.  Otherwise, add an entry to
5217 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5218
5219 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5220
5221 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5222 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5223 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5224 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5225 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5226
5227 \(fn)" t nil)
5228
5229 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5230 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5231 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5232 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5233
5234 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5235
5236 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5237 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5238 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5239
5240 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5241
5242 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5243 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5244
5245 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5246
5247 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5248
5249 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5250 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5251
5252 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5253
5254 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5255
5256 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5257 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5258 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5259
5260 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5261
5262 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5263 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5264 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5265 as part of Emacs itself.
5266
5267 Each elements looks like this:
5268
5269      (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5270
5271 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol.  After
5272 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5273 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5274 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5275 was first released.  Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5276 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5277 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5278 and `defface'.
5279
5280 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5281
5282      (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5283                   '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5284                          (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5285                          (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5286                          (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5287
5288 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5289 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword.  Since
5290 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5291 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5292
5293 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5294
5295 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5296 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5297 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5298 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5299 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5300 release.
5301
5302 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5303 that were added or redefined since that version.
5304
5305 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5306
5307 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5308 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5309 If FACE is nil, customize all faces.  If FACE is actually a
5310 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5311
5312 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5313
5314 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5315 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5316
5317 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5318
5319 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5320 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5321 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5322
5323 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5324 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5325
5326 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5327
5328 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5329 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5330
5331 \(fn)" t nil)
5332
5333 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5334 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5335
5336 \(fn)" t nil)
5337
5338 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5339 Customize all saved options and faces.
5340
5341 \(fn)" t nil)
5342
5343 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5344 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5345 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5346 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
5347 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
5348 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5349
5350 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5351 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5352 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5353
5354 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5355
5356 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5357 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5358
5359 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5360
5361 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5362 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5363
5364 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5365
5366 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5367 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5368
5369 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5370
5371 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5372 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5373 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5374 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5375 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5376 that option.
5377
5378 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5379
5380 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5381 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5382 The result includes selecting that window.
5383 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5384 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5385 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5386 that option.
5387
5388 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5389
5390 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5391 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5392
5393 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5394
5395 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5396 File used for storing customization information.
5397 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5398 as specified by `user-init-file'.  If the value is not nil,
5399 it should be an absolute file name.
5400
5401 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5402 last paragraph below.  However, usually it is simpler to write
5403 something like the following in your init file:
5404
5405 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5406 \(load custom-file)
5407
5408 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5409 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5410
5411 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5412 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5413 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'  and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5414 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5415 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5416
5417 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5418 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5419 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5420 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5421 present in that file.  It will not delete any customizations from
5422 the old custom file.  You should do that manually if that is what you
5423 want.  You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5424 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5425 file.  Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5426 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5427
5428 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5429
5430 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5431 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5432
5433 \(fn)" nil nil)
5434
5435 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5436 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5437
5438 \(fn)" t nil)
5439
5440 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5441 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5442 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5443
5444 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5445
5446 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5447 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5448 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5449 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5450 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5451
5452 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5453
5454 ;;;***
5455 \f
5456 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5457 ;;;;;;  customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20709
5458 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
5459 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5460
5461 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5462 Create or edit a custom theme.
5463 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit.  If THEME
5464 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5465 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5466 from the Custom save file.
5467 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5468 named *Custom Theme*.
5469
5470 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5471
5472 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5473 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5474
5475 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5476
5477 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5478 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5479
5480 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5481
5482 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5483 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5484 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5485 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5486
5487 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5488
5489 ;;;***
5490 \f
5491 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5492 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
5493 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5494
5495 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5496 Mode used for cvs status output.
5497
5498 \(fn)" t nil)
5499
5500 ;;;***
5501 \f
5502 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el"
5503 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
5504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5505
5506 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5507 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5508
5509 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5510
5511 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5512 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'.  By default C and
5513 C++ modes are included.
5514
5515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5516 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5517 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5518
5519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5520
5521 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5522
5523 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5524 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5525 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5527 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5528 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5529
5530 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5531
5532 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5533 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5534 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5535 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5536 ARG is omitted or nil.
5537
5538 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5539 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5540 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5541
5542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5543
5544 ;;;***
5545 \f
5546 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5547 ;;;;;;  cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5548 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
5549 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5550
5551 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5552 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5553
5554 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5555
5556 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5557 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5558
5559 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5560
5561 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5562 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5563 For readability, the table is slightly
5564 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5565
5566 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5567 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5568 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5569 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5570 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5571
5572 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5573
5574 ;;;***
5575 \f
5576 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5577 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
5578 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5579 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5580 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5581  (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5582  (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5583
5584 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5585 Completion on current word.
5586 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5587 and presents suggestions for completion.
5588
5589 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5590 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5591 completions.
5592
5593 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5594 then it searches *all* buffers.
5595
5596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5597
5598 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5599 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5600
5601 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5602 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5603 considered.  If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5604 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5605 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5606
5607 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5608 possibility.  A negative argument says search forward.
5609
5610 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5611 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5612 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5613
5614 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5615 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5616
5617 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5618
5619 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5620
5621 ;;;***
5622 \f
5623 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5624 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
5625 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5626
5627 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5628 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5629
5630 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5631
5632 ;;;***
5633 \f
5634 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20709
5635 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
5636 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5637
5638 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5639 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5640 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'.  HANDLER, being
5641 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5642 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5643
5644 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5645
5646 ;;;***
5647 \f
5648 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20763
5649 ;;;;;;  30266 231060 0))
5650 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5651
5652 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5653 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5654
5655 This mode indents command lines in blocks.  (A block is commands between
5656 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5657 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5658
5659 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5660 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5661 Data lines are not indented.
5662
5663 Key bindings:
5664
5665 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5666 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5667
5668 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options]         Save changed options
5669 \\[dcl-save-all-options]                Save all options
5670 \\[dcl-save-option]                     Save any option
5671 \\[dcl-save-mode]                       Save buffer mode
5672
5673 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5674
5675  dcl-basic-offset
5676     Extra indentation within blocks.
5677
5678  dcl-continuation-offset
5679     Extra indentation for continued lines.
5680
5681  dcl-margin-offset
5682     Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5683
5684  dcl-margin-label-offset
5685     Indentation for a label.
5686
5687  dcl-comment-line-regexp
5688     Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5689
5690  dcl-block-begin-regexp
5691  dcl-block-end-regexp
5692     Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5693     a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5694     Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5695     make it possible to define other places to indent.
5696     Set to nil to disable this feature.
5697
5698  dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5699     Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5700     Two such functions are included in the package:
5701         dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5702         dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5703
5704  dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5705     Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5706     One such function is included in the package:
5707         dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative    (set by default)
5708
5709  dcl-tab-always-indent
5710     If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5711     If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5712     margin.
5713
5714  dcl-electric-characters
5715     Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5716     typed.
5717
5718  dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5719     Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5720     which words trigger electric indentation.
5721
5722  dcl-tempo-comma
5723  dcl-tempo-left-paren
5724  dcl-tempo-right-paren
5725     These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5726
5727  dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5728     Default value for imenu-generic-expression.  The default includes
5729     SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5730     other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5731
5732  dcl-imenu-label-labels
5733  dcl-imenu-label-goto
5734  dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5735  dcl-imenu-label-call
5736     Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5737
5738 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5739 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5740 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5741 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5742
5743
5744 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5745
5746 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5747 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5748 $! Next follows the first command line.  It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5749 $       i = 1
5750 $       ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5751 $       ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5752 $ label:
5753 $       if i.eq.1
5754 $       then
5755 $           ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5756 $           ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5757 $           loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5758 $               ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5759 $               text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5760                        \"lined up with the command line\"
5761 $               type sys$input
5762 Data lines are not indented at all.
5763 $           endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5764 $       endif
5765 $
5766
5767
5768 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5769 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5770
5771 \(fn)" t nil)
5772
5773 ;;;***
5774 \f
5775 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5776 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
5777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5778
5779 (setq debugger 'debug)
5780
5781 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5782 Enter debugger.  \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5783 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5784 of the evaluator.
5785
5786 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5787 any other args you like.  In that case, the list of args after the
5788 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5789
5790 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5791
5792 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5793 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5794
5795 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5796
5797 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION.  If you tell the
5798 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.  If FUNCTION is a
5799 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5800 its execution.  FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5801 form, in which case stepping is not possible.  Break-on-entry for
5802 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5803
5804 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5805 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5806
5807 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5808
5809 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5810 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5811 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5812 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5813 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5814
5815 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5816
5817 ;;;***
5818 \f
5819 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5820 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
5821 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5822
5823 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5824 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5825
5826 \(fn)" t nil)
5827
5828 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5829 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5830 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5831 Upper-case letters are commands.
5832
5833 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5834 modify it.
5835
5836 The most useful commands are:
5837 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5838 \\[decipher-digram-list]  Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5839 \\[decipher-frequency-count]  Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5840 \\[decipher-adjacency-list]  Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5841 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint]  Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5842 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint]  Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5843
5844 \(fn)" t nil)
5845
5846 ;;;***
5847 \f
5848 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5849 ;;;;;;  delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20709
5850 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
5851 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5852
5853 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5854 Customization of `columns' group.
5855
5856 \(fn)" t nil)
5857
5858 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5859 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5860
5861 START and END delimits the text region.
5862
5863 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5864
5865 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5866 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5867
5868 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5869
5870 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5871
5872 ;;;***
5873 \f
5874 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20709
5875 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
5876 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5877
5878 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5879
5880 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5881 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5882 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5883 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5884 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5885 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5886
5887 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5888
5889 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5890 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5891 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5892 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
5893 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5894
5895 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5896 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5897 active.  Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5898 any selection.
5899
5900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5901
5902 ;;;***
5903 \f
5904 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5905 ;;;;;;  "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
5906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5907
5908 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5909 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5910
5911 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5912
5913 CHILD:     the name of the command for the derived mode.
5914 PARENT:    the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5915            or nil if there is no parent.
5916 NAME:      a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5917 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5918            the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5919 BODY:      forms to execute just before running the
5920            hooks for the new mode.  Do not use `interactive' here.
5921
5922 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments.  The following keyword
5923   arguments are currently understood:
5924 :group GROUP
5925         Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5926         The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5927 :syntax-table TABLE
5928         Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5929         A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5930 :abbrev-table TABLE
5931         Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5932         A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5933
5934 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5935
5936   (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5937
5938 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5939 without changing regular LaTeX mode.  In this example, BODY is empty,
5940 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5941
5942 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5943 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5944
5945   (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5946     \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5947     (setq case-fold-search nil))
5948
5949 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5950 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5951
5952 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5953 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5954
5955 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5956
5957 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5958
5959 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5960
5961 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5962 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5963 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5964 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5965 the first time the mode is used.
5966
5967 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5968
5969 ;;;***
5970 \f
5971 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5972 ;;;;;;  "descr-text.el" (20764 51137 83502 0))
5973 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5974
5975 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5976 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5977 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5978 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5979 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5980 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5981 otherwise.
5982
5983 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5984
5985 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5986 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5987 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5988 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5989
5990 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5991 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5992 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5993
5994 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5995 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5996 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5997 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5998 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5999 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6000 relevant to POS.
6001
6002 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6003
6004 ;;;***
6005 \f
6006 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6007 ;;;;;;  desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6008 ;;;;;;  desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6009 ;;;;;;  "desktop.el" (20817 30120 173418 0))
6010 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6011
6012 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6013 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6014 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6015
6016 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6017
6018 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6019 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6020 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6021 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6022 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6023
6024 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6025 one session to another.  See variable `desktop-save' and function
6026 `desktop-read' for details.
6027
6028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6029
6030 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6031 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6032 The variables are saved only when they really are local.  Conventional minor
6033 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6034
6035 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6036
6037 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6038 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6039 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6040
6041 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6042 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6043 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6044
6045 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6046 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6047
6048 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6049 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6050 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6051
6052 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6053 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6054 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6055 evaluates the desktop file.  List elements must have the form
6056
6057    (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6058
6059 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6060 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6061
6062 Handlers are called with argument list
6063
6064    (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6065
6066 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6067
6068    desktop-file-version
6069    desktop-buffer-major-mode
6070    desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6071    desktop-buffer-point
6072    desktop-buffer-mark
6073    desktop-buffer-read-only
6074    desktop-buffer-locals
6075
6076 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6077 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6078
6079 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6080 code like
6081
6082    (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6083    ...
6084    (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6085                 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6086
6087 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6088
6089 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6090
6091 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6092 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6093 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6094 List elements must have the form
6095
6096    (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6097
6098 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6099 function.
6100
6101 Handlers are called with argument list
6102
6103    (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6104
6105 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6106
6107    desktop-file-version
6108    desktop-buffer-file-name
6109    desktop-buffer-name
6110    desktop-buffer-major-mode
6111    desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6112    desktop-buffer-point
6113    desktop-buffer-mark
6114    desktop-buffer-read-only
6115    desktop-buffer-misc
6116
6117 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6118 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6119 created and set.
6120
6121 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6122 code like
6123
6124    (defun foo-desktop-restore
6125    ...
6126    (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6127                 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6128
6129 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6130
6131 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6132
6133 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6134
6135 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6136 Empty the Desktop.
6137 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6138 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6139 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6140
6141 \(fn)" t nil)
6142
6143 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6144 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6145 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6146 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6147 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6148
6149 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6150
6151 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6152 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6153 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6154
6155 \(fn)" t nil)
6156
6157 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6158 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6159 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6160 directories listed in `desktop-path'.  If a desktop file is found, it
6161 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run.  If no desktop file
6162 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6163 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6164 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6165
6166 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6167
6168 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6169 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6170 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6171
6172 \(fn)" nil nil)
6173
6174 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6175
6176 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6177 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6178 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6179 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6180 directory DIRNAME.
6181
6182 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6183
6184 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6185 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6186
6187 \(fn)" t nil)
6188
6189 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6190 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6191
6192 \(fn)" t nil)
6193
6194 ;;;***
6195 \f
6196 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6197 ;;;;;;  gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6198 ;;;;;;  "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
6199 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6200
6201 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6202 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6203 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6204 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6205 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line.  If
6206 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6207
6208 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6209
6210 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6211 Repair a broken attribution line.
6212 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6213
6214 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6215
6216 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6217 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6218 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation.  If
6219 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6220
6221 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6222
6223 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6224 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6225
6226 \(fn)" t nil)
6227
6228 ;;;***
6229 \f
6230 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6231 ;;;;;;  "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6232 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6233
6234 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6235 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6236 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6237 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'.  A value of ARG less than 1
6238 does nothing.  This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6239
6240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6241
6242 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6243 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6244 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6245 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6246
6247 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6248 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at).  Note that
6249 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6250 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6251
6252 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6253 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6254
6255 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6256       diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6257       calendar-date-style 'european
6258       diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6259
6260 \(diary-mail-entries)
6261
6262 # diary-rem.el ends here
6263
6264 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6265
6266 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6267 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6268
6269 \(fn)" t nil)
6270
6271 ;;;***
6272 \f
6273 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-latest-backup-file
6274 ;;;;;;  diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el"
6275 ;;;;;;  (20760 54070 584283 0))
6276 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6277
6278 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6279 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6280
6281 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6282
6283 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6284 The command to use to run diff.")
6285
6286 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6287
6288 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6289 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6290 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6291 minibuffer.  The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6292 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6293 exists.  If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6294
6295 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6296 interactively for diff switches.  Otherwise, the switches
6297 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6298
6299 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6300
6301 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6302 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6303 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6304 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6305 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6306 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6307
6308 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6309
6310 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6311 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6312
6313 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6314
6315 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6316 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6317 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6318
6319 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6320
6321 ;;;***
6322 \f
6323 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6324 ;;;;;;  (20814 53928 50501 0))
6325 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6326
6327 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6328 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6329 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6330 normal diffs.
6331
6332 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6333 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6334 headers for you on-the-fly.
6335
6336 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6337 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6338 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6339
6340    \\{diff-mode-map}
6341
6342 \(fn)" t nil)
6343
6344 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6345 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6346 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6347 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6348 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6349
6350 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6351
6352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6353
6354 ;;;***
6355 \f
6356 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6357 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6358
6359 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6360 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6361 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6362
6363 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6364
6365 ;;;***
6366 \f
6367 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-hide-details-mode dired-mode dired-noselect
6368 ;;;;;;  dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-listing-switches)
6369 ;;;;;;  "dired" "dired.el" (20784 36406 653593 0))
6370 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6371
6372 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6373 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired.  MUST contain the `l' option.
6374 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6375 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.  See also the variable
6376 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6377 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6378 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6379 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6380
6381 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6382
6383 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6384 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6385 Local to each dired buffer.  May be a list, in which case the car is the
6386 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6387 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6388  (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6389
6390 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6391 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6392 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6393 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6394 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6395 shell wildcards appended to select certain files).  If DIRNAME is a cons,
6396 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6397 list of files to make directory entries for.
6398 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6399 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6400 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6401
6402 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6403
6404 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6405  (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6406
6407 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6408 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME.  Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6409
6410 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6411  (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6412
6413 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6414 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME.  Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6415
6416 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6417
6418 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6419 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6420
6421 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6422
6423 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6424 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6425 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6426   (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6427   Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6428 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6429   compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6430   and insert subdirectories into the same buffer.  You can \"mark\"
6431   files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6432   by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6433 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6434 The buffer is read-only.  Digits are prefix arguments.
6435 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6436 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6437   Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6438   if no files are marked.  Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6439   the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6440   to operate on the current file only.  Prefix arguments override marks.
6441   Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards.  Type \\[dired-summary]
6442   to see why something went wrong.
6443 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6444 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6445 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6446 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6447   (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6448 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6449 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6450 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6451 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6452 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6453 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6454   This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6455 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6456
6457 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6458 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6459 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6460 again for the directory tree.
6461
6462 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6463 for more info):
6464
6465   `dired-listing-switches'
6466   `dired-trivial-filenames'
6467   `dired-marker-char'
6468   `dired-del-marker'
6469   `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6470   `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6471   `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6472   `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6473
6474 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6475
6476   `dired-before-readin-hook'
6477   `dired-after-readin-hook'
6478   `dired-mode-hook'
6479   `dired-load-hook'
6480
6481 Keybindings:
6482 \\{dired-mode-map}
6483
6484 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6485  (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6486
6487 (autoload 'dired-hide-details-mode "dired" "\
6488 Hide details in `dired-mode'.
6489
6490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6491
6492 ;;;***
6493 \f
6494 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6495 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
6496 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6497
6498 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6499 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6500 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6501 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6502 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6503
6504 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6505 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6506 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6507
6508 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6509 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6510 directory.
6511
6512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6513
6514 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6515 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6516 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'.  It looks for
6517 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6518 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6519 from `default-directory'.
6520
6521 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6522
6523 ;;;***
6524 \f
6525 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20709
6526 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
6527 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6528
6529 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6530 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6531 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6532 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6533 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6534 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6535
6536 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6537
6538 ;;;***
6539 \f
6540 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6541 ;;;;;;  make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6542 ;;;;;;  standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6543 ;;;;;;  standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6544 ;;;;;;  set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6545 ;;;;;;  "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6546 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6547
6548 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6549 Return a new, empty display table.
6550
6551 \(fn)" nil nil)
6552
6553 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6554 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6555 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6556 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6557 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6558
6559 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6560
6561 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6562 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6563 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6564 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6565 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6566
6567 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6568
6569 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6570 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6571
6572 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6573
6574 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6575 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6576
6577 \(fn)" t nil)
6578
6579 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6580 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6581
6582 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6583 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6584
6585 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6586 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6587 byte.
6588
6589 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6590 in the default way after this call.
6591
6592 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6593
6594 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6595 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6596
6597 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6598
6599 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6600 Display character C using printable string S.
6601
6602 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6603
6604 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6605 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6606 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6607 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6608
6609 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6610
6611 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6612 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6613 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6614 X frame.
6615
6616 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6617
6618 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6619 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6620
6621 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6622
6623 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6624 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6625
6626 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6627
6628 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6629 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6630
6631 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6632
6633 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6634 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6635
6636 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6637
6638 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6639 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6640
6641 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6642
6643 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6644 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6645
6646 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6647 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6648
6649 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6650 disables it if negative.  Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6651
6652 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6653 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters.  Codes 146
6654 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6655 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6656
6657 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6658 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6659 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6660 in `.emacs'.
6661
6662 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6663
6664 ;;;***
6665 \f
6666 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6667 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
6668 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6669
6670 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6671 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6672 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6673 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6674 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6675 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6676 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6677 Default is 2.
6678
6679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6680
6681 ;;;***
6682 \f
6683 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20709 26818
6684 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
6685 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6686
6687 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6688 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6689 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6690 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6691 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6692 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6693 private or ask).
6694 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6695 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6696 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6697 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6698 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6699
6700 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6701
6702 ;;;***
6703 \f
6704 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6705 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
6706 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6707
6708 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6709 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6710 This mode is inherited from text mode.  It add syntax
6711 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6712 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6713 variables for customizing indentation.  It has its own abbrev
6714 table and its own syntax table.
6715
6716 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6717
6718 \(fn)" t nil)
6719  (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6720
6721 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6722 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6723
6724 \(fn)" t nil)
6725
6726 ;;;***
6727 \f
6728 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6729 ;;;;;;  doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20806
6730 ;;;;;;  59818 347907 0))
6731 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6732
6733 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6734 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6735 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6736 OpenDocument format).
6737
6738 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6739
6740 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6741 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6742
6743 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer.  It displays PDF, PS
6744 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6745
6746 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6747 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6748 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6749
6750 \(fn)" t nil)
6751
6752 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6753 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6754 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6755 to the next best mode.
6756
6757 \(fn)" nil nil)
6758
6759 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6760 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6761 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6762 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6763 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6764
6765 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6766
6767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6768
6769 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6770
6771
6772 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6773
6774 ;;;***
6775 \f
6776 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20709 26818
6777 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
6778 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6779
6780 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6781 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6782
6783 \(fn)" t nil)
6784
6785 ;;;***
6786 \f
6787 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20709 26818
6788 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
6789 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6790
6791 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6792 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6793 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6794 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6795 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6796
6797 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6798 strings when pressed twice.  See `double-map' for details.
6799
6800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6801
6802 ;;;***
6803 \f
6804 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20709 26818
6805 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
6806 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6807
6808 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6809 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6810
6811 \(fn)" t nil)
6812
6813 ;;;***
6814 \f
6815 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6816 ;;;;;;  define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6817 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20780 39352 990623 0))
6818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6819
6820 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6821
6822 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6823 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6824 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6825 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6826 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6827
6828 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6829 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6830 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6831 and disables it otherwise.
6832
6833 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6834 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6835 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6836 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6837
6838 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6839 documenting what its argument does.
6840
6841 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6842 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6843 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6844   If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6845   or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6846   arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.  If you supply a KEYMAP
6847   argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6848   MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6849
6850 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6851   It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6852   Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6853   alternating keywords and values.  These following special keywords
6854   are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6855   mode is global):
6856
6857 :group GROUP    Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6858                 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6859                 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6860                 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6861 :global GLOBAL  If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6862                 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6863                 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6864 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6865                 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6866 :lighter SPEC   Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6867 :keymap MAP     Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6868 :require SYM    Same as in `defcustom'.
6869 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6870                 the state of the mode.  This can be simply a different
6871                 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6872                 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6873                 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6874                 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6875                 sets it.  If you specify a :variable, this function does
6876                 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6877                 in :variable).
6878
6879 :after-hook     A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6880                 have been run.  It should not be quoted.
6881
6882 For example, you could write
6883   (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6884     :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6885     ...BODY CODE...)
6886
6887 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6888
6889 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6890
6891 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6892
6893 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6894
6895 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6896 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6897 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6898   and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6899 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments.  As the minor mode
6900   defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6901   ignored.  Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6902   which see.  In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6903   The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6904   `defcustom'.  It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6905   or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6906   are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6907
6908 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6909 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6910 correctly with the current major mode.  This is important to
6911 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6912 call another major mode in their body.
6913
6914 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6915 after running the major mode's hook.  However, MODE is not turned
6916 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6917
6918 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6919
6920 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6921
6922 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6923 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6924 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6925 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6926 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6927 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6928 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6929
6930 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6931
6932   :name      Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6933   :dense     Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6934   :inherit   Parent keymap.
6935   :group     Ignored.
6936   :suppress  Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6937              'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6938
6939 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6940
6941 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6942 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6943 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function.  DOC is
6944 the constant's documentation.
6945
6946 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6947
6948 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6949 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6950 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6951
6952 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6953
6954 ;;;***
6955 \f
6956 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6957 ;;;;;;  easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20709
6958 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
6959 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6960
6961 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6962 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6963 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6964 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6965
6966 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6967 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6968 as a top-level menu bar item.
6969
6970 The first element of MENU must be a string.  It is the menu bar
6971 item name.  It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6972 pairs:
6973
6974  :filter FUNCTION
6975     FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6976     argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6977     items to actually display.
6978
6979  :visible INCLUDE
6980     INCLUDE is an expression.  The menu is visible if the
6981     expression evaluates to a non-nil value.  `:included' is an
6982     alias for `:visible'.
6983
6984  :active ENABLE
6985     ENABLE is an expression.  The menu is enabled for selection
6986     if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value.  `:enable' is
6987     an alias for `:active'.
6988
6989 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6990 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6991
6992   [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6993
6994 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6995
6996 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6997 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6998
6999 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7000 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7001
7002 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7003
7004    [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7005
7006 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7007 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7008
7009  :keys KEYS
7010     KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7011     This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7012     usually computed automatically.  KEYS is expanded with
7013     `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7014
7015  :key-sequence KEYS
7016     KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7017     menu.  It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7018     keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7019     vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7020
7021  :active ENABLE
7022     ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7023     whenever this expression's value is non-nil.  `:enable' is an
7024     alias for `:active'.
7025
7026  :visible INCLUDE
7027     INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7028     expression has a non-nil value.  `:included' is an alias for
7029     `:visible'.
7030
7031  :label FORM
7032     FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7033     value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7034
7035  :suffix FORM
7036     FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7037     value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7038
7039  :style STYLE
7040     STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7041     be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7042     other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7043
7044  :selected SELECTED
7045     SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7046     selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7047
7048  :help HELP
7049     HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7050
7051 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string.  Then that string
7052 appears in the menu as unselectable text.  A string consisting
7053 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7054
7055 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7056 MENU.  This is a submenu.
7057
7058 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7059
7060 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7061
7062 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7063
7064
7065 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7066
7067 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7068 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7069 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu.  MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7070 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7071
7072 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7073
7074 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7075 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7076 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7077 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7078 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7079 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7080
7081 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7082 menu-bar keymap.  It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7083 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7084
7085 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7086 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7087 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7088
7089 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7090 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7091
7092 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7093
7094 ;;;***
7095 \f
7096 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7097 ;;;;;;  ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7098 ;;;;;;  ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7099 ;;;;;;  ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7100 ;;;;;;  ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7101 ;;;;;;  ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7102 ;;;;;;  ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7103 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
7104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7105
7106 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7107 Customization for ebnf group.
7108
7109 \(fn)" t nil)
7110
7111 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7112 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7113
7114 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7115
7116 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7117 processed.
7118
7119 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7120
7121 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7122
7123 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7124 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7125
7126 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7127 killed after process termination.
7128
7129 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7130
7131 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7132
7133 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7134 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7135
7136 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7137 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7138 it to the printer.
7139
7140 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7141 is nil, send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save
7142 the PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is a
7143 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7144
7145 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7146
7147 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7148 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7149 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7150
7151 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7152
7153 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7154 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7155
7156 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7157
7158 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7159 processed.
7160
7161 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7162
7163 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7164
7165 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7166 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7167
7168 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7169 killed after process termination.
7170
7171 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7172
7173 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7174
7175 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7176 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7177 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7178 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7179
7180 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7181
7182 \(fn)" t nil)
7183
7184 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7185 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7186 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7187
7188 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7189
7190 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7191
7192 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7193 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7194
7195 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7196
7197 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7198 processed.
7199
7200 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7201
7202 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7203
7204 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7205 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7206
7207 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7208 killed after EPS generation.
7209
7210 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7211
7212 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7213
7214 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7215 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7216
7217 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7218 The EPS file name has the following form:
7219
7220    <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7221
7222 <PREFIX>     is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7223              The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7224
7225 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7226              Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7227              produce a valid file name.  For example, the production name
7228              \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7229              file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7230
7231 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7232          files.
7233
7234 \(fn)" t nil)
7235
7236 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7237 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7238
7239 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7240 The EPS file name has the following form:
7241
7242    <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7243
7244 <PREFIX>     is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7245              The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7246
7247 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7248              Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7249              produce a valid file name.  For example, the production name
7250              \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7251              file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7252
7253 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7254          files.
7255
7256 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7257
7258 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7259
7260 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7261 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7262
7263 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7264
7265 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7266 are processed.
7267
7268 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7269
7270 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7271
7272 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7273 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7274
7275 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7276 killed after syntax checking.
7277
7278 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7279
7280 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7281
7282 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7283 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7284
7285 \(fn)" t nil)
7286
7287 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7288 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7289
7290 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7291
7292 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7293 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7294
7295 \(fn)" nil nil)
7296
7297 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7298 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7299
7300 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7301
7302 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7303
7304 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7305 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7306
7307 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7308
7309 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7310
7311 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7312 Delete style NAME.
7313
7314 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7315
7316 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7317
7318 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7319 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7320
7321 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7322
7323 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7324
7325 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7326 Set STYLE as the current style.
7327
7328 Returns the old style symbol.
7329
7330 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7331
7332 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7333
7334 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7335 Reset current style.
7336
7337 Returns the old style symbol.
7338
7339 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7340
7341 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7342
7343 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7344 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7345
7346 Returns the old style symbol.
7347
7348 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7349
7350 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7351
7352 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7353
7354 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7355 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7356
7357 Returns the old style symbol.
7358
7359 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7360
7361 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7362
7363 \(fn)" t nil)
7364
7365 ;;;***
7366 \f
7367 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7368 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7369 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7370 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7371 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7372 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7373 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7374 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7375 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7376 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7377 ;;;;;;  ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20709
7378 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
7379 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7380
7381 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7382 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7383 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7384 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7385 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7386 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7387
7388 Tree mode key bindings:
7389 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7390
7391 \(fn)" t nil)
7392
7393 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7394 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7395
7396 \(fn)" t nil)
7397
7398 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7399 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7400
7401 \(fn)" t nil)
7402
7403 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7404 View declaration of member at point.
7405
7406 \(fn)" t nil)
7407
7408 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7409 Find declaration of member at point.
7410
7411 \(fn)" t nil)
7412
7413 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7414 View definition of member at point.
7415
7416 \(fn)" t nil)
7417
7418 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7419 Find definition of member at point.
7420
7421 \(fn)" t nil)
7422
7423 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7424 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7425
7426 \(fn)" t nil)
7427
7428 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7429 View definition of member at point in other window.
7430
7431 \(fn)" t nil)
7432
7433 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7434 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7435
7436 \(fn)" t nil)
7437
7438 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7439 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7440
7441 \(fn)" t nil)
7442
7443 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7444 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7445
7446 \(fn)" t nil)
7447
7448 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7449 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7450
7451 \(fn)" t nil)
7452
7453 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7454 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7455 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7456 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7457 completion.
7458
7459 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7460
7461 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7462 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7463 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7464 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7465
7466 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7467
7468 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7469 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7470 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7471 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7472
7473 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7474
7475 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7476 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7477 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7478
7479 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7480
7481 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7482 Search for call sites of a member.
7483 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7484 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7485 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7486 looks like a function call to the member.
7487
7488 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7489
7490 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7491 Move backward in the position stack.
7492 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7493
7494 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7495
7496 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7497 Move forward in the position stack.
7498 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7499
7500 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7501
7502 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7503 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7504
7505 \(fn)" t nil)
7506
7507 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7508 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7509
7510 \(fn)" t nil)
7511
7512 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7513 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7514 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7515 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7516
7517 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7518
7519 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7520 Display statistics for a class tree.
7521
7522 \(fn)" t nil)
7523
7524 ;;;***
7525 \f
7526 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7527 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
7528 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7529
7530 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7531 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7532 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7533 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7534 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7535 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7536 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7537
7538 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7539
7540 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7541 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7542   configuration.  If the very first character typed is a space, it
7543   also has this effect.
7544 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7545   Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7546   deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7547 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7548 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7549 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7550 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7551 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7552 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7553 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7554
7555 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7556
7557 ;;;***
7558 \f
7559 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7560 ;;;;;;  "echistory.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
7561 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7562
7563 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7564 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7565 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7566
7567 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7568
7569 ;;;***
7570 \f
7571 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7572 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
7573 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7574
7575 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7576
7577
7578 \(fn)" nil nil)
7579
7580 ;;;***
7581 \f
7582 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20813 33065
7583 ;;;;;;  721081 0))
7584 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7585
7586 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7587 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7588 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7589 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7590 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7591 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7592
7593 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7594
7595 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7596 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7597 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7598 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
7599 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7600
7601 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7602 an EDE controlled project.
7603
7604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7605
7606 ;;;***
7607 \f
7608 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7609 ;;;;;;  edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7610 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20825 24233 991089 0))
7611 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7612
7613 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7614 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7615 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7616 `eval-current-buffer'.  `eval-region' is also called by
7617 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7618
7619 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7620 variable.  You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7621 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7622 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7623
7624 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7625
7626 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7627 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7628 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7629 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7630
7631 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7632
7633 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7634 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7635 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7636 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7637
7638 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7639
7640 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7641
7642 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7643 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7644 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7645 before evaluating it.  It displays the value in the echo area
7646 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7647
7648 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7649 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7650 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later.  It displays
7651 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7652 instrumented for Edebug.
7653
7654 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7655 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7656 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7657 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7658 already is one.)
7659
7660 \(fn)" t nil)
7661
7662 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7663 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7664
7665 \(fn)" t nil)
7666
7667 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7668 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7669
7670 \(fn)" t nil)
7671
7672 ;;;***
7673 \f
7674 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7675 ;;;;;;  ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7676 ;;;;;;  ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7677 ;;;;;;  ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7678 ;;;;;;  ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7679 ;;;;;;  ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7680 ;;;;;;  ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7681 ;;;;;;  ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7682 ;;;;;;  ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7683 ;;;;;;  ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20709 26818
7684 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
7685 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7686
7687 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7688 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7689
7690 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7691
7692 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7693 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7694
7695 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7696
7697 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7698
7699 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7700
7701 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7702 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7703 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'.  If there is
7704 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7705
7706 \(fn)" t nil)
7707
7708 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7709 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7710 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7711 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7712
7713 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7714
7715 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7716 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7717
7718 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7719
7720 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7721
7722 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7723 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7724
7725 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7726
7727 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7728
7729 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7730 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7731 the same name in both.  The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7732 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7733
7734 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7735
7736 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7737
7738 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7739 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7740 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7741 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7742
7743 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7744
7745 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7746
7747 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7748 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7749 have the same name in all three.  The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7750 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7751
7752 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7753
7754 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7755
7756 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7757 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7758 the same name in both.  The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7759 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7760
7761 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7762
7763 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7764
7765 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7766 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7767 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2.  If a pair of files
7768 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7769 without ancestor.  The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7770 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7771
7772 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7773
7774 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7775 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7776 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7777 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7778
7779 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7780
7781 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7782
7783 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7784 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7785 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7786 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7787
7788 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7789
7790 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7791
7792 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7793
7794 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7795 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7796 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7797 follows:
7798 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7799 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7800
7801 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7802
7803 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7804 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7805 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7806 follows:
7807 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7808 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7809
7810 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7811
7812 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7813 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7814 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7815 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7816 lines.  For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7817
7818 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7819
7820 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7821 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7822 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7823 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7824 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7825 lines.  For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7826
7827 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7828
7829 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7830
7831 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7832 Merge two files without ancestor.
7833
7834 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7835
7836 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7837 Merge two files with ancestor.
7838
7839 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7840
7841 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7842
7843 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7844 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7845
7846 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7847
7848 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7849 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7850
7851 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7852
7853 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7854 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7855 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7856 buffer.
7857
7858 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7859
7860 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7861 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7862 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7863 buffer.
7864
7865 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7866
7867 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7868 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7869 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7870 and don't ask the user.
7871 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7872 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7873
7874 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7875
7876 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7877 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7878 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7879 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7880 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7881 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7882 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7883 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7884
7885 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7886
7887 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7888
7889 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7890
7891 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7892 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7893 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7894 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7895 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7896
7897 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7898
7899 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7900
7901 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7902 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7903 When called interactively, displays the version.
7904
7905 \(fn)" t nil)
7906
7907 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7908 Display Ediff's manual.
7909 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7910
7911 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7912
7913 ;;;***
7914 \f
7915 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7916 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
7917 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7918
7919 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7920
7921
7922 \(fn)" t nil)
7923
7924 ;;;***
7925 \f
7926 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7927 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
7928 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7929
7930 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7931 Display Ediff's registry.
7932
7933 \(fn)" t nil)
7934
7935 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7936
7937 ;;;***
7938 \f
7939 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7940 ;;;;;;  "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20777 63161 848428 0))
7941 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7942
7943 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7944 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7945 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7946 which see.
7947
7948 \(fn)" t nil)
7949
7950 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7951 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7952 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7953 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7954
7955 \(fn)" t nil)
7956
7957 ;;;***
7958 \f
7959 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7960 ;;;;;;  edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7961 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
7962 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7963
7964 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7965 Edit a keyboard macro.
7966 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7967 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7968 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7969 its command name.
7970 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7971
7972 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7973
7974 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7975 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7976
7977 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7978
7979 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7980 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7981
7982 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7983
7984 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7985 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7986 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7987 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7988 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7989 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7990
7991 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7992 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7993 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7994 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7995
7996 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7997
7998 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7999 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8000 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8001 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8002 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line.  If VERBOSE is omitted
8003 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8004
8005 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8006
8007 ;;;***
8008 \f
8009 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8010 ;;;;;;  "emulation/edt.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8012
8013 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8014 Set scroll margins.
8015 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8016 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8017
8018 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8019
8020 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8021 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8022
8023 \(fn)" t nil)
8024
8025 ;;;***
8026 \f
8027 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8028 ;;;;;;  (20762 9398 526093 0))
8029 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8030
8031 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8032 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8033 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8034 contents of BUFFER.  BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'.  BUFFER will be
8035 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil.  THUNK will
8036 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8037 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8038
8039 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8040 the window to fit.  If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8041
8042 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8043 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8044 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'.  The window's height will
8045 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8046
8047 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8048 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8049 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8050
8051 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8052 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8053 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8054
8055 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8056
8057 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8058
8059
8060 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8061
8062 ;;;***
8063 \f
8064 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-object) "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8065 ;;;;;;  (20771 24374 643644 0))
8066 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8067
8068 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8069 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8070 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8071
8072 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8073
8074 ;;;***
8075 \f
8076 ;;;### (autoloads (eieio-describe-generic eieio-describe-constructor
8077 ;;;;;;  eieio-describe-class eieio-browse) "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
8078 ;;;;;;  (20771 24374 643644 0))
8079 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8080
8081 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8082 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8083 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8084 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8085
8086 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8087 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8088
8089 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8090 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8091 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8092 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8093
8094 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8095
8096 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8097 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8098 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8099
8100 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8101 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8102
8103 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8104 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8105 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8106
8107 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8108
8109 ;;;***
8110 \f
8111 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-post-insert-mode eldoc-mode
8112 ;;;;;;  eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20806
8113 ;;;;;;  59818 347907 0))
8114 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8115
8116 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8117 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8118
8119 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8120
8121 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8122 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8123 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8124 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8125 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8126
8127 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, the echo
8128 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8129 text where point is.  If point is on a documented variable, it
8130 displays the first line of that variable's doc string.  Otherwise
8131 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8132 expression point is on.
8133
8134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8135
8136 (autoload 'eldoc-post-insert-mode "eldoc" "\
8137 Toggle Eldoc-Post-Insert mode on or off.
8138 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Eldoc-Post-Insert mode if ARG is
8139 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
8140 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
8141 \\{eldoc-post-insert-mode-map}
8142
8143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8144
8145 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8146 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8147
8148 \(fn)" t nil)
8149
8150 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8151 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8152 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8153 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8154 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8155 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8156 arg list.
8157
8158 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8159 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8160 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8161 effect.
8162
8163 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8164 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8165
8166 ;;;***
8167 \f
8168 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8169 ;;;;;;  "electric" "electric.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8170 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8171
8172 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8173 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8174
8175 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8176 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8177 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8178 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8179 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8180 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8181
8182 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8183
8184 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8185 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8186 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8187 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
8188 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8189
8190 This is a global minor mode.  When enabled, it reindents whenever
8191 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8192 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8193
8194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8195
8196 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8197 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8198 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8199 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8200 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8201 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8202
8203 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8204
8205 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8206 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8207 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8208 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
8209 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8210
8211 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, typing
8212 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8213 closing parenthesis.  (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8214
8215 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8216
8217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8218
8219 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8220 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8221 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8222 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8223 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8224 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8225
8226 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8227
8228 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8229 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8230 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8231 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
8232 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8233 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8234
8235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8236
8237 ;;;***
8238 \f
8239 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20709
8240 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
8241 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8242
8243 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8244 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8245
8246 The header is made invisible with an overlay.  With a prefix arg, show
8247 an elided material again.
8248
8249 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8250
8251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8252
8253 ;;;***
8254 \f
8255 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8256 ;;;;;;  elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8257 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
8258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8259
8260 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8261 Lint the file FILE.
8262
8263 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8264
8265 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8266 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8267 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8268
8269 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8270
8271 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8272 Lint the current buffer.
8273 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8274
8275 \(fn)" t nil)
8276
8277 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8278 Lint the function at point.
8279 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8280
8281 \(fn)" t nil)
8282
8283 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8284 Initialize elint.
8285 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8286 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8287
8288 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8289
8290 ;;;***
8291 \f
8292 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8293 ;;;;;;  elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20709
8294 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
8295 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8296
8297 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8298 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8299 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8300
8301 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8302
8303 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8304 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8305 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8306 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8307
8308 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8309
8310 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8311 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8312 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8313
8314     \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8315
8316 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8317
8318 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8319 Display current profiling results.
8320 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8321 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8322 displayed.
8323
8324 \(fn)" t nil)
8325
8326 ;;;***
8327 \f
8328 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8329 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
8330 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8331
8332 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8333 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8334 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8335 to be used.  With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8336 positive, off otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8337 ARG is omitted or nil.
8338
8339 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8340 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8341 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8342 used instead.
8343
8344 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8345
8346  exit   -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8347  kill   -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8348  all    -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8349
8350 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8351
8352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8353
8354 ;;;***
8355 \f
8356 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8357 ;;;;;;  (20759 33211 414988 0))
8358 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8359
8360 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8361 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8362 Prompts for bug subject.  Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8363
8364 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8365
8366 ;;;***
8367 \f
8368 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8369 ;;;;;;  emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8370 ;;;;;;  emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8371 ;;;;;;  emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8372 ;;;;;;  "vc/emerge.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
8373 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8374
8375 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8376 Run Emerge on two files.
8377
8378 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8379
8380 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8381 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8382
8383 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8384
8385 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8386 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8387
8388 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8389
8390 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8391 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8392
8393 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8394
8395 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8396
8397
8398 \(fn)" nil nil)
8399
8400 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8401
8402
8403 \(fn)" nil nil)
8404
8405 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8406
8407
8408 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8409
8410 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8411
8412
8413 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8414
8415 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8416 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8417
8418 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8419
8420 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8421 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8422
8423 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8424
8425 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8426
8427
8428 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8429
8430 ;;;***
8431 \f
8432 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8433 ;;;;;;  "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8434 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8435
8436 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8437 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8438 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8439 text/enriched format.
8440
8441 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8442 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8443 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8444
8445 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8446
8447 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8448 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8449
8450 Commands:
8451
8452 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8453
8454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8455
8456 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8457
8458
8459 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8460
8461 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8462
8463
8464 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8465
8466 ;;;***
8467 \f
8468 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8469 ;;;;;;  epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8470 ;;;;;;  epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8471 ;;;;;;  epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8472 ;;;;;;  epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8473 ;;;;;;  epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20762
8474 ;;;;;;  9398 526093 0))
8475 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8476
8477 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8478 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8479
8480 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8481
8482 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8483 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8484
8485 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8486
8487 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8488 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8489 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8490 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8491 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys.  If it is nil, all
8492 the keys are listed.
8493 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8494
8495 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8496
8497 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8498 Decrypt FILE.
8499
8500 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8501
8502 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8503 Verify FILE.
8504
8505 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8506
8507 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8508 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8509
8510 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8511
8512 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8513 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8514
8515 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8516
8517 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8518 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8519
8520 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8521 It should return that buffer.  If it copies the input, it should
8522 delete the text now being decrypted.  It should leave point at the
8523 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8524
8525 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8526 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8527 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8528 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8529 should consider using the string based counterpart
8530 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8531 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8532
8533 For example:
8534
8535 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8536   (decode-coding-string
8537     (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8538     'utf-8))
8539
8540 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8541
8542 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8543 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8544
8545 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8546 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8547
8548 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8549
8550 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8551 Verify the current region between START and END.
8552
8553 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8554 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8555 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8556 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8557 should consider using the string based counterpart
8558 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8559 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8560
8561 For example:
8562
8563 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8564   (decode-coding-string
8565     (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8566     'utf-8))
8567
8568 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8569
8570 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8571 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8572 between START and END.
8573
8574 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8575 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8576
8577 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8578
8579 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8580 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8581
8582 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8583 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8584 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8585 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8586 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8587 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8588
8589 For example:
8590
8591 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8592   (epg-sign-string
8593     context
8594     (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8595
8596 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8597
8598 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8599 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8600
8601 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8602 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8603 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8604 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8605 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8606 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8607
8608 For example:
8609
8610 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8611   (epg-encrypt-string
8612     context
8613     (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8614     nil))
8615
8616 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8617
8618 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8619 Delete selected KEYS.
8620
8621 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8622
8623 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8624 Import keys from FILE.
8625
8626 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8627
8628 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8629 Import keys from the region.
8630
8631 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8632
8633 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8634 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8635 between START and END.
8636
8637 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8638
8639 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8640 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8641
8642 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8643
8644 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8645 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8646
8647 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8648
8649 ;;;***
8650 \f
8651 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8652 ;;;;;;  epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20709 26818
8653 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
8654 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8655
8656 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8657 Decrypt marked files.
8658
8659 \(fn)" t nil)
8660
8661 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8662 Verify marked files.
8663
8664 \(fn)" t nil)
8665
8666 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8667 Sign marked files.
8668
8669 \(fn)" t nil)
8670
8671 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8672 Encrypt marked files.
8673
8674 \(fn)" t nil)
8675
8676 ;;;***
8677 \f
8678 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8679 ;;;;;;  "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8680 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8681
8682 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8683
8684
8685 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8686
8687 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8688
8689
8690 \(fn)" t nil)
8691
8692 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8693
8694
8695 \(fn)" t nil)
8696
8697 ;;;***
8698 \f
8699 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8700 ;;;;;;  epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8701 ;;;;;;  "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8702 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8703
8704 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8705 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8706 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8707 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8708 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8709
8710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8711
8712 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8713 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8714 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8715
8716 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8717
8718 \(fn)" t nil)
8719
8720 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8721 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8722 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8723
8724 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8725
8726 \(fn)" t nil)
8727
8728 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8729 Sign the current buffer.
8730 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8731
8732 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8733
8734 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8735
8736 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8737 Encrypt the current buffer.
8738 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8739
8740 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8741
8742 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8743
8744 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8745 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8746 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8747
8748 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8749
8750 \(fn)" t nil)
8751
8752 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8753 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8754 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8756 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8757 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8758
8759 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8760
8761 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8762 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8763 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8764 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8765 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8766
8767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8768
8769 ;;;***
8770 \f
8771 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20712 3008 596088
8772 ;;;;;;  0))
8773 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8774
8775 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8776 Return a context object.
8777
8778 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8779
8780 ;;;***
8781 \f
8782 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8783 ;;;;;;  "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8784 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8785
8786 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8787 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8788
8789 \(fn)" nil nil)
8790
8791 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8792 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8793
8794 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8795
8796 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8797 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8798
8799 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8800
8801 ;;;***
8802 \f
8803 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8804 ;;;;;;  "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8805 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8806
8807 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8808 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8809
8810 \(fn)" nil nil)
8811
8812 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8813 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8814 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8815
8816 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8817
8818 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8819    (server (erc-compute-server))
8820    (port   (erc-compute-port))
8821    (nick   (erc-compute-nick))
8822    password
8823    (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8824
8825 That is, if called with
8826
8827    (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8828
8829 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8830 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8831 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8832
8833 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8834
8835 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8836
8837 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8838 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8839 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8840
8841 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8842
8843 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8844 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8845 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8846 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8847
8848 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8849
8850 ;;;***
8851 \f
8852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20709
8853 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
8854 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8855  (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8856
8857 ;;;***
8858 \f
8859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20709 26818
8860 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
8861 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8862  (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8863
8864 ;;;***
8865 \f
8866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20709 26818
8867 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
8868 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8869  (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8870
8871 ;;;***
8872 \f
8873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20709 26818
8874 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
8875 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8876  (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8877
8878 ;;;***
8879 \f
8880 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8881 ;;;;;;  "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20759 33211 414988 0))
8882 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8883  (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8884
8885 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8886 Parser for /dcc command.
8887 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8888 handle it.  The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8889 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8890
8891 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8892
8893 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8894 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8895
8896 \(fn)" nil nil)
8897
8898 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8899 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8900
8901 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8902 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8903 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8904 that subcommand.
8905
8906 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8907
8908 ;;;***
8909 \f
8910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8911 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
8912 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8913 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8914
8915 ;;;***
8916 \f
8917 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8918 ;;;;;;  erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8919 ;;;;;;  erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8920 ;;;;;;  erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8921 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8923
8924 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8925 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8926
8927 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8928
8929 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8930 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8931 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8932 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8933
8934 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8935
8936 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8937
8938
8939 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8940
8941 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8942 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8943
8944 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8945
8946 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8947 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8948
8949 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8950
8951 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8952 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8953
8954 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8955
8956 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8957 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8958
8959 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8960
8961 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8962 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8963
8964 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8965
8966 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8967 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8968
8969 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8970
8971 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8972 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8973
8974 \(fn)" nil nil)
8975
8976 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8977 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8978
8979 \(fn)" nil nil)
8980
8981 ;;;***
8982 \f
8983 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20709
8984 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
8985 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8986  (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8987
8988 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8989 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8990 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8991
8992 \(fn)" nil nil)
8993
8994 ;;;***
8995 \f
8996 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8997 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-identd.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
8998 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8999  (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9000
9001 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9002 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9003 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9004 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9005 run from inetd.  The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9006 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9007 system.
9008
9009 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9010
9011 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9012
9013
9014 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9015
9016 ;;;***
9017 \f
9018 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9019 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
9020 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9021
9022 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9023
9024
9025 \(fn)" nil nil)
9026
9027 ;;;***
9028 \f
9029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20709 26818 907104
9030 ;;;;;;  0))
9031 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9032  (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9033
9034 ;;;***
9035 \f
9036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20709 26818 907104
9037 ;;;;;;  0))
9038 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9039  (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9040
9041 ;;;***
9042 \f
9043 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9044 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-log.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9045 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9046  (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9047
9048 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9049 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9050 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9051 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9052 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9053 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9054
9055 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9056
9057 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9058 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9059 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9060 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9061
9062 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9063 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9064 automatically.
9065
9066 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9067 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9068
9069 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9070
9071 ;;;***
9072 \f
9073 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9074 ;;;;;;  erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9075 ;;;;;;  erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9076 ;;;;;;  (20763 30266 231060 0))
9077 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9078  (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9079
9080 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9081 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9082
9083 \(fn)" t nil)
9084
9085 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9086 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9087
9088 \(fn)" t nil)
9089
9090 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9091 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9092
9093 \(fn)" t nil)
9094
9095 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9096 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9097
9098 \(fn)" t nil)
9099
9100 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9101 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9102
9103 \(fn)" t nil)
9104
9105 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9106 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9107
9108 \(fn)" t nil)
9109
9110 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9111 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9112
9113 \(fn)" t nil)
9114
9115 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9116 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9117
9118 \(fn)" t nil)
9119
9120 ;;;***
9121 \f
9122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20709 26818 907104
9123 ;;;;;;  0))
9124 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9125  (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9126
9127 ;;;***
9128 \f
9129 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9130 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
9131 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9132  (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9133
9134 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9135 Show who's gone.
9136
9137 \(fn)" nil nil)
9138
9139 ;;;***
9140 \f
9141 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9142 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-networks.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9143 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9144
9145 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9146 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol.  Use the
9147 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9148 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9149
9150 \(fn)" nil nil)
9151
9152 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9153 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9154
9155 \(fn)" t nil)
9156
9157 ;;;***
9158 \f
9159 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9160 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-notify.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9161 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9162  (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9163
9164 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9165 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9166 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9167 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9168
9169 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9170
9171 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9172
9173
9174 \(fn)" nil nil)
9175
9176 ;;;***
9177 \f
9178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20709 26818 907104
9179 ;;;;;;  0))
9180 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9181  (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9182
9183 ;;;***
9184 \f
9185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20709
9186 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
9187 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9188  (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9189
9190 ;;;***
9191 \f
9192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20709 26818
9193 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
9194 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9195  (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9196
9197 ;;;***
9198 \f
9199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20709 26818 907104
9200 ;;;;;;  0))
9201 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9202  (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9203
9204 ;;;***
9205 \f
9206 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9207 ;;;;;;  "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20709 26818 907104
9208 ;;;;;;  0))
9209 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9210  (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9211
9212 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9213 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9214
9215 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9216
9217 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9218 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9219 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9220
9221 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9222
9223 ;;;***
9224 \f
9225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20709 26818
9226 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
9227 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9228  (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9229
9230 ;;;***
9231 \f
9232 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9233 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
9234 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9235
9236 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9237 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9238 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9239
9240 \(fn)" t nil)
9241
9242 ;;;***
9243 \f
9244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20709
9245 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9247  (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9248
9249 ;;;***
9250 \f
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20709 26818
9252 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
9253 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9254  (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9255
9256 ;;;***
9257 \f
9258 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9259 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9261
9262 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9263 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9264 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9265
9266 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9267
9268 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9269 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9270 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9271 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
9272 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9273
9274 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode.  It exists for the
9275 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9276 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9277 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9278
9279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9280  (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9281
9282 ;;;***
9283 \f
9284 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9285 ;;;;;;  "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20709 26818 907104
9286 ;;;;;;  0))
9287 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9288  (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9289
9290 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9291 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9292 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed.  The deleted
9293 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9294
9295 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9296
9297 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9298 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9299 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9300
9301 \(fn)" t nil)
9302
9303 ;;;***
9304 \f
9305 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9306 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9308  (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9309
9310 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9311 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9312
9313 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9314
9315 ;;;***
9316 \f
9317 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9318 ;;;;;;  ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9319 ;;;;;;  "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20751 39094 700824 0))
9320 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9321
9322 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9323 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9324
9325 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run.  It should
9326 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9327
9328 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9329 assertions in BODY.
9330
9331 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9332
9333 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9334 using :expected-result.  See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9335 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9336
9337 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9338
9339 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9340
9341 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9342
9343 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9344 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9345
9346 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9347 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9348 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9349 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9350
9351 Returns the stats object.
9352
9353 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9354
9355 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9356 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9357
9358 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9359 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9360 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9361 the tests).
9362
9363 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9364
9365 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9366 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9367
9368 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9369 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9370 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9371 and how to display message.
9372
9373 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9374
9375 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9376
9377 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9378 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9379
9380 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9381
9382 ;;;***
9383 \f
9384 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9385 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
9386 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9387
9388 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9389
9390 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9391 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9392
9393 \(fn)" t nil)
9394
9395 ;;;***
9396 \f
9397 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20709
9398 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
9399 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9400
9401 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9402 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9403
9404 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9405
9406 \(fn)" nil nil)
9407
9408 ;;;***
9409 \f
9410 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9411 ;;;;;;  "eshell/eshell.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9413
9414 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9415 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9416 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9417 `eshell-buffer-name'.  If there is already an Eshell session active in
9418 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it.  Otherwise, a new session
9419 will begin.  A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9420 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary.  A
9421 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session.  Returns the
9422 buffer selected (or created).
9423
9424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9425
9426 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9427 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9428 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9429
9430 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9431
9432 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9433 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9434 The result might be any Lisp object.
9435 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9436 command.  This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9437 corresponding to a successful execution.
9438
9439 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9440
9441 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9442
9443 ;;;***
9444 \f
9445 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9446 ;;;;;;  tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9447 ;;;;;;  pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9448 ;;;;;;  find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9449 ;;;;;;  visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9450 ;;;;;;  find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9451 ;;;;;;  tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9452 ;;;;;;  (20731 53823 676680 0))
9453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9454
9455 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9456 File name of tags table.
9457 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9458 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9459 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9460  (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9461  (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9462
9463 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9464 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9465 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9466 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9467
9468 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9469
9470 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9471 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9472 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9473 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9474 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9475 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9476
9477 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9478
9479 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9480 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9481 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9482
9483 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9484
9485 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9486 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9487 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9488 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9489 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9490
9491 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9492
9493 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9494 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag.  See `run-hooks'.
9495 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9496 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9497
9498 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9499
9500 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9501 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9502 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9503 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9504 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9505
9506 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9507
9508 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9509 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9510
9511 \(fn)" t nil)
9512
9513 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9514 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9515 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9516 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9517
9518 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9519 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9520 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9521 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9522 file the tag was in.
9523
9524 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9525
9526 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9527 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9528 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9529 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9530 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9531  just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9532 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9533  `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9534 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9535
9536 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9537
9538 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9539 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9540 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer.  The file names are returned
9541 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9542 without directory names.
9543
9544 \(fn)" nil nil)
9545  (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9546   (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9547       (progn
9548         (load "etags")
9549         (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9550
9551 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9552 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9553 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9554 but does not select the buffer.
9555 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9556
9557 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9558 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9559 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9560 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9561 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9562
9563 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9564
9565 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9566 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9567 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9568
9569 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9570
9571 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9572
9573 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9574 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9575 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9576 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9577
9578 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9579 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9580 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9581 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9582 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9583
9584 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9585
9586 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9587 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9588 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9589
9590 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9591
9592 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9593  (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9594
9595 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9596 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9597 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9598 move point there.  The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9599 around or before point.
9600
9601 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9602 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9603 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9604 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9605 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9606
9607 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9608
9609 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9610 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9611 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9612
9613 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9614
9615 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9616  (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9617
9618 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9619 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9620 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9621 move point there.  The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9622 around or before point.
9623
9624 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9625 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9626 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9627 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9628 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9629
9630 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9631
9632 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9633 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9634 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9635
9636 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9637
9638 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9639  (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9640
9641 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9642 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9643 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9644
9645 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9646 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9647 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9648 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9649 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9650
9651 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9652
9653 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9654 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9655 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9656
9657 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9658
9659 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9660  (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9661  (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9662
9663 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9664 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9665
9666 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9667 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9668 where they were found.
9669
9670 \(fn)" t nil)
9671
9672 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9673 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9674
9675 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9676 beginning of the list of files in the tags table.  If the argument is
9677 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9678
9679 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9680  to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9681
9682 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9683 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9684
9685 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9686
9687 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9688 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9689 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9690 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9691
9692 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9693 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9694 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9695 evaluate to operate on an interesting file.  If the latter evaluates to
9696 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9697
9698 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9699  (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9700
9701 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9702 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9703 Stops when a match is found.
9704 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9705
9706 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9707 evaluated, will return a list of file names.  The search will be
9708 restricted to these files.
9709
9710 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9711
9712 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9713
9714 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9715 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9716 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9717 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9718 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9719 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9720 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9721 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9722
9723 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9724 produce the list of files to search.
9725
9726 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9727
9728 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9729
9730 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9731 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9732 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9733 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9734 directory specification.
9735
9736 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9737
9738 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9739 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9740
9741 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9742
9743 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9744 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9745 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9746 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9747
9748 \(fn)" t nil)
9749
9750 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9751 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9752 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9753 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9754 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9755
9756 \(fn)" t nil)
9757
9758 ;;;***
9759 \f
9760 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9761 ;;;;;;  ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9762 ;;;;;;  ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9763 ;;;;;;  ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9764 ;;;;;;  ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9765 ;;;;;;  ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9766 ;;;;;;  setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9767 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
9768 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9769
9770 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9771
9772
9773 \(fn)" nil nil)
9774
9775 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9776 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9777
9778 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9779 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9780
9781 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9782 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9783 primary language.
9784
9785 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9786 even if the buffer is read-only.
9787
9788 See also the descriptions of the variables
9789 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9790
9791 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9792
9793 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9794 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9795
9796 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9797 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9798
9799 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9800 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9801 primary language.
9802
9803 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9804 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9805
9806 See also the descriptions of the variables
9807 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9808
9809 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9810
9811 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9812 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9813 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9814 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9815
9816 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9817
9818 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9819 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9820 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9821 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9822
9823 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9824 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9825 primary language.
9826
9827 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9828 buffer is read-only.
9829
9830 See also the descriptions of the variables
9831 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9832 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9833
9834 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9835
9836 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9837 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9838
9839 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9840 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9841
9842 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9843 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9844 the primary language.
9845
9846 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9847 buffer is read-only.
9848
9849 See also the descriptions of the variables
9850 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9851 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9852
9853 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9854
9855 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9856 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9857 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9858
9859 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9860
9861 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9862 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9863
9864 \(fn)" t nil)
9865
9866 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9867 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9868
9869 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9870 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9871 be 1, 2, or 3.
9872
9873 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9874 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9875 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9876
9877 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9878
9879 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9880
9881 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9882 This function is deprecated.
9883
9884 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9885
9886 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9887 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9888
9889 \(fn)" t nil)
9890
9891 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9892 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9893
9894 \(fn)" t nil)
9895
9896 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9897 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9898
9899 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9900 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9901
9902 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9903 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9904
9905 \(fn)" nil nil)
9906
9907 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9908 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9909
9910 \(fn)" nil nil)
9911
9912 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9913 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9914
9915 \(fn)" nil nil)
9916
9917 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9918 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9919
9920 \(fn)" nil nil)
9921
9922 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9923 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9924 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9925
9926 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9927
9928 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9929
9930
9931 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9932
9933 ;;;***
9934 \f
9935 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9936 ;;;;;;  eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9937 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
9938 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9939
9940 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9941 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9942 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9943 server for future sessions.
9944
9945 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9946
9947 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9948 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9949 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9950
9951 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9952
9953 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9954 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9955 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9956
9957 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9958
9959 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9960 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9961 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9962 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9963 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9964 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9965 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9966 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9967 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9968 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9969 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9970 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9971
9972 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9973
9974 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9975 Display a form to query the directory server.
9976 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9977 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9978
9979 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9980
9981 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9982 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9983 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9984
9985 \(fn)" t nil)
9986
9987 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9988
9989 ;;;***
9990 \f
9991 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9992 ;;;;;;  eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9993 ;;;;;;  "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
9994 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9995
9996 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9997 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9998
9999 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10000
10001 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10002 Display URL and make it clickable.
10003
10004 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10005
10006 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10007 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10008
10009 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10010
10011 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10012 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10013
10014 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10015
10016 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10017 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10018
10019 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10020
10021 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10022 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10023
10024 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10025
10026 ;;;***
10027 \f
10028 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10029 ;;;;;;  "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
10030 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10031
10032 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10033 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10034 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10035
10036 \(fn)" t nil)
10037
10038 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10039 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10040
10041 \(fn)" t nil)
10042
10043 ;;;***
10044 \f
10045 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10046 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
10047 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10048
10049 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10050 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10051
10052 \(fn)" t nil)
10053
10054 ;;;***
10055 \f
10056 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20709
10057 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
10058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10059
10060 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10061 Create an empty ewoc.
10062
10063 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10064
10065 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10066 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10067 point).  The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10068 several lines.  The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10069 `insert-before-markers'.
10070
10071 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10072 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10073 respectively, of the ewoc.
10074
10075 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10076 the footer and every node's printed representation.  Optional
10077 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10078
10079 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10080
10081 ;;;***
10082 \f
10083 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10084 ;;;;;;  executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10085 ;;;;;;  executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10086 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
10087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10088
10089 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10090 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10091 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10092
10093 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10094
10095 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10096 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10097 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10098 command to find the next error.  The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10099 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10100
10101 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10102
10103 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10104 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10105 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10106 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10107 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10108 executable.
10109
10110 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10111
10112 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10113 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10114 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10115
10116 \(fn)" t nil)
10117
10118 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10119 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10120 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10121 file modes.
10122
10123 \(fn)" nil nil)
10124
10125 ;;;***
10126 \f
10127 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10128 ;;;;;;  expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10129 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
10130 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10131
10132 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10133 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10134 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10135 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10136
10137 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10138
10139 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10140 expansion.  For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10141 to generate such functions.
10142
10143 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10144 numbers.  If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10145 beginning of the expanded text.
10146
10147 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10148 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10149 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10150 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10151
10152 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10153
10154 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10155
10156 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10157 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10158 See `expand-add-abbrevs'.  Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10159
10160 \(fn)" nil nil)
10161
10162 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10163 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10164 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10165
10166 \(fn)" t nil)
10167
10168 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10169 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10170 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10171
10172 \(fn)" t nil)
10173  (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10174  (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10175
10176 ;;;***
10177 \f
10178 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20709 26818
10179 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
10180 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10181
10182 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10183 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10184 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10185
10186 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10187 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10188 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10189
10190 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10191
10192 Key definitions:
10193 \\{f90-mode-map}
10194
10195 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10196
10197 `f90-do-indent'
10198   Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10199 `f90-if-indent'
10200   Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10201 `f90-type-indent'
10202   Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10203 `f90-program-indent'
10204   Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10205   (default 2).
10206 `f90-associate-indent'
10207   Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10208 `f90-critical-indent'
10209   Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10210 `f90-continuation-indent'
10211   Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10212 `f90-comment-region'
10213   String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10214   line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10215 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10216   Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10217   (default \"!\").
10218 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10219   Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10220   (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10221 `f90-break-delimiters'
10222   Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10223   (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10224 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10225   Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10226   (default t).
10227 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10228   Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10229 `f90-smart-end'
10230   From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10231   Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10232   whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10233 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10234   Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10235   The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10236 `f90-leave-line-no'
10237   Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10238
10239 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10240 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10241
10242 \(fn)" t nil)
10243
10244 ;;;***
10245 \f
10246 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10247 ;;;;;;  buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10248 ;;;;;;  text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10249 ;;;;;;  face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20709
10250 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
10251 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10252
10253 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10254 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10255 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10256 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10257
10258 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10259 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10260 of face attribute/value pairs.  If more than one face is listed,
10261 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10262 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10263
10264 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10265 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10266 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10267 priority).  This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10268 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10269 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10270 attributes.
10271
10272 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10273 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10274
10275 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10276
10277 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10278 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10279 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10280 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10281
10282 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10283
10284 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10285 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10286 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10287 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10288
10289 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10290 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10291 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10292
10293 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10294 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10295 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10296 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10297
10298 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10299
10300 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10301 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10302 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10303
10304 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10305 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10306 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10307 the same amount).
10308
10309 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10310
10311 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10312 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10313 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10314
10315 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10316 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10317 height by the same amount).  As a special case, an argument of 0
10318 will remove any scaling currently active.
10319
10320 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10321
10322 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10323 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10324 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10325
10326 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10327  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10328  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10329  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10330  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10331
10332 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10333 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10334
10335 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10336
10337 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10338 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10339
10340    +, =   Increase the default face height by one step
10341    -      Decrease the default face height by one step
10342    0      Reset the default face height to the global default
10343
10344 When adjusting with `+' or `-', continue to read input events and
10345 further adjust the face height as long as the input event read
10346 \(with all modifiers removed) is `+' or `-'.
10347
10348 When adjusting with `0', immediately finish.
10349
10350 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10351 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10352 height by the same amount).  As a special case, an argument of 0
10353 will remove any scaling currently active.
10354
10355 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10356 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10357 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap.  For binding in
10358 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10359 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10360
10361 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10362
10363 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10364 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10365 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10366 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10367 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When enabled, the face specified by the
10368 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10369
10370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10371
10372 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10373 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10374 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10375 or a property list of face attributes and values.  If more than
10376 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10377 `face' text property.  If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10378 `buffer-face-mode'.
10379
10380 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10381 local, and sets it to FACE.
10382
10383 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10384
10385 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10386 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10387 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10388 or a property list of face attributes and values.  If more than
10389 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10390 `face' text property.
10391
10392 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10393 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10394 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10395 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10396
10397 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10398 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10399
10400 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10401
10402 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10403 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10404 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10405 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10406
10407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10408
10409 ;;;***
10410 \f
10411 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10412 ;;;;;;  feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10413 ;;;;;;  feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20759 33211
10414 ;;;;;;  414988 0))
10415 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10416
10417 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10418 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10419 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'.  It can be used
10420 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10421
10422 \(fn)" nil nil)
10423
10424 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10425 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10426
10427 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10428
10429 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10430 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10431 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10432 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10433
10434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10435
10436 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10437 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10438 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10439 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10440 backup file names and the like).
10441
10442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10443
10444 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10445 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10446 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10447 is triggering the reminder activity.  The default is 'on-demand, which
10448 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10449 or mail hook code.  Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10450 internally by feedmail):
10451
10452    after-immediate      (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10453    after-queue          (a message has just been queued)
10454    after-draft          (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10455    after-run            (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10456
10457 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'.  If
10458 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10459 to perform the reminder activity.  You can supply your own reminder functions
10460 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'.  If you don't want any reminders,
10461 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10462
10463 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10464
10465 ;;;***
10466 \f
10467 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings ffap-guess-file-name-at-point dired-at-point
10468 ;;;;;;  ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap"
10469 ;;;;;;  "ffap.el" (20752 26669 524456 0))
10470 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10471
10472 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10473 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10474 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10475 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10476 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10477 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10478 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10479
10480 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10481
10482 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10483 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10484 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10485 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10486 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10487 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10488 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10489
10490 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10491
10492 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10493
10494 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10495 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10496 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it.  The menu is
10497 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10498 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10499 a rebuild.  Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10500
10501 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10502
10503 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10504 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10505 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10506 Return value:
10507   * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10508   * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10509   * otherwise, nil
10510
10511 \(fn E)" t nil)
10512
10513 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10514 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point.  See `ffap'.
10515 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10516
10517 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10518
10519 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10520 Try to get a file name at point.
10521 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10522
10523 \(fn)" nil nil)
10524
10525 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10526 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10527
10528 \(fn)" t nil)
10529
10530 ;;;***
10531 \f
10532 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10533 ;;;;;;  file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10534 ;;;;;;  file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10535 ;;;;;;  "filecache" "filecache.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10536 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10537
10538 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10539 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10540 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10541 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10542
10543 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10544
10545 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10546 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10547 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10548 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10549 will be added to the cache.  Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10550 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10551
10552 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10553
10554 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10555 Add FILE to the file cache.
10556
10557 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10558
10559 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10560 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10561 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10562
10563 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10564
10565 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10566 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10567 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10568
10569 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10570
10571 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10572 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10573 This function does not use any external programs.
10574 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10575 will be added to the cache.  Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10576 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10577
10578 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10579
10580 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10581 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10582 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10583 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10584 the directories that the name is available in.  With a prefix argument,
10585 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10586 \(directories) is done.
10587
10588 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10589
10590 ;;;***
10591 \f
10592 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10593 ;;;;;;  copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10594 ;;;;;;  add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10595 ;;;;;;  add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10596 ;;;;;;  add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20709 26818
10597 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
10598 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10599
10600 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10601 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10602
10603 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10604 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10605 Local Variables list.
10606
10607 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10608 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10609 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10610
10611 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10612
10613 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10614 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10615
10616 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10617
10618 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10619 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10620
10621 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10622 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10623 the -*- line.
10624
10625 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10626 then this function adds it.
10627
10628 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10629
10630 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10631 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10632
10633 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10634
10635 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10636 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10637
10638 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10639
10640 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10641 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10642
10643 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10644
10645 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10646 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10647
10648 \(fn)" t nil)
10649
10650 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10651 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10652
10653 \(fn)" t nil)
10654
10655 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10656 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10657
10658 \(fn)" t nil)
10659
10660 ;;;***
10661 \f
10662 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20791
10663 ;;;;;;  9657 561026 0))
10664 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10665
10666 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10667 Filesets initialization.
10668 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10669
10670 \(fn)" nil nil)
10671
10672 ;;;***
10673 \f
10674 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20709 26818
10675 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
10676 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10677
10678 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10679 Initiate the building of a find command.
10680 For example:
10681
10682 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10683           '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10684                     (mtime \"+1\"))
10685                 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10686
10687 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path.  The
10688 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10689
10690 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10691
10692 ;;;***
10693 \f
10694 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10695 ;;;;;;  "find-dired.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
10696 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10697
10698 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10699 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10700 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10701
10702     find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10703
10704 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10705 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10706
10707 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10708
10709 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10710 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10711 and run dired on those files.
10712 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10713 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10714
10715     find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10716
10717 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10718
10719 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10720 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10721 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10722
10723   find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10724     -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10725
10726 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10727 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10728
10729 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10730
10731 ;;;***
10732 \f
10733 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10734 ;;;;;;  ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file ff-special-constructs)
10735 ;;;;;;  "find-file" "find-file.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10736 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10737
10738 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10739 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10740 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10741 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10742 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10743 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying.  Otherwise, return the
10744 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10745
10746 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10747
10748 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10749 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10750 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10751
10752 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10753
10754 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10755
10756 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10757
10758 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10759 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10760 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10761
10762 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10763 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10764
10765 Variables of interest include:
10766
10767  - `ff-case-fold-search'
10768    Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10769    If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10770
10771  - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10772    If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10773    argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10774
10775  - `ff-ignore-include'
10776    If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10777
10778  - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10779    If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10780
10781  - `ff-quiet-mode'
10782    If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10783
10784  - `ff-special-constructs'
10785    A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10786    constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10787    extracting the filename from that construct.
10788
10789  - `ff-other-file-alist'
10790    Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10791
10792  - `ff-search-directories'
10793    List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10794    `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10795
10796  - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10797    List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10798
10799  - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10800    List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10801
10802  - `ff-post-load-hook'
10803    List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10804
10805  - `ff-not-found-hook'
10806    List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10807
10808  - `ff-file-created-hook'
10809    List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10810
10811 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10812
10813 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10814 Visit the file you click on.
10815
10816 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10817
10818 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10819 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10820
10821 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10822
10823 ;;;***
10824 \f
10825 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10826 ;;;;;;  find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10827 ;;;;;;  find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10828 ;;;;;;  find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10829 ;;;;;;  find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10830 ;;;;;;  find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10831 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
10832 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10833
10834 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10835 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10836 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10837
10838 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10839
10840 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10841 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10842 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10843 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10844
10845 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10846 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10847 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10848 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10849
10850 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10851
10852 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10853 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10854
10855 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10856 in a buffer and the point of the definition.  The buffer is
10857 not selected.  If the function definition can't be found in
10858 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10859
10860 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10861 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10862 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10863
10864 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10865 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10866 in `load-path'.
10867
10868 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10869
10870 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10871 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10872
10873 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10874 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10875 places point before the definition.
10876 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10877
10878 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10879 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10880 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10881
10882 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10883
10884 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10885 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10886
10887 See `find-function' for more details.
10888
10889 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10890
10891 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10892 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10893
10894 See `find-function' for more details.
10895
10896 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10897
10898 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10899 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10900
10901 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10902 the point of the definition.  The buffer is not selected.
10903 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10904
10905 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10906 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10907
10908 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10909
10910 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10911 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10912
10913 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10914 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10915 places point before the definition.
10916
10917 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10918
10919 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10920 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10921 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10922
10923 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10924
10925 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10926 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10927
10928 See `find-variable' for more details.
10929
10930 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10931
10932 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10933 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10934
10935 See `find-variable' for more details.
10936
10937 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10938
10939 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10940 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10941 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10942 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10943 variable, `defface' for a face.  This function does not switch to the
10944 buffer nor display it.
10945
10946 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10947 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10948
10949 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10950
10951 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10952 Find the definition of FACE.  FACE defaults to the name near point.
10953
10954 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10955 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10956 places point before the definition.
10957
10958 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10959
10960 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10961 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10962 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10963
10964 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10965
10966 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10967 Find the function that KEY invokes.  KEY is a string.
10968 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10969
10970 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10971
10972 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10973 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10974
10975 \(fn)" t nil)
10976
10977 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10978 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10979
10980 \(fn)" t nil)
10981
10982 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10983 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10984
10985 \(fn)" nil nil)
10986
10987 ;;;***
10988 \f
10989 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10990 ;;;;;;  find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20709 26818
10991 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
10992 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10993
10994 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10995 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10996
10997 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10998
10999 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11000 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11001
11002 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11003
11004 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11005 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11006
11007 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11008
11009 ;;;***
11010 \f
11011 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11012 ;;;;;;  "finder" "finder.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11013 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11014
11015 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11016 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11017
11018 \(fn)" t nil)
11019
11020 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11021 Display FILE's commentary section.
11022 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11023
11024 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11025
11026 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11027 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11028
11029 \(fn)" t nil)
11030
11031 ;;;***
11032 \f
11033 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11034 ;;;;;;  "flow-ctrl.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11035 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11036
11037 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11038 Toggle flow control handling.
11039 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11040 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11041
11042 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11043
11044 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11045 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11046 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11047 on VT-100 and H19 terminals.  When flow control is enabled,
11048 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11049 to get the effect of a C-q.
11050
11051 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11052
11053 ;;;***
11054 \f
11055 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11056 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
11057 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11058
11059 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11060
11061
11062 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11063
11064 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11065
11066
11067 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11068
11069 ;;;***
11070 \f
11071 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11072 ;;;;;;  flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20717 20920
11073 ;;;;;;  410005 0))
11074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11075
11076 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11077 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11078 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11079 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11080 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11081
11082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11083
11084 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11085 Turn flymake mode on.
11086
11087 \(fn)" nil nil)
11088
11089 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11090 Turn flymake mode off.
11091
11092 \(fn)" nil nil)
11093
11094 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11095
11096
11097 \(fn)" nil nil)
11098
11099 ;;;***
11100 \f
11101 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11102 ;;;;;;  turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11103 ;;;;;;  "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
11104 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11105
11106 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11107 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11108
11109 \(fn)" t nil)
11110 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11111
11112 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11113 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11114 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11115 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
11116 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11117
11118 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, it
11119 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.  The default
11120 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11121
11122 Bindings:
11123 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11124 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11125 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11126 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11127
11128 Hooks:
11129 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11130
11131 Remark:
11132 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'.  Thus all Ispell options are
11133 valid.  For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11134 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11135
11136 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text.  For instance
11137 consider adding:
11138 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11139 in your init file.
11140
11141 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11142 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11143
11144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11145
11146 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11147 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11148
11149 \(fn)" nil nil)
11150
11151 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11152 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11153
11154 \(fn)" nil nil)
11155
11156 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11157 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11158
11159 \(fn)" nil nil)
11160
11161 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11162 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11163
11164 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11165
11166 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11167 Flyspell whole buffer.
11168
11169 \(fn)" t nil)
11170
11171 ;;;***
11172 \f
11173 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11174 ;;;;;;  turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11175 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
11176 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11177
11178 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11179 Turn on Follow mode.  Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11180
11181 \(fn)" nil nil)
11182
11183 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11184 Turn off Follow mode.  Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11185
11186 \(fn)" nil nil)
11187
11188 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11189 Toggle Follow mode.
11190 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11191 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
11192 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11193
11194 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11195 virtual window.  This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11196
11197 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11198   This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11199   others will follow.  (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11200
11201 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11202   window displaying that point is selected, if possible.  This
11203   makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11204   movement commands.
11205
11206 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11207 side-by-side windows are used.  The user can, with the help of Follow
11208 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11209 one.  Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11210 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11211 mileage may vary).
11212
11213 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11214 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11215
11216 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11217
11218 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11219
11220 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11221 \\{follow-mode-map}
11222
11223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11224
11225 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11226 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11227
11228 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11229 in the selected window.  All other windows, in the current
11230 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11231 side-by-side windows.  Follow mode is activated, hence the
11232 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11233 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11234
11235 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected.  If negative,
11236 the rightmost is selected.  If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11237 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11238
11239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11240
11241 ;;;***
11242 \f
11243 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20709
11244 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
11245 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11246
11247 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11248 Toggle Footnote mode.
11249 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11250 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
11251 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11252
11253 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  If enabled, it
11254 provides footnote support for `message-mode'.  To get started,
11255 play around with the following keys:
11256 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11257
11258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11259
11260 ;;;***
11261 \f
11262 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11263 ;;;;;;  "forms" "forms.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11264 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11265
11266 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11267 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11268
11269 Commands:                        Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11270  TAB            forms-next-field          TAB
11271  C-c TAB        forms-next-field
11272  C-c <          forms-first-record         <
11273  C-c >          forms-last-record          >
11274  C-c ?          describe-mode              ?
11275  C-c C-k        forms-delete-record
11276  C-c C-q        forms-toggle-read-only     q
11277  C-c C-o        forms-insert-record
11278  C-c C-l        forms-jump-record          l
11279  C-c C-n        forms-next-record          n
11280  C-c C-p        forms-prev-record          p
11281  C-c C-r        forms-search-reverse       r
11282  C-c C-s        forms-search-forward       s
11283  C-c C-x        forms-exit                 x
11284
11285 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11286
11287 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11288 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11289
11290 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11291
11292 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11293 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11294
11295 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11296
11297 ;;;***
11298 \f
11299 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11300 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
11301 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11302
11303 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11304 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11305 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11306
11307 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11308 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11309
11310 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11311
11312 Key definitions:
11313 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11314
11315 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11316
11317 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11318   To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11319 `fortran-do-indent'
11320   Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11321 `fortran-if-indent'
11322   Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11323 `fortran-structure-indent'
11324   Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11325   (default 3)
11326 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11327   Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11328 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11329   Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11330 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11331   How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11332   nil       don't change the indentation
11333   fixed     indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11334               value of either
11335                 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11336                 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11337               depending on the continuation format in use.
11338   relative  indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11339               indentation for a line of code.
11340   (default 'fixed)
11341 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11342   Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11343   full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11344 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11345   Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11346 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11347   Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11348 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11349   Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1).  A line number will
11350   get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11351   column 5.
11352 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11353   Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11354   statements (default nil).
11355 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11356   Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11357   to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]).  (default nil)
11358 `fortran-continuation-string'
11359   Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11360   line (default \"$\").
11361 `fortran-comment-region'
11362   String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11363   the region (default \"c$$$\").
11364 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11365   Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11366   as typed (default t).
11367 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11368   Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11369
11370 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11371 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11372
11373 \(fn)" t nil)
11374
11375 ;;;***
11376 \f
11377 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11378 ;;;;;;  fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20765 36517
11379 ;;;;;;  595445 191000))
11380 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11381
11382 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11383 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11384
11385 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11386 read the file name to use.  Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11387
11388 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11389
11390 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11391 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11392
11393 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11394 read the file name to use.  Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11395
11396 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11397
11398 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11399 Compile fortune file.
11400
11401 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11402 the value of `fortune-file'.  This currently cannot handle directories.
11403
11404 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11405
11406 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11407 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11408
11409 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11410 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'.  If you want to have fortune
11411 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11412 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11413
11414 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11415
11416 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11417 Display a fortune cookie.
11418 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11419 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'.  If you want to have fortune
11420 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11421 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11422
11423 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11424
11425 ;;;***
11426 \f
11427 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11428 ;;;;;;  (20799 169 640767 0))
11429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11430
11431 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11432 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11433 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11434
11435 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11436
11437 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11438 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11439 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11440 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11441 being transferred.  This list may grow up to a size of
11442 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11443 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11444
11445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11446
11447 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11448 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11449 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11450 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11451
11452 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11453 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11454 executable followed by command line options.  The command line
11455 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11456 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11457
11458 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11459 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t.  In this case
11460 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11461 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11462
11463 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11464 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear.  Keybindings are
11465 shown in some of the buffers.
11466
11467 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11468
11469 The following commands help control operation :
11470
11471 `gdb-many-windows'    - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11472 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11473
11474 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11475 detailed description of this mode.
11476
11477
11478 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11479 |                               GDB Toolbar                            |
11480 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11481 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB)           | Locals buffer                    |
11482 |                                   |                                  |
11483 |                                   |                                  |
11484 |                                   |                                  |
11485 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11486 | Source buffer                     | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11487 |                                   | (comint-mode)                    |
11488 |                                   |                                  |
11489 |                                   |                                  |
11490 |                                   |                                  |
11491 |                                   |                                  |
11492 |                                   |                                  |
11493 |                                   |                                  |
11494 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11495 | Stack buffer                      | Breakpoints buffer               |
11496 | RET      gdb-select-frame         | SPC    gdb-toggle-breakpoint     |
11497 |                                   | RET    gdb-goto-breakpoint       |
11498 |                                   | D      gdb-delete-breakpoint     |
11499 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11500
11501 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11502
11503 ;;;***
11504 \f
11505 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11506 ;;;;;;  define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20709
11507 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
11508 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11509
11510 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11511 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11512 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11513 instead (which see).")
11514
11515 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11516 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11517
11518 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11519 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command.  If
11520 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11521 documentation string instead.
11522
11523 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11524 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell.  A character or a
11525 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11526 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11527 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\".  (Use nil for the
11528 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.)  Note that
11529 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11530 enders are actually possible.
11531
11532 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11533 `font-lock-keyword-face'.  Each keyword should be a string.
11534
11535 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight.  Each
11536 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11537 `font-lock-keywords'.
11538
11539 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11540 `auto-mode-alist'.  These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11541 runs the macro expansion.
11542
11543 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11544 setup.  The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11545 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11546
11547 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11548
11549 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11550
11551 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11552
11553 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11554
11555 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11556 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11557
11558 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11559
11560 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11561 Enter generic mode MODE.
11562
11563 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11564 for \"generic\" files.  (Files which are too small to warrant their
11565 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11566
11567 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11568 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11569
11570 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11571
11572 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11573 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11574 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11575 highlighted with face FACE.  This function calculates a regular
11576 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11577 PREFIX and SUFFIX.  Then it returns a construct based on this
11578 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11579 `font-lock-keywords'.
11580
11581 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11582
11583 ;;;***
11584 \f
11585 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11586 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
11587 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11588
11589 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11590 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11591 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11592 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11593 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When this mode is active, it tries to
11594 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11595
11596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11597
11598 ;;;***
11599 \f
11600 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11601 ;;;;;;  gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11602 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
11603 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11604
11605 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11606 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11607 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11608
11609 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11610
11611 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11612 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11613
11614 Guideline for numbers:
11615 1 - error messages
11616 3 - non-serious error messages
11617 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11618 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11619 9 - messages inside loops.
11620
11621 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11622
11623 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11624 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11625 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11626
11627 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11628
11629 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11630 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11631
11632 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11633
11634 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11635 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11636
11637 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11638 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11639 element is a test function.  You can use \\[describe-key]
11640 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command.  The fourth
11641 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11642 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11643
11644 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11645 `tool-bar-map'.  If it is t, start with a new sparse map.  You
11646 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11647 item.  When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11648 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11649
11650 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11651
11652 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11653
11654 ;;;***
11655 \f
11656 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11657 ;;;;;;  gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20709 26818
11658 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
11659 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11660 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11661  (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11662
11663 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11664 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11665
11666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11667
11668 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11669 Read network news.
11670 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11671 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.  If ARG is
11672 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11673 name of an NNTP server to use.
11674 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11675 server.
11676
11677 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11678
11679 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11680 Read news as a slave.
11681
11682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11683
11684 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11685 Pop up a frame to read news.
11686 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11687 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11688 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11689 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11690 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11691 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame.  If DISPLAY is
11692 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11693 current display is used.
11694
11695 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11696
11697 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11698 Read network news.
11699 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11700 startup level.  If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11701 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11702
11703 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11704
11705 ;;;***
11706 \f
11707 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11708 ;;;;;;  gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11709 ;;;;;;  gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11710 ;;;;;;  gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11711 ;;;;;;  gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11712 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11713 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11714
11715 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11716 Start Gnus unplugged.
11717
11718 \(fn)" t nil)
11719
11720 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11721 Start Gnus plugged.
11722
11723 \(fn)" t nil)
11724
11725 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11726 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11727
11728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11729
11730 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11731 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11732
11733 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11734 gnus-agent is set.  If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11735 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11736
11737 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11738 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11739 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11740
11741 \(fn)" t nil)
11742
11743 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11744 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11745
11746 \(fn)" nil nil)
11747
11748 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11749 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11750 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11751 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11752 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11753 supported.
11754
11755 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11756
11757 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11758 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11759 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11760 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11761 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11762 supported.
11763
11764 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11765
11766 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11767 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11768
11769 \(fn)" nil nil)
11770
11771 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11772 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11773 downloaded into the agent.
11774
11775 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11776
11777 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11778 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11779 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11780 variables.  Returns the first non-nil value found.
11781
11782 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11783
11784 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11785 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11786
11787 \(fn)" t nil)
11788
11789 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11790 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11791
11792 \(fn)" t nil)
11793
11794 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11795 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11796 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11797
11798 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11799
11800 ;;;***
11801 \f
11802 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11803 ;;;;;;  (20763 30266 231060 0))
11804 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11805
11806 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11807 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11808
11809 \(fn)" nil nil)
11810
11811 ;;;***
11812 \f
11813 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11814 ;;;;;;  "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20709 26818 907104
11815 ;;;;;;  0))
11816 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11817
11818 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11819 Set a bookmark for this article.
11820
11821 \(fn)" t nil)
11822
11823 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11824 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11825
11826 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11827
11828 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11829 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11830 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11831 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11832 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11833
11834 \(fn)" t nil)
11835
11836 ;;;***
11837 \f
11838 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11839 ;;;;;;  gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11840 ;;;;;;  gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20709
11841 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
11842 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11843
11844 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11845 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11846
11847 Usage:
11848 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11849
11850 \(fn)" t nil)
11851
11852 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11853 Generate the cache active file.
11854
11855 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11856
11857 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11858 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11859
11860 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11861
11862 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11863 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11864 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11865 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled.  It
11866 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11867 supported.
11868
11869 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11870
11871 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11872 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11873 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11874 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11875 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11876 supported.
11877
11878 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11879
11880 ;;;***
11881 \f
11882 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11883 ;;;;;;  "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
11884 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11885
11886 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11887 Delay this article by some time.
11888 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time.  Possible values are:
11889
11890 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11891   weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11892
11893 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date.  The time of day is given by the
11894   variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11895
11896 * hh:mm for a specific time.  Use 24h format.  If it is later than this
11897   time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11898
11899 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11900
11901 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11902 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11903
11904 \(fn)" t nil)
11905
11906 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11907 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11908 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11909 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11910
11911 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11912 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11913
11914 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11915
11916 ;;;***
11917 \f
11918 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11919 ;;;;;;  "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
11920 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11921
11922 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11923
11924
11925 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11926
11927 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11928
11929
11930 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11931
11932 ;;;***
11933 \f
11934 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11935 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
11936 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11937
11938 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11939 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11940
11941 \(fn)" t nil)
11942
11943 ;;;***
11944 \f
11945 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11946 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
11947 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11948
11949 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11950 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11951
11952 \(fn)" t nil)
11953
11954 ;;;***
11955 \f
11956 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11957 ;;;;;;  gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11958 ;;;;;;  gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20709
11959 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
11960 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11961
11962 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11963 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11964
11965 \(fn)" t nil)
11966
11967 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11968 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11969
11970 \(fn)" t nil)
11971
11972 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11973 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11974
11975 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11976 different input formats.
11977
11978 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11979
11980 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11981 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11982
11983 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11984 different input formats.
11985
11986 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11987
11988 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11989 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11990 The PNG is returned as a string.
11991
11992 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11993
11994 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11995 Convert FILE to a Face.
11996 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11997 726 bytes.
11998
11999 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12000
12001 ;;;***
12002 \f
12003 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
12004 ;;;;;;  "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20709 26818 907104
12005 ;;;;;;  0))
12006 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12007
12008 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12009 Display gravatar in the From header.
12010 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12011
12012 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12013
12014 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12015 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12016 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12017
12018 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12019
12020 ;;;***
12021 \f
12022 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12023 ;;;;;;  "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
12024 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12025
12026 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12027 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12028 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12029 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12030
12031 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12032
12033 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12034 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12035
12036 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12037
12038 ;;;***
12039 \f
12040 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
12041 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12042 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12043
12044 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12045
12046
12047 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12048
12049 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12050
12051
12052 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12053
12054 ;;;***
12055 \f
12056 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12057 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
12058 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12059
12060 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12061
12062 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12063 Run batched scoring.
12064 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12065
12066 \(fn)" t nil)
12067
12068 ;;;***
12069 \f
12070 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12071 ;;;;;;  turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12072 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
12073 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12074
12075 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12076
12077
12078 \(fn)" nil nil)
12079
12080 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12081 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12082 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12083
12084 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12085
12086 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12087 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12088
12089 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12090
12091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12092
12093 ;;;***
12094 \f
12095 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12096 ;;;;;;  gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12097 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
12098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12099
12100 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12101 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12102 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12103 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12104 group parameters.
12105
12106 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12107 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12108 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12109 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12110
12111 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12112 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'.  This variable is only used
12113 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12114 nil.  This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12115 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12116 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group.  Typical
12117 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12118 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12119 match any of the group-specified splitting rules.  See
12120 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12121
12122 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12123
12124 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12125 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12126 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12127 nil CATCH-ALL).
12128
12129 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12130 instead.  This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12131
12132 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12133
12134 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12135 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12136 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12137
12138 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12139
12140 \(fn)" nil nil)
12141
12142 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12143 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12144 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12145
12146 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12147
12148 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12149 be used to select candidate groups.  If it is omitted or nil, all
12150 existing groups are considered.
12151
12152 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12153 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12154 returned.
12155
12156 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12157 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12158 case, the group is ignored).  Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12159 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12160 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list).  Additionally, if
12161 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12162 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12163 clauses will be generated.
12164
12165 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12166 catch-all marks in group parameters.  Otherwise, if there is no
12167 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12168 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12169 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12170 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12171
12172 For example, given the following group parameters:
12173
12174 nnml:mail.bar:
12175 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12176  (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12177 nnml:mail.foo:
12178 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12179  (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12180  (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12181  (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12182 nnml:mail.others:
12183 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12184
12185 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12186
12187 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12188            \"mail.bar\")
12189       (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12190            - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12191    \"mail.others\")
12192
12193 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12194
12195 ;;;***
12196 \f
12197 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12198 ;;;;;;  "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20820 6311 856169 0))
12199 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12200
12201 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12202 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12203 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12204 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12205 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12206 instead.
12207
12208 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12209
12210 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12211 Mail to ADDRESS.
12212
12213 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12214
12215 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12216 Like `message-reply'.
12217
12218 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12219
12220 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12221
12222 ;;;***
12223 \f
12224 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-notifications) "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12225 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
12226 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12227
12228 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12229 Send a notification on new message.
12230 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12231 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12232 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12233
12234 This is typically a function to add in
12235 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12236
12237 \(fn)" nil nil)
12238
12239 ;;;***
12240 \f
12241 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12242 ;;;;;;  gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12243 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
12244 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12245
12246 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12247 Display picons in the From header.
12248 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12249
12250 \(fn)" t nil)
12251
12252 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12253 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12254 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12255
12256 \(fn)" t nil)
12257
12258 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12259 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12260 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12261
12262 \(fn)" t nil)
12263
12264 ;;;***
12265 \f
12266 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12267 ;;;;;;  gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12268 ;;;;;;  gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12269 ;;;;;;  gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12270 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12272
12273 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12274 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12275 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12276 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12277
12278 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12279
12280 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12281 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12282 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12283 LIST1 is modified.
12284
12285 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12286
12287 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12288 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12289 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12290
12291 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12292
12293 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12294
12295
12296 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12297
12298 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12299 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12300 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12301
12302 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12303
12304 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12305 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12306 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12307
12308 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12309
12310 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12311
12312 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12313 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12314 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12315
12316 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12317
12318 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12319 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12320 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12321
12322 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12323
12324 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12325 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12326 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12327
12328 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12329
12330 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12331 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12332
12333 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12334
12335 ;;;***
12336 \f
12337 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12338 ;;;;;;  "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20779 18487 859617
12339 ;;;;;;  0))
12340 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12341
12342 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12343 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12344
12345 \(fn)" t nil)
12346
12347 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12348 Install the registry hooks.
12349
12350 \(fn)" t nil)
12351
12352 ;;;***
12353 \f
12354 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12355 ;;;;;;  gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20709
12356 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
12357 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12358
12359 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12360 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12361 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12362 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12363 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12364 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12365
12366 \(fn)" t nil)
12367
12368 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12369 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12370 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12371 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12372 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12373
12374 \(fn)" t nil)
12375
12376 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12377
12378
12379 \(fn)" t nil)
12380
12381 ;;;***
12382 \f
12383 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12384 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
12385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12386
12387 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12388 Update the format specification near point.
12389
12390 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12391
12392 ;;;***
12393 \f
12394 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12395 ;;;;;;  (20763 30266 231060 0))
12396 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12397
12398 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12399 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12400
12401 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12402
12403 ;;;***
12404 \f
12405 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12406 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
12407 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12408
12409 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12410 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12411 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12412
12413 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12414
12415 ;;;***
12416 \f
12417 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12418 ;;;;;;  "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12419 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12420
12421 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12422 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12423
12424 \(fn)" t nil)
12425
12426 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12427 Install the sync hooks.
12428
12429 \(fn)" t nil)
12430
12431 ;;;***
12432 \f
12433 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12434 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
12435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12436
12437 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12438 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12439
12440 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12441
12442 ;;;***
12443 \f
12444 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12445 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
12446 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12447
12448 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12449 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12450 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12451 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12452 rejected.  (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12453 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12454
12455 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12456
12457 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12458
12459 ;;;***
12460 \f
12461 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20709 26818
12462 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
12463 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12464
12465 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12466 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12467
12468 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12469 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12470 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12471
12472 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square.  You mark it with X
12473 and Emacs marks it with O.  The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12474 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12475
12476 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12477 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12478
12479 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12480 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12481
12482 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12483
12484 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12485
12486 ;;;***
12487 \f
12488 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12489 ;;;;;;  goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20766
12490 ;;;;;;  6456 368550 0))
12491 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12492
12493 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12494
12495 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12496 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12497 Send mail to address at point.  See documentation for
12498 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'.  If no address is found
12499 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12500
12501 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12502
12503 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12504 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12505 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12506 or to send e-mail.
12507 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12508 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12509
12510 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12511 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12512
12513 \(fn)" t nil)
12514 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12515
12516 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12517 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12518 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12519 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12520 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12521
12522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12523
12524 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12525 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12526
12527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12528
12529 ;;;***
12530 \f
12531 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12532 ;;;;;;  "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12533 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12534
12535 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12536 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12537 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12538
12539 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12540
12541 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12542 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12543
12544 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12545
12546 ;;;***
12547 \f
12548 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12549 ;;;;;;  grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12550 ;;;;;;  grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20762 9398
12551 ;;;;;;  526093 0))
12552 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12553
12554 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12555 Number of lines in a grep window.  If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12556
12557 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12558
12559 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12560 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12561 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12562 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12563 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12564
12565 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12566 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12567 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12568
12569 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12570
12571 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12572 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12573 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12574 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12575 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12576
12577 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12578
12579 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12580 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12581
12582 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12583
12584 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[         ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12585 Regexp used to match grep hits.  See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12586
12587 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12588 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12589 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12590
12591 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12592 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12593 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12594
12595 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12596 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12597 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12598 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12599
12600 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12601 How to invoke find and grep.
12602 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12603 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12604 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12605 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12606
12607 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12608
12609 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12610 History list for grep.")
12611
12612 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12613 History list for grep-find.")
12614
12615 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12616 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12617 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12618
12619 \(fn)" nil nil)
12620
12621 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12622
12623
12624 \(fn)" nil nil)
12625
12626 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12627 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12628
12629 \(fn)" nil nil)
12630
12631 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12632 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12633 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12634 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12635 matches.  To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12636
12637 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command.  For running
12638 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12639
12640 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12641 can easily repeat a grep command.
12642
12643 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12644 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12645 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12646 list is empty).
12647
12648 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12649
12650 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12651 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12652 Collect output in a buffer.
12653 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12654 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12655
12656 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12657 easily repeat a find command.
12658
12659 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12660
12661 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12662
12663 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12664 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12665 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12666 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12667 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12668
12669 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12670 before it is executed.
12671 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12672
12673 Collect output in a buffer.  While grep runs asynchronously, you
12674 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12675 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12676
12677 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12678
12679 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12680
12681 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12682 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12683 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12684 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12685 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12686
12687 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12688 before it is executed.
12689 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12690
12691 Collect output in a buffer.  While the recursive grep is running,
12692 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12693 to visit the lines where matches were found.  To kill the job
12694 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12695
12696 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12697
12698 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12699 to specify a command to run.
12700
12701 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12702
12703 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12704 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12705 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12706 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12707
12708 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12709
12710 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12711
12712 ;;;***
12713 \f
12714 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20709 26818 907104
12715 ;;;;;;  0))
12716 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12717
12718 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12719 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12720 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12721 and height of the image in pixels.  WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12722 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\".  Value is non-nil if successful.
12723
12724 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12725
12726 ;;;***
12727 \f
12728 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12729 ;;;;;;  xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20709 26818
12730 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
12731 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12732
12733 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12734 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12735 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12736 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12737
12738 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12739
12740 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12741 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12742 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12743 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12744
12745 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12746
12747 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12748 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12749 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12750 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12751
12752 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12753
12754 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12755 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12756 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12757 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12758
12759 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12760 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12761
12762 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12763
12764 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12765 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12766 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12767 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12768
12769 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12770
12771 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12772 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12773 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12774 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12775
12776 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12777
12778 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12779 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12780 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12781 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is.  If the \"-classpath\"
12782 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12783
12784 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12785 information on how jdb accesses source files.  Alternatively (if
12786 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12787 original source file access method.
12788
12789 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12790 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12791
12792 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12793
12794 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12795 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12796
12797 \(fn)" t nil)
12798
12799 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12800 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12801 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12803 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12804 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12805
12806 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12807
12808 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12809 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12810 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12811 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
12812 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12813
12814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12815
12816 ;;;***
12817 \f
12818 ;;;### (autoloads (gv-ref setf gv-define-simple-setter gv-define-setter
12819 ;;;;;;  gv--defun-declaration gv-define-expander gv-letplace gv-get)
12820 ;;;;;;  "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12821 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12822
12823 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12824 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12825 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12826 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12827 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12828 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12829 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12830 set it to.
12831 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12832
12833 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12834
12835 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12836 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12837 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12838 of PLACE.
12839 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12840 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12841 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12842 and SETTER.
12843 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12844 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12845
12846 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12847
12848 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12849
12850 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12851 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12852 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12853 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12854 arguments as NAME.  DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12855
12856 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12857
12858 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12859
12860 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12861
12862
12863 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12864
12865 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12866
12867 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12868
12869 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12870 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12871 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12872 well for simple place forms.
12873 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12874 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12875 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12876 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12877 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12878 to be pure and copyable.  Example use:
12879   (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12880
12881 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12882
12883 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12884
12885 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12886 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12887 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12888 well for simple place forms.  Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12889 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12890
12891 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12892 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12893   (let ((temp VAL))
12894     (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12895     temp)
12896 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12897
12898 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12899
12900 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12901 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12902 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12903 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12904 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12905 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12906
12907 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12908
12909 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12910
12911 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12912 Return a reference to PLACE.
12913 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12914
12915 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12916
12917 ;;;***
12918 \f
12919 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20791
12920 ;;;;;;  9657 561026 0))
12921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12922
12923 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12924 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12925 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12926 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12927
12928 Variables: `handwrite-linespace'     (default 12)
12929            `handwrite-fontsize'      (default 11)
12930            `handwrite-numlines'      (default 60)
12931            `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12932
12933 \(fn)" t nil)
12934
12935 ;;;***
12936 \f
12937 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12938 ;;;;;;  (20478 3673 653810 0))
12939 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12940
12941 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12942 Towers of Hanoi diversion.  Use NRINGS rings.
12943
12944 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12945
12946 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12947 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12948 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12949 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12950
12951 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12952
12953 \(fn)" t nil)
12954
12955 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12956 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12957 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock.  When the
12958 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12959 to be updated.
12960
12961 \(fn)" t nil)
12962
12963 ;;;***
12964 \f
12965 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12966 ;;;;;;  hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12967 ;;;;;;  "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
12968 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12969
12970 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12971 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12972
12973 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12974
12975 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12976 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12977 Only start calculation.  Results are inserted when ready.
12978
12979 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12980
12981 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12982 Verify a hashcash payment
12983
12984 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12985
12986 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12987 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12988 for each recipient address.  Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12989 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation.  (See
12990 `mail-add-payment-async').
12991
12992 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12993
12994 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12995 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12996 for each recipient address.  Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12997 Calculation is asynchronous.
12998
12999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13000
13001 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13002 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13003 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13004
13005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13006
13007 ;;;***
13008 \f
13009 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
13010 ;;;;;;  scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13011 ;;;;;;  help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13012 ;;;;;;  help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20709 26818
13013 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
13014 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13015
13016 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13017 Return the help-echo string at point.
13018 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13019 property, or nil, is returned.
13020 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13021 `help-echo' property is ignored.  In this case, the return value
13022 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13023
13024 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13025
13026 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13027 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13028 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13029 string, return it.  Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13030 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13031
13032 \(fn)" nil nil)
13033
13034 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13035 Display local help in the echo area.
13036 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13037 the `kbd-help' property at point.  If `kbd-help' does not produce
13038 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13039 printed instead.
13040
13041 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13042 there is no help.  While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13043 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13044
13045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13046
13047 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13048 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13049 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13050
13051 \(fn)" t nil)
13052
13053 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13054 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13055 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13056
13057 \(fn)" t nil)
13058
13059 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13060 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13061 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13062 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13063 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13064 quit.  If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13065 `kbd-help' is used.  If the value is a list, the help only gets
13066 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13067 included in this list.  Suggested properties are `keymap',
13068 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'.  Any value other than t or
13069 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13070
13071 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13072 `help-at-pt-set-timer'.  The help gets printed after Emacs has
13073 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds.  You can call
13074 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13075 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13076
13077 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13078 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13079 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called.  Specifying an empty
13080 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13081 enabling buffer local values.  It sets the actual value to nil.
13082 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13083 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13084 The default is `never'.")
13085
13086 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13087
13088 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13089 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13090 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13091 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13092 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13093 considered different regions.
13094
13095 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13096 such region, then run HOOK.  If ARG is negative, move backward.
13097 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13098 toward ARG.  If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13099 the start of that region.  If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13100 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13101 do not run HOOK.  If there are not enough regions to move over,
13102 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13103 in the error message.  Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13104
13105 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13106
13107 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13108 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13109 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'.  Adjacent
13110 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13111 different regions.
13112
13113 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13114 help-echo region.  If ARG is negative, move backward.  If point
13115 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13116 toward ARG.  If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13117 move to the start of that region.  If ARG is 0 and point is not
13118 in such a region, just print a message to that effect.  If there
13119 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13120 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13121
13122 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13123 help-echo region without any local help being available.  This is
13124 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil.  This
13125 rarely happens in practice.
13126
13127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13128
13129 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13130 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13131 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'.  Adjacent
13132 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13133 different regions.  With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13134 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13135
13136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13137
13138 ;;;***
13139 \f
13140 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
13141 ;;;;;;  describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
13142 ;;;;;;  find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
13143 ;;;;;;  "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20764 51137 83502 0))
13144 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13145
13146 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13147 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13148
13149 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13150
13151 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13152 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13153 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13154
13155 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13156
13157 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13158 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13159 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13160   alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13161 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13162 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13163 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13164  search for a function definition.
13165
13166 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13167 defined.  If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13168 found via `load-path'.  The return value can also be `C-source', which
13169 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C.  If no
13170 suitable file is found, return nil.
13171
13172 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13173
13174 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13175
13176
13177 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13178
13179 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13180 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13181 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13182 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13183
13184 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13185
13186 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13187 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13188 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13189 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13190 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13191 it is displayed along with the global value.
13192
13193 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13194
13195 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13196 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13197 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13198 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13199
13200 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13201
13202 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13203 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13204 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13205 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13206 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13207
13208 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13209
13210 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13211 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13212
13213 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13214
13215 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13216 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13217
13218 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13219
13220 ;;;***
13221 \f
13222 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13223 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
13224 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13225
13226 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13227 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13228 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13229 window listing and describing the options.
13230 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13231 gives the window that lists the options.")
13232
13233 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13234
13235 ;;;***
13236 \f
13237 ;;;### (autoloads (help-bookmark-jump help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button
13238 ;;;;;;  help-xref-button help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref
13239 ;;;;;;  help-mode-finish help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el"
13240 ;;;;;;  (20721 17977 14204 0))
13241 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13242
13243 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13244 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13245 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13246 Commands:
13247 \\{help-mode-map}
13248
13249 \(fn)" t nil)
13250
13251 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13252
13253
13254 \(fn)" nil nil)
13255
13256 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13257
13258
13259 \(fn)" nil nil)
13260
13261 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13262 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13263
13264 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13265 buffer after following a reference.  INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13266 calling command was invoked interactively.  In this case the stack of
13267 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13268
13269 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13270 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13271 restore it properly when going back.
13272
13273 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13274
13275 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13276 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13277 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13278 current buffer.  Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13279 from `help-mode'.
13280 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13281 it does not already exist.
13282
13283 \(fn)" nil nil)
13284
13285 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13286 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13287
13288 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13289 references for selection with `help-follow'.  Cross-references have
13290 the canonical form `...'  and the type of reference may be
13291 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13292 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.  Faces only get cross-referenced if
13293 preceded or followed by the word `face'.  Variables without
13294 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13295 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13296
13297 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13298 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13299 \(e.g., coding-systems).  This variable is also used to disambiguate
13300 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13301
13302 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13303 help buffers.  Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13304 that.
13305
13306 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13307
13308 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13309 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13310 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13311 regexp.  TYPE is the type of button to use.  Any remaining arguments are
13312 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13313 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13314
13315 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13316
13317 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13318 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13319 TYPE is the type of button to use.  Any remaining arguments are passed
13320 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13321 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13322
13323 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13324
13325 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13326 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13327
13328 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13329
13330 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13331 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13332 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13333 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13334
13335 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13336
13337 ;;;***
13338 \f
13339 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13340 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
13341 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13342
13343 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13344 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13345
13346 \(fn)" t nil)
13347
13348 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13349 Provide help for current mode.
13350
13351 \(fn)" t nil)
13352
13353 ;;;***
13354 \f
13355 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13356 ;;;;;;  "hexl.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
13357 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13358
13359 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13360 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13361 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13362 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13363 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13364
13365 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13366 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13367
13368 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13369 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13370 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13371 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13372
13373 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13374 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13375 periods.
13376
13377 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13378 in hexl format.
13379
13380 A sample format:
13381
13382   HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f     ASCII-TEXT
13383   --------  ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----  ----------------
13384   00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64  This is hexl-mod
13385   00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265  e.  Each line re
13386   00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465  presents 16 byte
13387   00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c  s as hexadecimal
13388   00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74   ASCII.and print
13389   00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261  able ASCII chara
13390   00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74  cters.  Any cont
13391   00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949  rol or non-ASCII
13392   00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520   characters.are
13393   00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572  displayed as per
13394   000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e  iods in the prin
13395   000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220  table character
13396   000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a                      region..
13397
13398 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.  Most
13399 cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13400 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13401
13402 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13403 also supported.
13404
13405 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13406
13407 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13408 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13409 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13410
13411 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13412 it isn't bound to self-insert.  An octal number can be supplied in place
13413 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13414
13415 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13416 into the buffer at the current point.
13417
13418 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13419 into the buffer at the current point.
13420
13421 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13422 into the buffer at the current point.
13423
13424 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13425
13426 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13427 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13428
13429 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13430
13431 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13432
13433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13434
13435 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13436 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13437 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13438 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13439
13440 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13441
13442 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13443 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13444 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13445
13446 \(fn)" t nil)
13447
13448 ;;;***
13449 \f
13450 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13451 ;;;;;;  hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13452 ;;;;;;  global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13453 ;;;;;;  (20825 24233 991089 0))
13454 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13455
13456 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13457 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13458 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13459 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13460 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13461
13462 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13463 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13464 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13465 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13466
13467 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13468 highlighted using font lock.  In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13469 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13470 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13471
13472 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13473 is added to the \"Edit\" menu.  The commands in the submenu,
13474 which can be called interactively, are:
13475
13476 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13477   Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13478
13479 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13480   Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13481   (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13482   to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13483
13484 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13485   Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13486
13487 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13488   Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13489
13490 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13491   Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible).  They may
13492   be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13493   is issued.  The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13494   (See `font-lock-keywords'.)  They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13495   any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.  When a file is
13496   loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13497   'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13498   `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13499   function returns t.
13500
13501 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13502   Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13503
13504 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13505 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13506 form:
13507   Hi-lock: FOO
13508
13509 where FOO is a list of patterns.  The patterns must start before
13510 position (number of characters into buffer)
13511 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.  Patterns will be read until
13512 Hi-lock: end is found.  A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13513 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13514
13515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13516
13517 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13518 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13519 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13520 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13521 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13522 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13523
13524 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13525
13526 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13527 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13528 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13529 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13530 ARG is omitted or nil.
13531
13532 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13533 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13534 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13535
13536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13537
13538 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13539
13540 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13541 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13542 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE.  Use
13543 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13544 value(s) of REGEXP.  Use the global history list for FACE.
13545
13546 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP.  Otherwise,
13547 use overlays for highlighting.  If overlays are used, the
13548 highlighting will not update as you type.
13549
13550 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13551
13552 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13553
13554 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13555 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13556 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE.  Use
13557 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13558 value(s) REGEXP.  Use the global history list for FACE.
13559
13560 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP.  Otherwise,
13561 use overlays for highlighting.  If overlays are used, the
13562 highlighting will not update as you type.
13563
13564 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13565
13566 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13567
13568 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13569 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13570 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE.  Use
13571 `hi-lock-read-regexp-defaults-function' to retrieve default
13572 value(s) of REGEXP.  Use the global history list for FACE.  When
13573 called interactively, replace whitespace in user provided regexp
13574 with arbitrary whitespace and make initial lower-case letters
13575 case-insensitive before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13576
13577 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP.  Otherwise,
13578 use overlays for highlighting.  If overlays are used, the
13579 highlighting will not update as you type.
13580
13581 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13582
13583 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13584
13585 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13586 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13587 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13588 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13589 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13590 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13591
13592 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13593
13594 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13595 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13596
13597 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13598 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13599 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13600
13601 \(fn)" t nil)
13602
13603 ;;;***
13604 \f
13605 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13606 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
13607 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13608
13609 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13610 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13611 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13612 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13613 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13614
13615 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13616 C-like major modes.  When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13617 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13618 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13619
13620 `hide-ifdef-env'
13621         An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13622         current buffer.  Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13623         is used.
13624
13625 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13626         An association list of defined symbol lists.
13627         Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13628         and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13629         from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13630
13631 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13632         Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13633         #endif lines when hiding.
13634
13635 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13636         Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13637         is activated.
13638
13639 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13640         Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13641         After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13642
13643 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13644
13645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13646
13647 ;;;***
13648 \f
13649 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13650 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
13651 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13652
13653 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13654 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13655 Each element has the form
13656   (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13657
13658 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13659 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13660
13661 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions.  A block is
13662 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13663
13664 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13665 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13666 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13667 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'.  Point
13668 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match.  For example,
13669 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13670
13671 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly.  In those
13672 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13673
13674 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13675 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13676
13677 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13678 appropriate values.  The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13679 whitespace.  Case does not matter.")
13680
13681 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13682 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13683 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13684 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13685 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13686
13687 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13688 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13689 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13690
13691 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13692 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'.  There is also
13693 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13694
13695 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13696 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13697
13698 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13699
13700 Key bindings:
13701 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13702
13703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13704
13705 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13706 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13707
13708 \(fn)" nil nil)
13709
13710 ;;;***
13711 \f
13712 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13713 ;;;;;;  highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13714 ;;;;;;  highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13715 ;;;;;;  highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13716 ;;;;;;  highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20709
13717 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
13718 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13719
13720 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13721 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13722 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13723 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
13724 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13725
13726 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13727 property.  Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13728 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13729 this on and off.
13730
13731 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13732 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13733 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13734 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13735 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13736 through various faces.
13737 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13738 buffer with the contents of a file
13739 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13740
13741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13742
13743 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13744 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13745 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13746 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
13747 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13748
13749 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13750 Changes mode is on.  When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13751 in a distinctive face.
13752
13753 The default value can be customized with variable
13754 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13755
13756 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13757
13758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13759
13760 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13761 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13762 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13763
13764 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13765
13766 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13767 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13768
13769 \(fn)" t nil)
13770
13771 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13772 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13773
13774 \(fn)" t nil)
13775
13776 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13777 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13778
13779 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13780 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13781 face described by the second element, and so on.  Very old changes remain
13782 shown in the last face in the list.
13783
13784 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13785 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value.  To do
13786 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13787
13788   (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13789
13790 \(fn)" t nil)
13791
13792 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13793 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13794
13795 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13796
13797 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13798 to save the file.
13799
13800 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13801 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13802
13803 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13804 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13805 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13806
13807 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13808
13809 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13810 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13811
13812 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13813 this function is called interactively.
13814
13815 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13816 also will have its differences highlighted.  Otherwise, the file is
13817 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13818
13819 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13820 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13821 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13822
13823 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13824
13825 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13826 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13827 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13830 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13831
13832 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13833
13834 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13835 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13836 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13837 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13838 ARG is omitted or nil.
13839
13840 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13841 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13842 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13843
13844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13845
13846 ;;;***
13847 \f
13848 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
13849 ;;;;;;  "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
13850 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13851
13852 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13853 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13854 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13855 or insert functions in this list.")
13856
13857 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13858
13859 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13860 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13861 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13862 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found.  Repeated
13863 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13864 expansions.
13865 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13866 function in this list.  With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13867 undoes the expansion.
13868
13869 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13870
13871 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13872 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13873 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST.  An optional second
13874 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13875
13876 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13877
13878 ;;;***
13879 \f
13880 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13881 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
13882 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13883
13884 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13885 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13887 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13889
13890 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  If
13891 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13892 line about the buffer's point in all windows.  Caveat: the
13893 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13894 non-selected window.  Hl-Line mode uses the function
13895 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13896
13897 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13898 line about point in the selected window only.  In this case, it
13899 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13900 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13901
13902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13903
13904 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13905 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13906 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13907 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13908 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13909 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13910
13911 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13912
13913 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13914 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13915 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13916 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13917 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13918
13919 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13920 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13921 windows.
13922
13923 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13924 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13925
13926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13927
13928 ;;;***
13929 \f
13930 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13931 ;;;;;;  holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13932 ;;;;;;  holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13933 ;;;;;;  holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13934 ;;;;;;  "calendar/holidays.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
13935 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13936
13937 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13938
13939 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13940 General holidays.  Default value is for the United States.
13941 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13942
13943 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13944
13945 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13946
13947 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13948
13949 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13950 Oriental holidays.
13951 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13952
13953 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13954
13955 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13956
13957 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13958
13959 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13960 Local holidays.
13961 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13962
13963 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13964
13965 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13966
13967 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13968
13969 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13970 User defined holidays.
13971 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13972
13973 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13974
13975 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13976
13977 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13978 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13979
13980 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13981
13982 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13983 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13984
13985 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13986
13987 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13988 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13989
13990 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13991
13992 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13993 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13994
13995 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13996
13997 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13998
13999 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14000 Jewish holidays.
14001 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14002
14003 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14004
14005 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14006
14007 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14008
14009 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14010 Christian holidays.
14011 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14012
14013 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14014
14015 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14016
14017 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14018
14019 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14020 Islamic holidays.
14021 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14022
14023 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14024
14025 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14026
14027 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14028
14029 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14030 Bahá'í holidays.
14031 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14032
14033 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14034
14035 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14036
14037 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14038
14039 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14040 Sun-related holidays.
14041 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14042
14043 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14044
14045 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14046
14047 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14048
14049 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14050 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14051 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14052 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14053
14054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14055
14056 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14057 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14058 Y2 defaults to Y1.  The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14059 `calendar-holidays'.  If you want to control what holidays are
14060 displayed, use a different list.  For example,
14061
14062   (list-holidays 2006 2006
14063     (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14064
14065 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14066 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14067
14068 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14069 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc.  See the
14070 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14071 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14072 of a holiday list.
14073
14074 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14075
14076 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14077
14078 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14079
14080 ;;;***
14081 \f
14082 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20791
14083 ;;;;;;  9657 561026 0))
14084 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14085
14086 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14087 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14088
14089 \(fn)" t nil)
14090
14091 ;;;***
14092 \f
14093 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
14094 ;;;;;;  "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20774 51822 616889 64000))
14095 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14096
14097 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14098 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14099 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14100 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14101 as possible.
14102
14103 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14104 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14105 fontified display.
14106
14107 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14108 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14109
14110 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14111 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14112 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14113
14114 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14115
14116 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14117 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14118 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14119
14120 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14121
14122 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14123
14124 ;;;***
14125 \f
14126 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14127 ;;;;;;  define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20709
14128 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
14129 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14130
14131 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14132 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14133
14134 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14135 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer.  The original ibuffer
14136 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14137
14138 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14139 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14140 SYMBOL's name.  PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14141 the text, such as `mouse-face'.  And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14142 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14143 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14144
14145 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14146 title of the column.
14147
14148 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14149 ibuffer-make-column-NAME.  If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14150 inlined into the compiled format versions.  This means that if you
14151 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14152 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14153
14154 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14155
14156 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14157 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14158 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14159 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14160 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14161
14162 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14163 buffer object, and `b' bound to another.  BODY should return a non-nil
14164 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14165
14166 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14167
14168 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14169 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14170 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14171 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14172 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14173 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14174
14175 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14176 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14177 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14178 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14179 uses.  :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14180 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14181 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers.  This is used
14182 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself.  Valid
14183 values are:
14184  nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14185  t - the function it always modifies buffers
14186  :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14187   buffer's modification flag.
14188 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14189 prompted before performing this operation.
14190 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14191 operation is complete, in the form:
14192  \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14193 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14194 confirmation message, in the form:
14195  \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14196 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14197 macro for exactly what it does.
14198
14199 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14200
14201 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14202 Define a filter named NAME.
14203 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14204 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14205 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14206
14207 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14208 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not.  The forms in BODY
14209 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14210 bound to the current value of the filter.
14211
14212 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14213
14214 ;;;***
14215 \f
14216 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14217 ;;;;;;  "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20792 30519 8548 0))
14218 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14219
14220 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14221 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14222 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14223 buffers which are visiting a file.
14224
14225 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14226
14227 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14228 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14229 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14230 buffers which are visiting a file.
14231
14232 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14233
14234 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14235 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14236 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14237
14238 All arguments are optional.
14239 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14240 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14241 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14242   see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14243 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14244 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size.  The special
14245   value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14246 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14247   see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14248 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14249   If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14250   that value locally in this buffer.
14251
14252 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14253
14254 ;;;***
14255 \f
14256 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14257 ;;;;;;  icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14258 ;;;;;;  "calendar/icalendar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14259 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14260
14261 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14262 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14263 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14264 format.  The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14265
14266 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14267
14268 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14269 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14270 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14271 converted to iCalendar format.  The result is appended to the file
14272 ICAL-FILENAME.
14273 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong.  In this
14274 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14275 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14276
14277 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14278
14279 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14280 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14281 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14282 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14283 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14284 non-marking or not.
14285
14286 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14287
14288 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14289 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14290
14291 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14292 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14293 DIARY-FILE.
14294
14295 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14296 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil.  When called interactively,
14297 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14298
14299 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14300 non-marking.
14301
14302 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14303 means that an error has occurred.  Error messages will be in the
14304 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14305
14306 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14307
14308 ;;;***
14309 \f
14310 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20766
14311 ;;;;;;  59066 666084 0))
14312 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14313
14314 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14315 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14316 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14317 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14318 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14319 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14320
14321 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14322
14323 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14324 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14325 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14326 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
14327 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14328
14329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14330
14331 ;;;***
14332 \f
14333 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20709 26818
14334 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
14335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14336
14337 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14338 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14339 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14340 Tab indents for Icon code.
14341 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14342 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14343 \\{icon-mode-map}
14344 Variables controlling indentation style:
14345  icon-tab-always-indent
14346     Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14347     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14348  icon-auto-newline
14349     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14350     inserted in Icon code.
14351  icon-indent-level
14352     Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14353     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14354     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14355  icon-continued-statement-offset
14356     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14357     then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14358  icon-continued-brace-offset
14359     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14360     This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14361  icon-brace-offset
14362     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14363  icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14364     An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14365     this far to the right of the start of its line.
14366
14367 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14368 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14369
14370 \(fn)" t nil)
14371
14372 ;;;***
14373 \f
14374 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14375 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
14376 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14377
14378 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14379 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14380 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14381 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14382
14383 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14384 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14385 separate frames.
14386
14387 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14388 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14389
14390 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14391 input and controlling the IDL job.  See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14392 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14393
14394 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14395
14396 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14397
14398 ;;;***
14399 \f
14400 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14401 ;;;;;;  (20799 169 640767 0))
14402 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14403
14404 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14405 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14406
14407 The main features of this mode are
14408
14409 1. Indentation and Formatting
14410    --------------------------
14411    Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14412    TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14413
14414    To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line].  This
14415    function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14416    at that point.  When used inside a long constant string, the string
14417    is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14418
14419    Comments are indented as follows:
14420
14421    `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14422    `;;'  Indent like the surrounding code
14423    `;'   Indent to a minimum column.
14424
14425    The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14426
14427    Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14428    comment.  The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14429    relative to the first will be retained.  Use
14430    \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14431    comments.  When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14432    nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14433
14434    To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14435    entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14436    \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].  Then mark the entire buffer
14437    again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14438
14439 2. Routine Info
14440    ------------
14441    IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14442    accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14443    \\[idlwave-routine-info].  \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14444    source file of a module.  These commands know about system
14445    routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14446    idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14447    this shell.  It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14448    user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14449    default.  Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14450    information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14451
14452 3. Online IDL Help
14453    ---------------
14454
14455    \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14456    for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point.  A single
14457    key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs.  See
14458    the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14459
14460 4. Completion
14461    ----------
14462    \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14463    class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14464    tags, structure tags, filenames and much more.  It is context
14465    sensitive and figures out what is expected at point.  Lower case
14466    strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14467    upper case.
14468
14469 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14470    --------------------------------
14471    Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14472    The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`.  Some examples:
14473
14474    \\pr        PROCEDURE template
14475    \\fu        FUNCTION template
14476    \\c         CASE statement template
14477    \\sw        SWITCH statement template
14478    \\f         FOR loop template
14479    \\r         REPEAT Loop template
14480    \\w         WHILE loop template
14481    \\i         IF statement template
14482    \\elif      IF-ELSE statement template
14483    \\b         BEGIN
14484
14485    For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs].  Some templates also
14486    have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14487
14488    \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14489    beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14490    Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14491    \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14492
14493 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14494    -------------------------
14495    The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14496    `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14497
14498 7. Automatic END completion
14499    ------------------------
14500    If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14501    will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14502
14503 8. Hooks
14504    -----
14505    Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14506    Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14507
14508 9. Documentation and Customization
14509    -------------------------------
14510    Info documentation for this package is available.  Use
14511    \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14512    not work).  For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14513    documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14514    IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14515
14516 10.Keybindings
14517    -----------
14518    Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14519    If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14520    followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14521
14522 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14523
14524 \(fn)" t nil)
14525
14526 ;;;***
14527 \f
14528 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14529 ;;;;;;  ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14530 ;;;;;;  ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14531 ;;;;;;  ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14532 ;;;;;;  ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14533 ;;;;;;  ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14534 ;;;;;;  ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14535 ;;;;;;  ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20809
14536 ;;;;;;  36008 682209 0))
14537 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14538
14539 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14540 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14541 should be enabled.  The following values are possible:
14542 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14543   displaying...)
14544 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14545 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14546 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14547
14548 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14549 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14550
14551 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14552
14553 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14554 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14555 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14556 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14557 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14558 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14559 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14560 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14561 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14562
14563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14564
14565 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14566 Switch to another buffer.
14567 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14568 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14569 in another frame.
14570
14571 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14572 displayed if substring-matching is used (default).  Look at
14573 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'.  When you have found the
14574 buffer you want, it can then be selected.  As you type, most keys have
14575 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14576
14577 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.  If the
14578 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14579
14580 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14581
14582 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14583 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14584 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14585 matches all buffers.  If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14586 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14587 in a separate window.
14588 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14589 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14590 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14591 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14592 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14593 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14594 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14595 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14596 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14597
14598 \(fn)" t nil)
14599
14600 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14601 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14602 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14603 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14604
14605 \(fn)" t nil)
14606
14607 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14608 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14609 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14610 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14611
14612 \(fn)" t nil)
14613
14614 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14615 Kill a buffer.
14616 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14617 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14618
14619 \(fn)" t nil)
14620
14621 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14622 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14623 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14624 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14625
14626 \(fn)" t nil)
14627
14628 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14629 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14630 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14631 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14632
14633 \(fn)" t nil)
14634
14635 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14636 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14637
14638 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14639
14640 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14641 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14642 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14643 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14644 visible in another frame.
14645
14646 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.  As you
14647 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14648 if substring-matching is used (default).  Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14649 `ido-toggle-prefix'.  When you have found the filename you want, it can
14650 then be selected.  As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14651 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14652
14653 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.  If the
14654 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14655
14656 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14657
14658 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14659 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14660 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14661 matches all files.  If there is only one match, select that file.
14662 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14663 in a separate window.
14664 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14665 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14666 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14667 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14668 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14669 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14670 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14671 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14672 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14673 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14674 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14675 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14676 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14677 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14678 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14679
14680 \(fn)" t nil)
14681
14682 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14683 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14684 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14685 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14686
14687 \(fn)" t nil)
14688
14689 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14690 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14691 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14692 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14693
14694 \(fn)" t nil)
14695
14696 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14697 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14698 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14699 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14700
14701 \(fn)" t nil)
14702
14703 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14704 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14705 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14706 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14707
14708 \(fn)" t nil)
14709
14710 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14711 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14712 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14713 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14714
14715 \(fn)" t nil)
14716
14717 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14718 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14719 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14720 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14721
14722 \(fn)" t nil)
14723
14724 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14725 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14726 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14727 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14728
14729 \(fn)" t nil)
14730
14731 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14732 Write current buffer to a file.
14733 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14734 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14735
14736 \(fn)" t nil)
14737
14738 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14739 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14740 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14741 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14742
14743 \(fn)" t nil)
14744
14745 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14746 Call `dired' the ido way.
14747 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14748 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14749
14750 \(fn)" t nil)
14751
14752 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14753 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14754 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14755 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user.  DEFAULT if given is the default
14756 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14757 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14758
14759 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14760
14761 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14762 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14763 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14764 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14765
14766 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14767
14768 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14769 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14770 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14771 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14772
14773 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14774
14775 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14776 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14777 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14778 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14779 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14780 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14781  to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14782 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14783  the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14784  If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14785  string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14786 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14787  with point positioned at the end.
14788 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14789 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14790
14791 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14792
14793 ;;;***
14794 \f
14795 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
14796 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14797
14798 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14799 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14800 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14801
14802 \(fn)" t nil)
14803
14804 ;;;***
14805 \f
14806 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20709 26818
14807 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
14808 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14809
14810 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14811
14812 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14813 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14814 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14815 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
14816 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14817 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14818
14819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14820
14821 ;;;***
14822 \f
14823 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14824 ;;;;;;  remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14825 ;;;;;;  create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14826 ;;;;;;  image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14827 ;;;;;;  image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14828 ;;;;;;  (20772 45239 494620 0))
14829 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14830
14831 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14832 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14833 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14834 be determined.
14835
14836 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14837
14838 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14839 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14840 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14841 be determined.
14842
14843 \(fn)" nil nil)
14844
14845 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14846 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14847 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14848 be determined.
14849
14850 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14851
14852 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14853 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14854 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14855 be determined.
14856
14857 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14858
14859 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14860 Determine and return image type.
14861 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14862 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type.  If TYPE is omitted
14863 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14864 of image data.  If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14865 use its file extension as image type.
14866 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14867
14868 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14869
14870 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14871 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14872 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14873
14874 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14875
14876 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14877 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14878 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14879
14880 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14881 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14882 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14883 non-nil value.  If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14884 must be available.
14885
14886 \(fn)" nil nil)
14887
14888 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14889 Create an image.
14890 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14891 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type.  If TYPE is omitted
14892 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14893 of image data.  If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14894 use its file extension as image type.
14895 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14896 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14897 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14898 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14899
14900 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14901
14902 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14903 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14904 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14905
14906 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14907
14908 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14909 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14910 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14911 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14912 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14913 image.  STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14914 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14915 POS may be an integer or marker.
14916 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
14917 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14918 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14919 means display it in the right marginal area.
14920
14921 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14922
14923 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14924 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14925 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14926 with a `display' property whose value is the image.  STRING
14927 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14928 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
14929 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14930 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14931 means display it in the right marginal area.
14932 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert.  SLICE nil or omitted
14933 means insert whole image.  SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14934 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14935 to insert.  A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14936 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14937
14938 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14939
14940 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14941 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14942 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14943 with a `display' property whose value is the image.  The default
14944 STRING is a single space.
14945 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
14946 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14947 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14948 means display it in the right marginal area.
14949 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14950
14951 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14952
14953 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14954 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14955 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14956 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14957
14958 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14959
14960 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14961 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14962
14963 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14964
14965 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list.  The contents of
14966 a specification are image type dependent.  All specifications must at
14967 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14968 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14969 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14970 string containing the actual image data.  The specification whose TYPE
14971 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14972 specification to be returned.  Return nil if no specification is
14973 satisfied.
14974
14975 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14976
14977 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14978
14979 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14980
14981 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14982 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14983
14984 SPECS is a list of image specifications.  DOC is an optional
14985 documentation string.
14986
14987 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list.  The contents of
14988 a specification are image type dependent.  All specifications must at
14989 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14990 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14991 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14992 string containing the actual image data.  The first image
14993 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14994 define SYMBOL.
14995
14996 Example:
14997
14998    (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14999                          (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15000
15001 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15002
15003 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15004
15005 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15006 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15007 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15008 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15009
15010 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15011 Emacs visits them in Image mode.  They are also added to
15012 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15013 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15014
15015 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15016
15017 \(fn)" nil nil)
15018
15019 ;;;***
15020 \f
15021 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15022 ;;;;;;  image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15023 ;;;;;;  image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15024 ;;;;;;  image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15025 ;;;;;;  image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15026 ;;;;;;  image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15027 ;;;;;;  image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
15028 ;;;;;;  "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20768 48184 78670 0))
15029 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15030
15031 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15032 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15033 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15034 current line.  ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15035 of the marked files.  If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15036 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15037
15038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15039
15040 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15041 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15042
15043 Convenience command that:
15044
15045  - Opens dired in folder DIR
15046  - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15047  - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15048
15049 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15050 image files in dired and type
15051 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15052
15053 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15054
15055 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15056 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15057
15058 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15059
15060 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15061 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15062 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15063 fly.  With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15064 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15065 another one).
15066
15067 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15068 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15069 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15070
15071 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15072 instead of erasing it first.
15073
15074 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15075 used or not.  If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15076 `pop-to-buffer'.  This is used from functions like
15077 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15078 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15079 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15080
15081 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15082
15083 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15084 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15085 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15086 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15087 displayed.
15088
15089 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15090
15091 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15092
15093 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15094
15095 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15096 Tag marked file(s) in dired.  With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15097
15098 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15099
15100 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15101 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15102 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15103
15104 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15105
15106 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15107 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15108
15109 \(fn)" t nil)
15110
15111 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15112 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15113 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15114 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15115
15116 \(fn)" t nil)
15117
15118 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15119 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15120
15121 \(fn)" t nil)
15122
15123 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15124 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15125
15126 \(fn)" t nil)
15127
15128 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15129 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15130
15131 \(fn)" t nil)
15132
15133 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15134 Display current image file.
15135 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15136 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15137
15138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15139
15140 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15141 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15142
15143 \(fn)" t nil)
15144
15145 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15146 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15147 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15148 image file and stored in image-dired's database file.  This command
15149 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15150 on all image files in the database file.  The files that have a
15151 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15152
15153 \(fn)" t nil)
15154
15155 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15156 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15157 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15158 easy-to-use form.
15159
15160 \(fn)" t nil)
15161
15162 ;;;***
15163 \f
15164 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15165 ;;;;;;  image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15166 ;;;;;;  "image-file.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
15167 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15168
15169 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15170 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15171 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15172 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15173
15174 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15175 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15176 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15177 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15178
15179 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15180
15181 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15182 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15183 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15184 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15185
15186 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15187 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15188 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15189 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15190
15191 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15192
15193 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15194 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15195
15196 \(fn)" nil nil)
15197
15198 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15199 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15200 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15201 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15202
15203 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15204
15205 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15206 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15207 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15208 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15209 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15210 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15211
15212 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15213
15214 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15215 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15216 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15217 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
15218 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15219
15220 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15221 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15222 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15223
15224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15225
15226 ;;;***
15227 \f
15228 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15229 ;;;;;;  image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20774 51931 214714
15230 ;;;;;;  829000))
15231 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15232
15233 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15234 Major mode for image files.
15235 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15236 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15237
15238 \(fn)" t nil)
15239
15240 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15241 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15242 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15243 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
15244 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15245
15246 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15247 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15248 actual image.
15249
15250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15251
15252 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15253 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15254 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15255 displays an image file as text.  `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15256 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15257 to display an image file as the actual image.
15258
15259 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15260 to display an image file as text initially.
15261
15262 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15263 on these modes.
15264
15265 \(fn)" t nil)
15266
15267 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15268
15269
15270 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15271
15272 ;;;***
15273 \f
15274 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15275 ;;;;;;  imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20784 36406 653593
15276 ;;;;;;  0))
15277 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15278
15279 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15280 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15281
15282 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15283
15284 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15285 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15286 in the buffer.
15287
15288 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15289
15290 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15291 element should come before the second.  The arguments are cons cells;
15292 \(NAME . POSITION).  Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15293
15294 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15295
15296 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15297 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15298 Each element of this list should have the form
15299
15300   (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15301
15302 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15303 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15304 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15305 matches are put).
15306 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15307 which is to be displayed in the menu.  REGEXP may also be a
15308 function, called without arguments.  It is expected to search
15309 backwards.  It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15310 another element.
15311 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15312 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15313 the menu item.
15314 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15315 item is selected by the user.  This function is called with
15316 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15317 the ARGUMENTS.
15318
15319 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15320 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15321 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15322
15323 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15324 create a buffer index.
15325
15326 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15327 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15328 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15329 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15330 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15331
15332 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15333
15334 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15335 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15336
15337 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15338 an index alist of the current buffer.  The function is
15339 called within a `save-excursion'.
15340
15341 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15342
15343 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15344
15345 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15346 Function for finding the next index position.
15347
15348 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15349 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15350 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15351 file.
15352
15353 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15354 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15355
15356 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15357
15358 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15359 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15360
15361 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15362 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15363 It should return the name for that index item.")
15364
15365 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15366
15367 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15368 Function to compare string with index item.
15369
15370 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15371 non-nil if they match.
15372
15373 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15374 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15375 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15376 arguments match\".")
15377
15378 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15379
15380 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15381 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15382 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15383
15384 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15385 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15386
15387 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15388
15389 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15390
15391 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15392 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15393 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15394 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15395
15396 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15397
15398 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15399 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15400
15401 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15402
15403 \(fn)" t nil)
15404
15405 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15406 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15407 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position.  See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15408 for more information.
15409
15410 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15411
15412 ;;;***
15413 \f
15414 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15415 ;;;;;;  in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15416 ;;;;;;  "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
15417 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15418
15419 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15420 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15421
15422 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15423
15424 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15425
15426
15427 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15428
15429 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15430
15431
15432 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15433
15434 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15435
15436
15437 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15438
15439 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15440 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15441
15442 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15443
15444 ;;;***
15445 \f
15446 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
15447 ;;;;;;  (20774 53405 644725 888000))
15448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15449
15450 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15451 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15452 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15453 to that buffer.
15454 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15455 of `inferior-lisp-program').  Runs the hooks from
15456 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15457 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15458
15459 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15460
15461 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15462
15463 ;;;***
15464 \f
15465 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15466 ;;;;;;  Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15467 ;;;;;;  Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15468 ;;;;;;  Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-bug info-emacs-manual
15469 ;;;;;;  info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20813 33065 721081
15470 ;;;;;;  0))
15471 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15472
15473 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15474 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15475 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15476 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15477 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15478 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory.  In the latter
15479 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15480 first in this list.
15481
15482 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15483 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15484 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15485 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15486 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15487
15488 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15489 reasons.  Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15490 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15491
15492 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15493 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15494
15495 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15496  (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15497
15498 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15499 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15500 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15501 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15502 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15503 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15504 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15505 the default buffer name is *info*.  If BUFFER exists,
15506 just switch to BUFFER.  Otherwise, create a new buffer
15507 with the top-level Info directory.
15508
15509 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15510 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15511
15512 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15513 \"*info*<%s>\".
15514
15515 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15516 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15517 in all the directories in that path.
15518
15519 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15520
15521 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15522
15523 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15524 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15525
15526 \(fn)" t nil)
15527
15528 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15529 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15530
15531 \(fn)" t nil)
15532
15533 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15534 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15535 Usage:  emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15536 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15537
15538 \(fn)" nil nil)
15539
15540 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15541 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15542 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15543 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15544
15545 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15546
15547 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15548 Go to the Info directory node.
15549
15550 \(fn)" t nil)
15551
15552 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15553 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15554 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15555 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15556 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15557 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15558
15559 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15560
15561 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15562 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15563 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15564
15565 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15566
15567 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15568 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15569 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15570 a list of keywords separated by comma.  After that, it displays a node
15571 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15572
15573 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15574
15575 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15576 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15577 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15578 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15579 topics.  Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15580
15581 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help]  Invoke the Info tutorial.
15582 \\[Info-exit]   Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15583
15584 Selecting other nodes:
15585 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15586         Follow a node reference you click on.
15587           This works with menu items, cross references, and
15588           the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15589 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node]    Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15590 \\[Info-next]   Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15591 \\[Info-prev]   Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15592 \\[Info-up]     Move \"up\" from this node.
15593 \\[Info-menu]   Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15594           Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15595 \\[Info-directory]      Go to the Info directory node.
15596 \\[Info-top-node]       Go to the Top node of this file.
15597 \\[Info-final-node]     Go to the final node in this file.
15598 \\[Info-backward-node]  Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15599 \\[Info-forward-node]   Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15600 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15601 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15602 \\[Info-follow-reference]       Follow a cross reference.  Reads name of reference.
15603 \\[Info-history-back]   Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15604 \\[Info-history-forward]        Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15605 \\[Info-history]        Go to menu of visited nodes.
15606 \\[Info-toc]    Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15607
15608 Moving within a node:
15609 \\[Info-scroll-up]      Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15610           Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15611           screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15612           subnode.  When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15613           move up to the parent node.
15614 \\[Info-scroll-down]    Normally, scroll backward.  If the beginning of the buffer is
15615           already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15616           if there is none.
15617 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15618
15619 Advanced commands:
15620 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15621           and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15622 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively]        Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15623 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15624 \\[Info-index]  Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15625 \\[Info-index-next]     (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15626 \\[Info-virtual-index]  Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15627 \\[info-apropos]        Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15628 \\[Info-goto-node]      Move to node specified by name.
15629           You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15630 1 .. 9  Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15631           Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15632 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15633 \\[clone-buffer]        Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15634 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15635 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info]       Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15636
15637 \(fn)" t nil)
15638  (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15639
15640 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15641 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15642 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15643 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15644 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15645 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15646
15647 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15648  (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15649
15650 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15651 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15652 KEY is a string.
15653 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15654 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15655 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15656 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15657
15658 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15659
15660 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15661 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15662 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15663
15664 \(fn)" t nil)
15665
15666 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15667 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15668 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15669
15670 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15671
15672 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15673 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15674 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15675 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15676
15677 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15678
15679 ;;;***
15680 \f
15681 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15682 ;;;;;;  info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15683 ;;;;;;  (20771 24374 643644 0))
15684 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15685
15686 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15687 Throw away all cached data.
15688 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15689 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15690 system.
15691
15692 \(fn)" t nil)
15693  (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15694
15695 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15696 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15697 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15698 minibuffer.  In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15699 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it.  The default symbol is the
15700 one found at point.
15701
15702 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15703
15704 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15705  (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15706
15707 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15708 Display the documentation of a file.
15709 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15710 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15711 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15712 The default file name is the one found at point.
15713
15714 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15715
15716 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15717
15718 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15719 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15720
15721 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15722
15723 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15724 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15725
15726 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15727
15728 ;;;***
15729 \f
15730 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15731 ;;;;;;  info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15732 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
15733 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15734
15735 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15736 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15737 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15738 current info file is the default.
15739
15740 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer.  The format is
15741 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally.  The
15742 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15743 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15744 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15745
15746 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15747 validate node references within it.  A message is given for
15748 missing target files once per source document.  It could be
15749 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15750 mistake in the reference.
15751
15752 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15753 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15754 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15755
15756 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15757 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15758 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15759 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15760
15761 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15762
15763 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15764 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15765 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15766 the info paths.  See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15767 checked.
15768
15769 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15770 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15771 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't.  If you have a
15772 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15773 extraneous files might be read.  This will be time consuming but
15774 should be harmless.
15775
15776 \(fn)" t nil)
15777
15778 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15779 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15780 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15781 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15782
15783 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15784 get full link information.  This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15785 and can take a long time.
15786
15787 \(fn)" t nil)
15788
15789 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15790 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15791 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15792
15793     Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15794
15795 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15796 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15797
15798 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15799 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default.  Usually this
15800 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15801 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15802 all builtins).
15803
15804 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15805 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15806 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too.  Even
15807 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15808 the sources handy.
15809
15810 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15811
15812 ;;;***
15813 \f
15814 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15815 ;;;;;;  Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20774 566 676067 0))
15816 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15817
15818 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15819 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15820
15821 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15822
15823 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15824 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15825
15826 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15827
15828 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15829 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15830 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15831 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15832
15833 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15834 table.  The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15835 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15836
15837 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15838 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15839 file name.  The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15840 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15841
15842 \(fn)" t nil)
15843
15844 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15845 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15846 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15847
15848 \(fn)" t nil)
15849
15850 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15851 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15852 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15853 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15854 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15855
15856 \(fn)" nil nil)
15857
15858 ;;;***
15859 \f
15860 ;;;### (autoloads (inversion-require-emacs) "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el"
15861 ;;;;;;  (20745 310 425822 0))
15862 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15863
15864 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15865 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15866 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15867
15868 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15869
15870 ;;;***
15871 \f
15872 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15873 ;;;;;;  isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15874 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
15875 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15876
15877 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15878 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15879
15880 \(fn)" t nil)
15881
15882 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15883 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15884
15885 \(fn)" t nil)
15886
15887 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15888
15889
15890 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15891
15892 ;;;***
15893 \f
15894 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20709
15895 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
15896 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15897
15898 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15899 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15900 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15901 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15902 accessed via isearchb.
15903
15904 \(fn)" t nil)
15905
15906 ;;;***
15907 \f
15908 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15909 ;;;;;;  iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15910 ;;;;;;  iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15911 ;;;;;;  "international/iso-cvt.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
15912 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15913
15914 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15915 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15916 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15917 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15918 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15919
15920 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15921
15922 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15923 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15924 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15925 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15926 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15927
15928 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15929
15930 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15931 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15932 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15933 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15934 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15935
15936 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15937
15938 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15939 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15940 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15941 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15942 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15943
15944 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15945
15946 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15947 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15948 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15949 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15950 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15951
15952 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15953
15954 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15955 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15956 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15957 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15958 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15959
15960 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15961
15962 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15963 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15964 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15965 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15966 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15967
15968 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15969
15970 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15971 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15972 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15973 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15974
15975 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15976
15977 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15978 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15979 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15980 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15981
15982 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15983
15984 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15985 Warn that format is read-only.
15986
15987 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15988
15989 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15990 Warn that format is write-only.
15991
15992 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15993
15994 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15995 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15996
15997 \(fn)" t nil)
15998
15999 ;;;***
16000 \f
16001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16002 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
16003 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16004  (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16005  (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16006
16007 ;;;***
16008 \f
16009 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16010 ;;;;;;  ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer-with-debug
16011 ;;;;;;  ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary
16012 ;;;;;;  ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word
16013 ;;;;;;  ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16014 ;;;;;;  (20787 12616 976036 0))
16015 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16016
16017 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16018
16019 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16020 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16021 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16022 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16023 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16024
16025 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16026
16027 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16028
16029 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16030 Key map for ispell menu.")
16031
16032 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16033 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16034 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16035 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16036
16037 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16038
16039 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16040
16041 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16042
16043 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16044
16045 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^      ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16046 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16047 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16048 Valid forms include:
16049   (KEY) - just skip the key.
16050   (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP.  REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16051   (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP.  REGEXP must be a string.
16052   (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16053
16054 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[        \n]*{[  \n]*document[   \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[        \n]*{[  \n]*program[    \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[     \n]*{[  \n]*verbatim\\*?[       \n]*}")))) "\
16055 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16056 First list is used raw.
16057 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16058
16059 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16060 for skipping in latex mode.")
16061
16062 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^        \n>]" ">") ("&[^        \n;]" "[;       \n]")) "\
16063 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16064 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16065 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16066  (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16067 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16068  (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16069
16070 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16071 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16072 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16073 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16074
16075 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16076 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16077 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16078 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16079 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16080
16081 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16082 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16083
16084 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16085 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16086
16087 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16088 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16089
16090 This will check or reload the dictionary.  Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16091 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16092
16093 Return values:
16094 nil           word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16095 0             word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16096 \"word\"        word corrected from word list.
16097 \(\"word\" arg)  word is hand entered.
16098 quit          spell session exited.
16099
16100 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16101
16102 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16103 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16104 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16105
16106 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16107
16108 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16109 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16110
16111 Selections are:
16112
16113 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16114 SPC:   Accept word this time.
16115 `i':   Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16116 `a':   Accept word for this session.
16117 `A':   Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16118 `r':   Replace word with typed-in value.  Rechecked.
16119 `R':   Replace word with typed-in value.  Query-replaced in buffer.  Rechecked.
16120 `?':   Show these commands.
16121 `x':   Exit spelling buffer.  Move cursor to original point.
16122 `X':   Exit spelling buffer.  Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16123         the aborted check to be completed later.
16124 `q':   Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16125 `l':   Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary.  Wildcards okay.
16126 `u':   Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16127 `m':   Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16128 `C-l':  Redraw screen.
16129 `C-r':  Recursive edit.
16130 `C-z':  Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16131
16132 \(fn)" nil nil)
16133
16134 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16135 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16136 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16137 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16138
16139 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16140
16141 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16142 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16143 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16144 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16145
16146 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16147
16148 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16149
16150 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16151 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16152 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16153 amount for last line processed.
16154
16155 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16156
16157 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16158 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16159
16160 \(fn)" t nil)
16161
16162 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16163 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16164
16165 \(fn)" t nil)
16166
16167 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16168 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16169 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16170
16171 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16172
16173 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16174 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16175
16176 \(fn)" t nil)
16177
16178 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16179 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16180 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16181 sequence inside of a word.
16182
16183 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16184
16185 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16186
16187 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16188 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16189
16190 \(fn)" t nil)
16191
16192 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16193 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16194 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16195 that region.  Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16196
16197 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs.  If you are
16198 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16199 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16200 available on the net.
16201
16202 \(fn)" t nil)
16203
16204 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16205 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16206 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16207 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
16208 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16209
16210 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled,
16211 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16212 spelled.
16213
16214 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored.  To
16215 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16216 SPC.
16217
16218 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16219 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16220
16221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16222
16223 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16224 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16225 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16226 Don't check included messages.
16227
16228 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16229 use the `x' command.  (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16230 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16231
16232 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16233 in your init file:
16234    (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)  ;; GNUS 5
16235    (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message)    ;; GNUS 4
16236    (add-hook 'mail-send-hook  'ispell-message)
16237    (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16238
16239 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16240 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16241    (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16242
16243 \(fn)" t nil)
16244
16245 ;;;***
16246 \f
16247 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20824
16248 ;;;;;;  3367 300658 0))
16249 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16250
16251 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16252 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16253 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16254 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16255 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16256 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16257
16258 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16259
16260 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16261 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16262 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16263 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
16264 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16265
16266 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16267 between buffers using substrings.  See `iswitchb' for details.
16268
16269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16270
16271 ;;;***
16272 \f
16273 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16274 ;;;;;;  japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16275 ;;;;;;  japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16276 ;;;;;;  "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20709 26818 907104
16277 ;;;;;;  0))
16278 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16279
16280 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16281
16282
16283 \(fn)" nil nil)
16284
16285 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16286 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16287 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16288 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16289 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16290  (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16291  may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16292  necessary to represent OBJ.
16293
16294 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16295
16296 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16297 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16298 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16299 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16300
16301 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16302
16303 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16304 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16305 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16306 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16307 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16308
16309 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16310
16311 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16312 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16313 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16314 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16315
16316 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16317
16318 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16319 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16320 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16321 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16322
16323 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16324
16325 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16326 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16327
16328 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16329
16330 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16331 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16332 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16333 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16334 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16335
16336 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16337
16338 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16339 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16340 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16341 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16342 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16343
16344 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16345
16346 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16347 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16348 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16349
16350 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16351
16352 ;;;***
16353 \f
16354 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16355 ;;;;;;  "jka-compr.el" (20759 33211 414988 0))
16356 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16357
16358 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16359 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16360 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16361 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16362
16363 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16364
16365
16366 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16367
16368 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16369 Uninstall jka-compr.
16370 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16371 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16372 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16373
16374 \(fn)" nil nil)
16375
16376 ;;;***
16377 \f
16378 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20793 51383 764318
16379 ;;;;;;  0))
16380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16381
16382 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16383 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16384
16385 \(fn)" t nil)
16386  (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16387
16388 ;;;***
16389 \f
16390 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16391 ;;;;;;  keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16392 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
16393 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16394
16395 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16396 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16397 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16398 decimal key must be specified.")
16399
16400 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16401
16402 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16403 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16404 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16405 decimal key must be specified.")
16406
16407 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16408
16409 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16410 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16411 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16412 decimal key must be specified.")
16413
16414 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16415
16416 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16417 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16418 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16419 decimal key must be specified.")
16420
16421 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16422
16423 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16424 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16425 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16426 are changed.  Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16427 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16428 keys are bound.
16429
16430  Setup      Binding
16431  -------------------------------------------------------------
16432  'prefix   Command prefix argument, i.e.  M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16433  'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16434  'cursor   Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16435  'numeric  Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and .  (or DECIMAL arg)
16436  'none     Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16437            this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16438            in the global and local keymaps.
16439
16440 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16441 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16442
16443 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16444
16445 ;;;***
16446 \f
16447 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16448 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
16449 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16450
16451 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16452 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16453 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16454
16455 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16456 at beginning of line or at end of line.  Characters not to be placed
16457 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16458 respectively.  This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16459 shorter.
16460
16461 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16462 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16463 the context of text formatting.
16464
16465 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16466
16467 ;;;***
16468 \f
16469 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20799
16470 ;;;;;;  169 640767 0))
16471 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16472
16473 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16474 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16475 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16476 candidate list.  Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16477 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16478 positions that contains the current selection.")
16479
16480 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16481 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16482 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16483 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16484 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16485 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16486 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16487
16488 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16489
16490 ;;;***
16491 \f
16492 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16493 ;;;;;;  kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16494 ;;;;;;  kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16495 ;;;;;;  "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20824 3367 300658 0))
16496 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16497  (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16498  (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16499  (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16500  (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16501  (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16502  (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16503  (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16504
16505 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16506 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16507
16508 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16509
16510 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16511 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16512 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16513 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16514 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16515
16516 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16517
16518 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16519 defined.  Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16520 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16521
16522 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16523 defining the macro.
16524
16525 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16526 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16527 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16528
16529 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16530 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16531
16532 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16533
16534 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16535 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16536 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16537 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16538 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16539 under that name.
16540
16541 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16542 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16543 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16544
16545 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16546
16547 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16548 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16549 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count.  Zero means repeat until error.
16550 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16551
16552 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16553 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16554 command.  See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16555 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16556
16557 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16558 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16559
16560 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16561
16562 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16563 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16564 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16565
16566 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16567 macro.
16568
16569 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16570 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16571
16572 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16573 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing.  With \\[universal-argument],
16574 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16575
16576 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16577 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16578
16579 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16580
16581 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16582 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16583 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16584 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16585
16586 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16587
16588 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16589 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16590 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16591 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16592
16593 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16594 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16595
16596 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16597
16598 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16599 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16600 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16601
16602 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16603
16604 ;;;***
16605 \f
16606 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16607 ;;;;;;  "language/korea-util.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16608 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16609
16610 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16611 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16612 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16613
16614 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16615
16616
16617 \(fn)" nil nil)
16618
16619 ;;;***
16620 \f
16621 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16622 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
16623 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16624
16625 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16626
16627 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16628 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16629
16630 \(fn)" t nil)
16631
16632 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16633 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16634 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16635 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16636
16637 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16638 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16639 none / 1   | yes                   | no
16640        2   | yes                   | yes
16641        3   | no                    | yes
16642        4   | no                    | no
16643
16644 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16645 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16646 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16647
16648 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16649
16650 ;;;***
16651 \f
16652 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16653 ;;;;;;  lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16654 ;;;;;;  "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
16655 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16656
16657 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16658
16659
16660 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16661
16662 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16663 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16664 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16665 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16666 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16667 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16668
16669 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16670 syllable.  In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16671
16672 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16673
16674 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16675 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16676
16677 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16678
16679 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16680
16681
16682 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16683
16684 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16685
16686
16687 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16688
16689 ;;;***
16690 \f
16691 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16692 ;;;;;;  latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16693 ;;;;;;  "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20799 169 640767
16694 ;;;;;;  0))
16695 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16696
16697 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16698 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16699 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16700 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16701
16702 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16703
16704 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16705 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16706 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16707
16708 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16709
16710 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16711 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16712 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16713
16714 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16715
16716 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16717 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16718 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16719 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16720
16721 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16722
16723 ;;;***
16724 \f
16725 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16726 ;;;;;;  "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20709 26818
16727 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
16728 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16729
16730 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16731 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16732 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16733 if no font is available to display it.  Characters are displayed using
16734 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match.  Otherwise
16735 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16736 methods.  Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16737 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16738
16739 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16740 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16741
16742 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16743 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16744
16745 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16746
16747 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16748 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16749 See option `latin1-display' for the method.  The members of the list
16750 must be in `latin1-display-sets'.  With no arguments, reset the
16751 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16752 `latin1-display-setup'.
16753
16754 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16755
16756 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16757 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16758 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser.  The display isn't
16759 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16760
16761 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16762 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16763
16764 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16765
16766 ;;;***
16767 \f
16768 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16769 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
16770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16771
16772 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16773 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16774
16775 \(fn)" t nil)
16776
16777 ;;;***
16778 \f
16779 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20709 26818 907104
16780 ;;;;;;  0))
16781 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16782
16783 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16784 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16785 The starting pattern is randomly selected.  Prefix arg (optional first
16786 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16787 generations (this defaults to 1).
16788
16789 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16790
16791 ;;;***
16792 \f
16793 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode) "linum" "linum.el"
16794 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
16795 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16796
16797 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16798 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16799 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16800 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16801 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16802
16803 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16804
16805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16806
16807 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16808 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16809 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16810 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16811 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16812 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16813
16814 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16815
16816 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16817 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16818 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16819 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16820 ARG is omitted or nil.
16821
16822 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16823 `linum-on' would do it.
16824 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16825
16826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16827
16828 ;;;***
16829 \f
16830 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20709
16831 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
16832 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16833
16834 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16835 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16836 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16837 is nil, raise an error.
16838
16839 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16840 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16841 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16842 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16843 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16844 defined by the library.
16845
16846 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16847 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else.  That function
16848 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library.  If
16849 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16850 standard unloading of the library.  Otherwise the standard unloading
16851 proceeds.
16852
16853 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16854 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16855 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16856 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16857
16858 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16859
16860 ;;;***
16861 \f
16862 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16863 ;;;;;;  "locate" "locate.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
16864 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16865
16866 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16867 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16868 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16869
16870 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16871
16872 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16873 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16874 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument.  Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16875 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16876
16877 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16878 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16879 one per line.  The database normally consists of all files on your
16880 system, or of all files that you have access to.  Consult the
16881 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16882 which file names match SEARCH-STRING.  (Those details vary highly with
16883 the version.)
16884
16885 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16886 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16887
16888 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'.  See
16889 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16890
16891 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16892 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16893
16894 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16895
16896 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16897 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16898 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16899 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16900 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER.  It passes SEARCH-STRING
16901 to the locate executable program.  It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16902 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16903 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16904 to constrain a big search.
16905
16906 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16907
16908 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16909 except that FILTER is not optional.
16910
16911 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16912
16913 ;;;***
16914 \f
16915 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20721 17977
16916 ;;;;;;  14204 0))
16917 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16918
16919 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16920 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16921 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16922 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16923 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16924 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16925 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16926 \\[kill-region].  Once the user is done editing the message,
16927 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16928 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16929
16930 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16931 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer.  Possible keys and
16932 associated values:
16933  `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16934  files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16935  `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16936  displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16937  `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16938
16939 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16940 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16941 done.  Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16942
16943 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16944
16945 ;;;***
16946 \f
16947 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20709
16948 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
16949 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16950
16951 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16952 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16953
16954 \(fn)" t nil)
16955
16956 ;;;***
16957 \f
16958 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16959 ;;;;;;  lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20709
16960 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
16961 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16962
16963 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16964 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16965
16966 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16967 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16968
16969 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16970 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16971 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16972
16973 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16974 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16975
16976 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16977 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16978 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16979 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16980 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer.  You can also set
16981 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16982 file.  If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16983
16984 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16985
16986 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16987 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16988 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16989 switch on this list.
16990 See `lpr-command'.")
16991
16992 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16993
16994 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16995 Name of program for printing a file.
16996
16997 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16998 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16999 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17000 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17001 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17002 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17003 argument.")
17004
17005 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17006
17007 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17008 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17009 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17010 for customization of the printer command.
17011
17012 \(fn)" t nil)
17013
17014 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17015 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17016
17017 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17018 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17019 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17020 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17021
17022 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17023 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17024
17025 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17026 for further customization of the printer command.
17027
17028 \(fn)" t nil)
17029
17030 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17031 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17032 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17033 for customization of the printer command.
17034
17035 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17036
17037 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17038 Paginate and print the region contents.
17039
17040 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17041 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17042 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17043 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17044
17045 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17046 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17047
17048 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17049 for further customization of the printer command.
17050
17051 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17052
17053 ;;;***
17054 \f
17055 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17056 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
17057 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17058
17059 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17060 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17061 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17062
17063 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17064
17065 ;;;***
17066 \f
17067 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20709
17068 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
17069 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17070
17071 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17072 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17073 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17074 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17075
17076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17077
17078 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17079
17080 ;;;***
17081 \f
17082 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20709
17083 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
17084 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17085
17086 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17087 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17088
17089 \(fn)" t nil)
17090
17091 ;;;***
17092 \f
17093 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17094 ;;;;;;  name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20709 26818 907104
17095 ;;;;;;  0))
17096 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17097
17098 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17099 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17100 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17101 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17102 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17103
17104 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17105
17106 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17107 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17108 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17109 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17110
17111 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17112 definition it has now.  If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17113 will also rebind those keys to the macro.  Only global key bindings
17114 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17115 bindings.
17116
17117 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17118 use this command, and then save the file.
17119
17120 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17121
17122 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17123 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17124   With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17125 commands even within a kbd macro.  You can give different commands
17126 each time the macro executes.
17127   Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17128 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17129 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17130 \\[skip]        Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17131 \\[exit]        Stop the macro entirely right now.
17132 \\[recenter]    Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17133 \\[edit]        Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17134
17135 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17136
17137 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17138 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17139 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17140 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17141
17142 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17143 BOTTOM, describing the current region.  TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17144 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17145 execute.
17146
17147 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17148 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17149
17150 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17151 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'.  To quote a
17152 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17153 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17154 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17155
17156 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17157 looked like this:
17158
17159     { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17160     { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17161     { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17162
17163 You could enter the names in this format:
17164
17165     foo
17166     bar
17167     baz
17168
17169 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17170
17171     \\C-x (
17172        \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17173     \\C-x )
17174
17175 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17176 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17177
17178 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17179  (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17180
17181 ;;;***
17182 \f
17183 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17184 ;;;;;;  "mail/mail-extr.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17185 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17186
17187 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17188 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17189 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).  If no
17190 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.  Also see
17191 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17192 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17193
17194 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17195 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17196 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17197 each recipient.  If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17198 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17199
17200 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer.  If it is a buffer, the visible
17201 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17202 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17203 consing a string.)
17204
17205 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17206
17207 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17208 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17209
17210 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17211
17212 ;;;***
17213 \f
17214 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17215 ;;;;;;  mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17216 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
17217 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17218
17219 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17220 Define keys for accessing mail header history.  For use in hooks.
17221
17222 \(fn)" nil nil)
17223
17224 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17225
17226
17227 \(fn)" nil nil)
17228
17229 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17230 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17231
17232 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17233
17234 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17235 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17236 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17237 message.
17238
17239 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17240
17241 \(fn)" nil nil)
17242
17243 ;;;***
17244 \f
17245 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17246 ;;;;;;  mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17247 ;;;;;;  mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17248 ;;;;;;  "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17249 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17250
17251 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17252 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17253 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17254 often correct parser.")
17255
17256 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17257
17258 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17259 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17260 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17261 a value which excludes your own email address.
17262
17263 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17264 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17265
17266 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17267
17268 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17269 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17270
17271 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17272
17273 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17274 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17275 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17276 we return it unconverted.
17277
17278 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17279 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17280
17281 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17282
17283 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17284 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17285 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17286 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17287
17288 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17289
17290 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17291 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17292 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17293 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17294
17295 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17296
17297 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17298 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17299 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17300 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17301 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17302 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17303 when finished.  Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17304 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17305 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17306 as Rmail does.
17307
17308 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17309
17310 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17311 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17312 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17313 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17314 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17315 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17316 matches may be returned from the message body.
17317
17318 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17319
17320 ;;;***
17321 \f
17322 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17323 ;;;;;;  mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20709
17324 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
17325 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17326
17327 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17328 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17329 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17330 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17331 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17332 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17333
17334 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17335
17336 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17337 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17338 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17339 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
17340 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17341
17342 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled,
17343 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17344 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17345 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17346
17347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17348
17349 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17350 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17351
17352 \(fn)" nil nil)
17353
17354 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17355 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17356 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17357
17358 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17359
17360 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17361 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17362 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17363
17364 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17365 from a mailrc file.  In that case, addresses are separated with
17366 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17367 double-quotes.
17368
17369 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17370
17371 ;;;***
17372 \f
17373 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17374 ;;;;;;  define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17375 ;;;;;;  "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
17376 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17377
17378 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17379 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17380 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17381         king@grassland.com
17382 If `parens', they look like:
17383         king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17384 If `angles', they look like:
17385         Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17386
17387 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17388
17389 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17390 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17391 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17392 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17393 their `Resent-' variants.
17394
17395 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17396 removed from alias expansions.
17397
17398 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17399
17400 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17401 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17402 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17403
17404 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17405 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17406 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17407 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17408
17409 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17410
17411 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17412 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17413 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17414
17415 \(fn)" nil nil)
17416
17417 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17418 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17419 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'.  If none matches
17420 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17421
17422 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17423
17424 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17425
17426 ;;;***
17427 \f
17428 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17429 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
17430 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17431
17432 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17433 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17434 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17435 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17436
17437 \(fn)" nil nil)
17438
17439 ;;;***
17440 \f
17441 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17442 ;;;;;;  makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17443 ;;;;;;  "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20748 62911 684442
17444 ;;;;;;  0))
17445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17446
17447 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17448 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17449
17450 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17451 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17452 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17453 `makefile-imake-mode'.  All but the last should be correctly
17454 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk.  This
17455 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17456
17457 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17458 provides additional parsing information.  This is used for
17459 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17460 dependency, despite the colon.
17461
17462 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17463
17464 In the browser, use the following keys:
17465
17466 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17467
17468 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17469
17470 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17471     Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17472
17473 `makefile-target-colon':
17474     The string that gets appended to all target names
17475     inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17476     \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17477
17478 `makefile-macro-assign':
17479    The string that gets appended to all macro names
17480    inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17481    The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17482    standard make expects.  However, newer makes such as dmake
17483    allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17484    might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17485
17486 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17487    If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17488    target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17489
17490 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17491    Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17492
17493 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17494    Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17495    up or down in the browser.
17496
17497 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17498    String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17499
17500 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17501    String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17502
17503 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17504    If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17505    will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17506    has been selected in the browser.
17507
17508 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17509    If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17510    `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17511    (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17512    filenames are omitted.
17513
17514 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17515    If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17516    will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17517    (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17518    This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17519    the backslash itself intact.
17520    IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17521    to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17522
17523 `makefile-browser-hook':
17524    A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17525    browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17526
17527 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17528    List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17529    on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17530    at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17531
17532 \(fn)" t nil)
17533
17534 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17535 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17536
17537 \(fn)" t nil)
17538
17539 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17540 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17541
17542 \(fn)" t nil)
17543
17544 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17545 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17546
17547 \(fn)" t nil)
17548
17549 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17550 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17551
17552 \(fn)" t nil)
17553
17554 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17555 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17556
17557 \(fn)" t nil)
17558
17559 ;;;***
17560 \f
17561 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20709
17562 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
17563 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17564
17565 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17566 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17567 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17568
17569 \(fn)" t nil)
17570
17571 ;;;***
17572 \f
17573 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17574 ;;;;;;  (20762 9398 526093 0))
17575 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17576
17577 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17578
17579 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17580 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17581 This command is the top-level command in the man package.  It
17582 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17583 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17584 buffer.  See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17585 the buffer is ready.  If a buffer already exists for this man
17586 page, it will display immediately.
17587
17588 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17589 following.  \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17590 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17591
17592     cat(1)
17593     1 cat
17594
17595 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17596 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17597 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17598 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17599
17600     -a chmod
17601
17602 An explicit filename can be given too.  Use -l if it might
17603 otherwise look like a page name.
17604
17605     /my/file/name.1.gz
17606     -l somefile.1
17607
17608 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17609 names or descriptions.  The pattern argument is usually an
17610 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17611
17612     -k pattern
17613
17614 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17615
17616 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17617 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17618
17619 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17620
17621 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17622 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17623
17624 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17625
17626 ;;;***
17627 \f
17628 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20709 26818
17629 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
17630 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17631
17632 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17633 Toggle Master mode.
17634 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17635 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
17636 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17637
17638 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17639 using the following commands:
17640
17641 \\{master-mode-map}
17642
17643 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17644 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'.  You can show
17645 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17646
17647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17648
17649 ;;;***
17650 \f
17651 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17652 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
17653 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17654
17655 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17656 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17657 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17659 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17660 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17661
17662 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17663
17664 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17665 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17667 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called
17668 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17669
17670 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode.  When
17671 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17672 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt.  This is only useful if
17673 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17674
17675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17676
17677 ;;;***
17678 \f
17679 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17680 ;;;;;;  message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17681 ;;;;;;  message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17682 ;;;;;;  message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17683 ;;;;;;  message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17684 ;;;;;;  message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17685 ;;;;;;  "gnus/message.el" (20808 15152 87827 0))
17686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17687
17688 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17689
17690 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17691 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17692 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17693 C-c C-s  `message-send' (send the message)  C-c C-c  `message-send-and-exit'
17694 C-c C-d  Postpone sending the message       C-c C-k  Kill the message
17695 C-c C-f  move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17696          C-c C-f C-t  move to To        C-c C-f C-s  move to Subject
17697          C-c C-f C-c  move to Cc        C-c C-f C-b  move to Bcc
17698          C-c C-f C-w  move to Fcc       C-c C-f C-r  move to Reply-To
17699          C-c C-f C-u  move to Summary   C-c C-f C-n  move to Newsgroups
17700          C-c C-f C-k  move to Keywords  C-c C-f C-d  move to Distribution
17701          C-c C-f C-o  move to From (\"Originator\")
17702          C-c C-f C-f  move to Followup-To
17703          C-c C-f C-m  move to Mail-Followup-To
17704          C-c C-f C-e  move to Expires
17705          C-c C-f C-i  cycle through Importance values
17706          C-c C-f s    change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17707          C-c C-f x    crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17708          C-c C-f t    replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17709          C-c C-f a    Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17710 C-c C-t  `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17711 C-c C-l  `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17712 C-c C-n  `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17713 C-c C-b  `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17714 C-c C-i  `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17715 C-c C-w  `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17716 C-c C-y  `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17717 C-c C-q  `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17718 C-c C-e  `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17719 C-c C-v  `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17720 C-c C-z  `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17721 C-c C-r  `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17722 C-c C-a  `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17723 C-c C-u  `message-insert-or-toggle-importance'  (insert or cycle importance).
17724 C-c M-n  `message-insert-disposition-notification-to'  (request receipt).
17725 C-c M-m  `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17726 C-c M-f  `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17727 M-RET    `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17728
17729 \(fn)" t nil)
17730
17731 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17732 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17733 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.  CONTINUE says whether
17734 to continue editing a message already being composed.  SWITCH-FUNCTION
17735 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17736
17737 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17738
17739 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17740 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17741
17742 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17743
17744 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17745 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17746
17747 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17748
17749 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17750 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17751
17752 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17753
17754 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17755 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17756 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17757
17758 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17759
17760 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17761 Cancel an article you posted.
17762 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17763
17764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17765
17766 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17767 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17768 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17769 header line with the old Message-ID.
17770
17771 \(fn)" t nil)
17772
17773 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17774 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17775
17776 \(fn)" t nil)
17777
17778 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17779 Forward the current message via mail.
17780 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17781 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17782
17783 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17784
17785 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17786
17787
17788 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17789
17790 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17791
17792
17793 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17794
17795 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17796 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17797
17798 \(fn)" t nil)
17799
17800 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17801 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17802
17803 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17804
17805 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17806 Re-mail the current message.
17807 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17808 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17809 you.
17810
17811 \(fn)" t nil)
17812
17813 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17814 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17815
17816 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17817
17818 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17819 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17820
17821 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17822
17823 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17824 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17825
17826 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17827
17828 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17829 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17830
17831 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17832
17833 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17834 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17835 Works by overstriking characters.
17836 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17837 which specify the range to operate on.
17838
17839 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17840
17841 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17842 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17843 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17844 which specify the range to operate on.
17845
17846 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17847
17848 ;;;***
17849 \f
17850 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17851 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
17852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17853
17854 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17855 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17856
17857 \(fn)" t nil)
17858
17859 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17860 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17861
17862 \(fn)" t nil)
17863
17864 ;;;***
17865 \f
17866 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17867 ;;;;;;  metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17868 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
17869 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17870
17871 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17872 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17873 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17874
17875 \(fn)" t nil)
17876
17877 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17878 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17879 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17880 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17881 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17882 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17883 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17884
17885 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17886
17887 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17888 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17889 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17890 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17891 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17892 means current).
17893 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17894 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17895
17896 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17897
17898 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17899 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17900 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17901 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17902 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17903 means current).
17904 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17905 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17906
17907 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17908
17909 ;;;***
17910 \f
17911 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17912 ;;;;;;  mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17913 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20787 12616 976036 0))
17914 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17915
17916 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17917 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17918 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17919
17920 \(fn)" t nil)
17921
17922 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17923 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17924 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17925
17926 \(fn)" t nil)
17927
17928 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17929 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17930
17931 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17932 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17933 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17934
17935 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17936 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17937
17938 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17939 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17940
17941 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17942
17943 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17944
17945 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17946 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17947 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17948 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17949 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17950 as `compose-mail'.
17951
17952 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17953 initial Subject field, respectively.
17954
17955 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17956 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17957 are strings.
17958
17959 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17960 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17961
17962 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17963
17964 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17965 Save draft and send message.
17966
17967 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17968 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17969 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17970 Mail Delivery*\".
17971
17972 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17973 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17974 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17975
17976 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17977 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17978 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17979 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17980 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17981 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17982
17983 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17984 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17985
17986 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17987 message and scan line.
17988
17989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17990
17991 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17992 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17993
17994 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17995 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17996 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17997 delete the draft message.
17998
17999 \(fn)" t nil)
18000
18001 ;;;***
18002 \f
18003 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20787 12616
18004 ;;;;;;  976036 0))
18005 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18006
18007 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18008
18009 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18010
18011 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18012
18013 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18014 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18015
18016 \(fn)" t nil)
18017
18018 ;;;***
18019 \f
18020 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18021 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20787 12616 976036 0))
18022 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18023
18024 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18025 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18026 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18027
18028 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18029 the MH mail system.
18030
18031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18032
18033 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18034 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18035 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18036
18037 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18038 the MH mail system.
18039
18040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18041
18042 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18043 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18044
18045 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18046 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18047 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18048 separate command.
18049
18050 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18051 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18052 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18053 format.
18054
18055 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18056
18057 Ranges
18058 ======
18059 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18060 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18061 can be used in several ways.
18062
18063 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18064 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18065 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18066 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18067 page):
18068
18069 <num1>-<num2>
18070     Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18071     The range must be nonempty.
18072
18073 <num>:N
18074 <num>:+N
18075 <num>:-N
18076     Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18077     may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18078     last.
18079
18080 first:N
18081 prev:N
18082 next:N
18083 last:N
18084     The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18085
18086 all
18087     All of the messages.
18088
18089 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18090 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18091
18092 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18093 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18094 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18095
18096 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18097
18098 \(fn)" t nil)
18099
18100 ;;;***
18101 \f
18102 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18103 ;;;;;;  "midnight.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18104 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18105
18106 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18107 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18108 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18109 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18110 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18111 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18112 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18113 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18114 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18115 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18116 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18117
18118 \(fn)" t nil)
18119
18120 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18121 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18122 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18123 to its second argument TM.
18124
18125 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18126
18127 ;;;***
18128 \f
18129 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18130 ;;;;;;  "minibuf-eldef.el" (20760 54070 584283 0))
18131 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18132
18133 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18134 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18135 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18136 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18137 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18138 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18139
18140 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18141
18142 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18143 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18144 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18145 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called
18146 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18147
18148 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode.  When
18149 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18150 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18151 would yield the default value.  If the user modifies the input
18152 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18153 is modified to remove the default indication.
18154
18155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18156
18157 ;;;***
18158 \f
18159 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18160 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
18161 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18162
18163 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18164 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18165 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once.  The disturbance
18166 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18167 upper atmosphere.  These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18168 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18169 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18170 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it.  This is a permuted
18171 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18172
18173 \(fn)" t nil)
18174
18175 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18176 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18177 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18178 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18179 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18180 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18181 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18182 The return value is always nil.
18183
18184 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18185
18186 ;;;***
18187 \f
18188 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18189 ;;;;;;  multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18190 ;;;;;;  "misearch" "misearch.el" (20721 17977 14204 0))
18191 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18192  (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18193
18194 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18195 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18196
18197 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18198 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18199 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18200 next occurrence.
18201
18202 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18203 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18204 end of the search space).
18205
18206 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18207 search is currently searching.  It defines the base buffer relative to
18208 which this function should find the next buffer.  When the isearch
18209 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18210 should return the previous buffer to search.
18211
18212 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18213 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18214 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18215
18216 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18217 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18218 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18219 Isearch starts.")
18220
18221 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18222 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18223 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18224
18225 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18226 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18227 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18228
18229 \(fn)" nil nil)
18230
18231 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18232 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18233 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18234 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18235 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18236 whose names match the specified regexp.
18237
18238 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18239
18240 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18241 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18242 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18243 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18244 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18245 whose names match the specified regexp.
18246
18247 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18248
18249 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18250 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18251 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18252 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18253 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18254 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18255 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18256
18257 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18258
18259 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18260 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18261 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18262 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18263 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18264 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18265 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18266
18267 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18268
18269 ;;;***
18270 \f
18271 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18272 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
18273 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18274
18275 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18276 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18277
18278 \(fn)" t nil)
18279
18280 ;;;***
18281 \f
18282 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18283 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
18284 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18285
18286 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18287 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18288
18289 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18290
18291 ;;;***
18292 \f
18293 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18294 ;;;;;;  "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18296
18297 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18298 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18299
18300 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18301
18302 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18303 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18304 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18305 the entire message.
18306 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18307
18308 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18309
18310 ;;;***
18311 \f
18312 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18313 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
18314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18315
18316 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18317 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18318 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18319 the entire message.
18320 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18321
18322 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18323
18324 ;;;***
18325 \f
18326 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18327 ;;;;;;  "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18329
18330 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18331 Insert file contents of URL.
18332 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18333
18334 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18335
18336 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18337 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18338
18339 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18340
18341 ;;;***
18342 \f
18343 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18344 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18346
18347 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18348 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18349 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18350 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18351 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18352
18353 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18354
18355 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18356 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18357 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18358
18359 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18360
18361 ;;;***
18362 \f
18363 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18364 ;;;;;;  (20745 310 425822 0))
18365 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18366
18367 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18368 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18369
18370 \(fn)" nil nil)
18371
18372 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18373 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18374 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18375 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18376 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18377
18378 FILE is the name of the file to attach.  TYPE is its
18379 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\".  DESCRIPTION
18380 is a one-line description of the attachment.  The DISPOSITION
18381 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed.  It can
18382 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18383 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18384
18385 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18386
18387 ;;;***
18388 \f
18389 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18390 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
18391 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18392
18393 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18394
18395
18396 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18397
18398 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18399
18400
18401 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18402
18403 ;;;***
18404 \f
18405 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18406 ;;;;;;  mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18407 ;;;;;;  "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20780 39352 990623 0))
18408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18409
18410 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18411
18412
18413 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18414
18415 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18416
18417
18418 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18419
18420 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18421
18422
18423 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18424
18425 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18426
18427
18428 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18429
18430 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18431
18432
18433 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18434
18435 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18436
18437
18438 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18439
18440 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18441
18442
18443 \(fn)" nil nil)
18444
18445 ;;;***
18446 \f
18447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20709 26818
18448 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
18449 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18450
18451 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18452
18453 ;;;***
18454 \f
18455 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355
18456 ;;;;;;  10021 546955 0))
18457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18458
18459 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18460
18461 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18462 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18463 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18464 followed by the first character of the construct.
18465 \\<m2-mode-map>
18466   \\[m2-begin] begin         \\[m2-case] case
18467   \\[m2-definition] definition    \\[m2-else] else
18468   \\[m2-for] for           \\[m2-header] header
18469   \\[m2-if] if            \\[m2-module] module
18470   \\[m2-loop] loop          \\[m2-or] or
18471   \\[m2-procedure] procedure     Control-c Control-w with
18472   \\[m2-record] record        \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18473   \\[m2-type] type          \\[m2-until] until
18474   \\[m2-var] var           \\[m2-while] while
18475   \\[m2-export] export        \\[m2-import] import
18476   \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18477   \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs     \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18478   \\[m2-compile] compile           \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18479   \\[m2-link] link
18480
18481    `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18482    `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18483    `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18484
18485 \(fn)" t nil)
18486
18487 ;;;***
18488 \f
18489 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18490 ;;;;;;  "morse" "play/morse.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18491 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18492
18493 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18494 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18495
18496 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18497
18498 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18499 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18500
18501 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18502
18503 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18504 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18505
18506 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18507
18508 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18509 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18510
18511 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18512
18513 ;;;***
18514 \f
18515 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18516 ;;;;;;  "mouse-drag.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18517 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18518
18519 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18520 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18521
18522 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18523 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location.  Try it;
18524 you'll like it.  It's easier to observe than to explain.
18525
18526 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18527 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18528 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18529
18530 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18531 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18532
18533 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18534 in the opposite direction.  (Different people have different ideas
18535 about which direction is natural.  Perhaps it has to do with which
18536 hemisphere you're in.)
18537
18538 To test this function, evaluate:
18539     (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18540
18541 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18542
18543 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18544 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18545
18546 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18547 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18548
18549 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18550 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18551 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18552
18553 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18554 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18555
18556 To test this function, evaluate:
18557     (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18558
18559 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18560
18561 ;;;***
18562 \f
18563 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20822 48073 524485 0))
18564 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18565
18566 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18567 Main entry point for MPC.
18568
18569 \(fn)" t nil)
18570
18571 ;;;***
18572 \f
18573 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20709 26818 907104
18574 ;;;;;;  0))
18575 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18576
18577 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18578 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18579
18580 \(fn)" t nil)
18581
18582 ;;;***
18583 \f
18584 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
18585 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18586
18587 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18588 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18589 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18590 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18591 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18592 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18593
18594 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18595
18596 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18597 Toggle Msb mode.
18598 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18599 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18600 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18601
18602 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18603 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18604
18605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18606
18607 ;;;***
18608 \f
18609 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18610 ;;;;;;  describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18611 ;;;;;;  describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18612 ;;;;;;  describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18613 ;;;;;;  read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18614 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
18615 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18616
18617 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18618 Display a list of all character sets.
18619
18620 The D column contains the dimension of this character set.  The CH
18621 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18622 set.  The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18623 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18624 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18625
18626 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18627 but still shows the full information.
18628
18629 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18630
18631 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18632 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18633 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18634
18635 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18636 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18637 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18638 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18639 meanings of these arguments.
18640
18641 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18642
18643 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18644 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18645
18646 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18647
18648 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18649 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18650
18651 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18652
18653 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18654 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18655
18656 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18657
18658 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18659 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18660
18661 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18662 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18663 in place of `..':
18664   `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18665   eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18666   Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18667   eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18668   Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18669   eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18670   `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18671   eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18672   `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18673   eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18674   default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18675   eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18676   `default-process-coding-system' for read
18677   eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18678   `default-process-coding-system' for write
18679   eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18680
18681 \(fn)" t nil)
18682
18683 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18684 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18685
18686 \(fn)" t nil)
18687
18688 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18689 Display a list of all coding systems.
18690 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18691
18692 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18693 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18694
18695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18696
18697 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18698 Display a list of all coding categories.
18699
18700 \(fn)" nil nil)
18701
18702 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18703 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18704 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18705
18706 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18707
18708 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18709 Display information about FONTSET.
18710 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18711
18712 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18713
18714 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18715 Display a list of all fontsets.
18716 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18717 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18718 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18719
18720 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18721
18722 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18723 Display information about all input methods.
18724
18725 \(fn)" t nil)
18726
18727 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18728 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18729
18730 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18731 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18732 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18733 system which uses fontsets).
18734
18735 \(fn)" t nil)
18736
18737 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18738 Show log of font listing and opening.
18739 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18740 The default is 20.  If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18741
18742 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18743
18744 ;;;***
18745 \f
18746 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18747 ;;;;;;  detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18748 ;;;;;;  coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18749 ;;;;;;  coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18750 ;;;;;;  truncate-string-to-width store-substring) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
18751 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
18752 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18753
18754 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18755 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18756
18757 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18758 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18759
18760 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18761 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18762
18763 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18764
18765 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18766 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18767 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18768 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18769 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.  Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18770 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18771 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18772
18773 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18774 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18775 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18776 comes in the middle of a character in STR.  PADDING is also added at
18777 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18778 middle of a character in STR.
18779
18780 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18781 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18782
18783 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18784 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18785 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18786 width of ELLIPSIS.  If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18787 defaults to \"...\".
18788
18789 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18790
18791 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18792 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18793
18794 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18795 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18796 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18797
18798 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18799 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT.  KEYSEQ
18800 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18801
18802 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18803 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18804 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18805  are considered.
18806 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18807 longer than KEYSEQ.
18808 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18809
18810 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18811
18812 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18813 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST.  Return the definition.
18814 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18815 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18816 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18817 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18818 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18819  how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18820  to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18821 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18822  even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18823
18824 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18825
18826 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18827 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18828
18829 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18830
18831 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18832 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18833
18834 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18835
18836 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18837 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18838
18839 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18840
18841 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18842 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18843
18844 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18845
18846 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18847 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18848 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems.  See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18849 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18850 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18851
18852 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18853 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18854
18855 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18856 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18857 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18858 coding systems ordered by priority.
18859
18860 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18861
18862 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18863
18864 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18865 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18866 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18867 language environment LANG-ENV.
18868
18869 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18870
18871 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18872 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18873 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18874 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18875 CHAR's charset in general.  Since fonts may be specified on a
18876 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18877
18878 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18879
18880 ;;;***
18881 \f
18882 ;;;### (autoloads (advice-member-p advice-remove advice-add advice--add-function
18883 ;;;;;;  add-function advice--buffer-local advice--remove-function)
18884 ;;;;;;  "nadvice" "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" (20785 57270 519804 0))
18885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/nadvice.el
18886
18887 (autoload 'advice--remove-function "nadvice" "\
18888
18889
18890 \(fn FLIST FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18891
18892 (autoload 'advice--buffer-local "nadvice" "\
18893 Buffer-local value of VAR, presumed to contain a function.
18894
18895 \(fn VAR)" nil nil)
18896
18897 (autoload 'add-function "nadvice" "\
18898 Add a piece of advice on the function stored at PLACE.
18899 FUNCTION describes the code to add.  WHERE describes where to add it.
18900 WHERE can be explained by showing the resulting new function, as the
18901 result of combining FUNCTION and the previous value of PLACE, which we
18902 call OLDFUN here:
18903 `:before'       (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r))
18904 `:after'        (lambda (&rest r) (prog1 (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18905 `:around'       (lambda (&rest r) (apply FUNCTION OLDFUN r))
18906 `:before-while' (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18907 `:before-until' (lambda (&rest r) (or  (apply FUNCTION r) (apply OLDFUN r)))
18908 `:after-while'  (lambda (&rest r) (and (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18909 `:after-until'  (lambda (&rest r) (or  (apply OLDFUN r) (apply FUNCTION r)))
18910 If FUNCTION was already added, do nothing.
18911 PROPS is an alist of additional properties, among which the following have
18912 a special meaning:
18913 - `name': a string or symbol.  It can be used to refer to this piece of advice.
18914
18915 PLACE cannot be a simple variable.  Instead it should either be
18916 \(default-value 'VAR) or (local 'VAR) depending on whether FUNCTION
18917 should be applied to VAR buffer-locally or globally.
18918
18919 If one of FUNCTION or OLDFUN is interactive, then the resulting function
18920 is also interactive.  There are 3 cases:
18921 - FUNCTION is not interactive: the interactive spec of OLDFUN is used.
18922 - The interactive spec of FUNCTION is itself a function: it should take one
18923   argument (the interactive spec of OLDFUN, which it can pass to
18924   `advice-eval-interactive-spec') and return the list of arguments to use.
18925 - Else, use the interactive spec of FUNCTION and ignore the one of OLDFUN.
18926
18927 \(fn WHERE PLACE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil t)
18928
18929 (autoload 'advice--add-function "nadvice" "\
18930
18931
18932 \(fn WHERE REF FUNCTION PROPS)" nil nil)
18933
18934 (autoload 'advice-add "nadvice" "\
18935 Like `add-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18936 Contrary to `add-function', this will properly handle the cases where SYMBOL
18937 is defined as a macro, alias, command, ...
18938
18939 \(fn SYMBOL WHERE FUNCTION &optional PROPS)" nil nil)
18940
18941 (autoload 'advice-remove "nadvice" "\
18942 Like `remove-function' but for the function named SYMBOL.
18943 Contrary to `remove-function', this will work also when SYMBOL is a macro
18944 and it will not signal an error if SYMBOL is not `fboundp'.
18945 Instead of the actual function to remove, FUNCTION can also be the `name'
18946 of the piece of advice.
18947
18948 \(fn SYMBOL FUNCTION)" nil nil)
18949
18950 (autoload 'advice-member-p "nadvice" "\
18951 Return non-nil if ADVICE has been added to FUNCTION-NAME.
18952 Instead of ADVICE being the actual function, it can also be the `name'
18953 of the piece of advice.
18954
18955 \(fn ADVICE FUNCTION-NAME)" nil nil)
18956
18957 ;;;***
18958 \f
18959 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18960 ;;;;;;  whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18961 ;;;;;;  nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18962 ;;;;;;  iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20799
18963 ;;;;;;  169 640767 0))
18964 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18965
18966 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18967 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18968
18969 \(fn)" t nil)
18970
18971 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18972 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18973
18974 \(fn)" t nil)
18975
18976 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18977 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18978
18979 \(fn)" t nil)
18980
18981 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18982 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18983
18984 \(fn)" t nil)
18985
18986 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18987 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18988
18989 \(fn)" t nil)
18990
18991 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18992 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18993
18994 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18995
18996 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18997 Ping HOST.
18998 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18999 `ping-program-options'.
19000
19001 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19002
19003 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19004 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19005
19006 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19007
19008 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19009 Run nslookup program.
19010
19011 \(fn)" t nil)
19012
19013 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19014 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19015
19016 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19017
19018 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19019 Run dig program.
19020
19021 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19022
19023 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19024 Run ftp program.
19025
19026 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19027
19028 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19029 Finger USER on HOST.
19030
19031 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19032
19033 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19034 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19035 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19036 from SEARCH-STRING.  With argument, prompt for whois server.
19037
19038 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19039
19040 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19041
19042
19043 \(fn)" t nil)
19044
19045 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19046 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19047
19048 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19049
19050 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19051 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19052
19053 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19054
19055 ;;;***
19056 \f
19057 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20709
19058 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
19059 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19060
19061 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19062 Return a user name/password pair.
19063 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19064 listed in the PORTS list.
19065
19066 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19067
19068 ;;;***
19069 \f
19070 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
19071 ;;;;;;  (20770 3512 176098 0))
19072 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19073
19074 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19075 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19076 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19077 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19078 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19079 closes it.
19080
19081 NAME is the name for the process.  It is modified if necessary to
19082  make it unique.
19083 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19084  Process output goes at end of that buffer.  BUFFER may be nil,
19085  meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19086 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19087 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19088  a port number to connect to.
19089
19090 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19091 values:
19092
19093 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19094   nil or `network'
19095              -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19096                 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19097                 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19098                 connection via STARTTLS.  Even if that
19099                 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19100                 an unencrypted connection.
19101   `plain'    -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19102   `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19103                 upgrading via STARTTLS.  If that fails for any
19104                 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19105                 returned object is a killed process.
19106   `tls'      -- A TLS connection.
19107   `ssl'      -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19108   `shell'    -- A shell connection.
19109
19110 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19111   If omitted or nil, return a process object.  A non-nil means to
19112   return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19113   is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19114    :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19115    :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19116                     or nil if none could be found.
19117    :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19118             or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19119
19120 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19121
19122 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19123   response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19124   It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19125
19126 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19127   successful STARTTLS negotiation.  For instance, the default
19128   should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19129
19130 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19131   for its capabilities.  For instance, for IMAP this should be
19132   \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19133
19134 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19135   This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19136   capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19137   STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19138
19139 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19140   capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19141
19142 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19143   element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19144   element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19145   means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19146   certificate.  This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19147   or STARTTLS connections.
19148
19149 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19150 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19151
19152 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19153   asynchronously, if possible.
19154
19155 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19156
19157 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19158
19159 ;;;***
19160 \f
19161 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19162 ;;;;;;  "net/newst-backend.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19163 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19164
19165 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19166 Check whether newsticker is running.
19167 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise.  Newsticker is
19168 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19169
19170 \(fn)" nil nil)
19171
19172 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19173 Start the newsticker.
19174 Start the timers for display and retrieval.  If the newsticker, i.e. the
19175 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19176 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19177 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19178
19179 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19180
19181 ;;;***
19182 \f
19183 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19184 ;;;;;;  (20762 9398 526093 0))
19185 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19186
19187 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19188 Start newsticker plainview.
19189
19190 \(fn)" t nil)
19191
19192 ;;;***
19193 \f
19194 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19195 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
19196 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19197
19198 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19199 Start reading news.  You may want to bind this to a key.
19200
19201 \(fn)" t nil)
19202
19203 ;;;***
19204 \f
19205 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19206 ;;;;;;  "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20709 26818 907104
19207 ;;;;;;  0))
19208 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19209
19210 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19211 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19212 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise.  Newsticker is
19213 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19214 empty.
19215
19216 \(fn)" nil nil)
19217
19218 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19219 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19220 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19221 running already.
19222
19223 \(fn)" t nil)
19224
19225 ;;;***
19226 \f
19227 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19228 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
19229 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19230
19231 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19232 Start newsticker treeview.
19233
19234 \(fn)" t nil)
19235
19236 ;;;***
19237 \f
19238 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19239 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
19240 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19241
19242 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19243 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19244
19245 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19246
19247 ;;;***
19248 \f
19249 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20709
19250 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
19251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19252
19253 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19254 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19255 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19256 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19257 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19258 symbol in the alist.
19259
19260 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19261
19262 ;;;***
19263 \f
19264 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19265 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
19266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19267
19268 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19269 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19270 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19271
19272 \(fn)" t nil)
19273
19274 ;;;***
19275 \f
19276 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19277 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
19278 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19279
19280 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19281 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19282
19283 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19284
19285 ;;;***
19286 \f
19287 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19288 ;;;;;;  "novice" "novice.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19289 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19290
19291 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19292
19293 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19294 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19295 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19296
19297 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19298
19299
19300 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19301
19302 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19303 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19304 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19305 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19306 to future sessions.
19307
19308 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19309
19310 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19311 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19312 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19313 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19314 future sessions.
19315
19316 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19317
19318 ;;;***
19319 \f
19320 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19321 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
19322 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19323
19324 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19325 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19326 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19327 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19328 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19329 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19330
19331 \(fn)" t nil)
19332
19333 ;;;***
19334 \f
19335 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19336 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
19337 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19338
19339 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19340 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19341 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19342 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19343
19344 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19345
19346 ;;;***
19347 \f
19348 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20813
19349 ;;;;;;  33065 721081 0))
19350 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19351
19352 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19353 Major mode for editing XML.
19354
19355 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19356 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19357 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19358 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19359 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19360 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19361 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19362
19363 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19364
19365 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19366 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19367
19368 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form.  The
19369 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19370 is recognized as a section.  The same key sequences that change
19371 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19372 instead of C-c.
19373
19374 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19375 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive.  Element
19376 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19377 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19378 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19379 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19380
19381 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19382 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19383 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19384
19385 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19386 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19387 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19388
19389 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19390 operate on XML markup items.  Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19391 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19392 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19393 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item.  By default, each
19394 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19395 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19396 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t.  For more details, see the function
19397 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19398
19399 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19400
19401 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19402 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19403
19404 \(fn)" t nil)
19405
19406 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19407
19408 ;;;***
19409 \f
19410 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19411 ;;;;;;  "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
19412 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19413
19414 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19415 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19416 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19417 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19418
19419 \(fn)" t nil)
19420
19421 ;;;***
19422 \f
19423 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19424 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
19425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19426
19427 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19428 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19429 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode.  See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19430
19431 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19432
19433 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19434 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19435
19436 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19437 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19438 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19439
19440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19441
19442 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19443
19444 ;;;***
19445 \f
19446 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19447 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
19448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19449
19450 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19451 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19452
19453 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19454 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19455 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19456 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19457
19458 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19459 computations.  It provides a convenient command line interface for
19460 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically.  Function definitions
19461 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19462 is why you need this mode!).
19463
19464 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19465 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'.  Complete
19466 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19467
19468 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19469
19470 Keybindings
19471 ===========
19472
19473 \\{octave-mode-map}
19474
19475 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19476 ==============================================
19477
19478 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19479   Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19480   newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword.  Default is t.
19481
19482 `octave-block-offset'
19483   Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19484   Default is 2.
19485
19486 `octave-continuation-offset'
19487   Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19488   Default is 4.
19489
19490 `octave-continuation-string'
19491   String used for Octave continuation lines.
19492   Default is a backslash.
19493
19494 `octave-send-echo-input'
19495   Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19496   command to the inferior Octave process.
19497
19498 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19499   Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19500   sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19501
19502 `octave-send-echo-input'
19503   Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19504
19505 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19506
19507 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19508 following lines to your init file:
19509
19510   (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19511
19512 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19513 add the following lines to your init file as well:
19514
19515   (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19516             (lambda ()
19517               (abbrev-mode 1)
19518               (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19519
19520 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19521 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19522 already added.  You just need to add a description of the problem,
19523 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19524
19525 \(fn)" t nil)
19526
19527 ;;;***
19528 \f
19529 ;;;### (autoloads (opascal-mode) "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el"
19530 ;;;;;;  (20746 21181 635406 0))
19531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19532
19533 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19534
19535 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19536 Major mode for editing OPascal code. \\<opascal-mode-map>
19537 \\[opascal-find-unit]   - Search for a OPascal source file.
19538 \\[opascal-fill-comment]        - Fill the current comment.
19539 \\[opascal-new-comment-line]    - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19540
19541 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19542
19543 Customization:
19544
19545  `opascal-indent-level'                (default 3)
19546     Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19547  `opascal-compound-block-indent'       (default 0)
19548     Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19549  `opascal-case-label-indent'           (default 0)
19550     Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19551  `opascal-tab-always-indents'          (default `tab-always-indents')
19552     Non-nil means TAB in OPascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19553     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19554  `opascal-search-path'                 (default .)
19555     Directories to search when finding external units.
19556  `opascal-verbose'                     (default nil)
19557     If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19558
19559 Coloring:
19560
19561  `opascal-comment-face'                (default font-lock-comment-face)
19562     Face used to color OPascal comments.
19563  `opascal-string-face'                 (default font-lock-string-face)
19564     Face used to color OPascal strings.
19565  `opascal-keyword-face'                (default font-lock-keyword-face)
19566     Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19567  `opascal-other-face'                  (default nil)
19568     Face used to color everything else.
19569
19570 Turning on OPascal mode calls the value of the variable `opascal-mode-hook'
19571 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
19572
19573 \(fn)" t nil)
19574
19575 ;;;***
19576 \f
19577 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-submit-bug-report
19578 ;;;;;;  org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb org-open-link-from-string
19579 ;;;;;;  org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19580 ;;;;;;  org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19581 ;;;;;;  orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode org-clock-persistence-insinuate
19582 ;;;;;;  turn-on-orgtbl org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org"
19583 ;;;;;;  "org/org.el" (20783 15545 430927 0))
19584 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19585
19586 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19587 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19588
19589 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19590
19591 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19592 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19593 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19594 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19595 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19596
19597 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19598
19599 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19600 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19601
19602 \(fn)" nil nil)
19603
19604 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19605 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19606
19607 \(fn)" nil nil)
19608
19609 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19610 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19611 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19612
19613 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19614 contains information about projects as plain text.  Org-mode is
19615 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19616 of large files well structured.  It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19617 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19618 calendar.  Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19619 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19620 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19621 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19622 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19623
19624 The following commands are available:
19625
19626 \\{org-mode-map}
19627
19628 \(fn)" t nil)
19629
19630 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19631 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19632
19633 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key.  Its main purpose
19634 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19635 in special contexts.
19636
19637 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19638   buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19639   1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19640   2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19641   3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19642   When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19643   determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19644   properties in the buffer.
19645   When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19646   including any drawers.
19647
19648 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19649
19650 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19651   by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19652   1. FOLDED:   Only the main headline is shown.
19653   2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19654                From this state, you can move to one of the children
19655                and zoom in further.
19656   3. SUBTREE:  Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19657   If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19658
19659 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19660   `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19661   of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels.  This
19662   speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19663   times right after creating a new headline.
19664
19665 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19666   a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position.  If ARG
19667   is negative, go up that many levels.
19668
19669 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19670   binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line.  See the option
19671   `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19672
19673 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19674   no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19675   (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19676   But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19677
19678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19679
19680 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19681 Cycle the global visibility.  For details see `org-cycle'.
19682 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19683 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19684
19685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19686
19687 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19688 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19689 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19690 modes.  The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19691 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19692 defined by Org-mode).
19693
19694 M-up        Move entry/item up
19695 M-down      Move entry/item down
19696 M-left      Promote
19697 M-right     Demote
19698 M-S-up      Move entry/item up
19699 M-S-down    Move entry/item down
19700 M-S-left    Promote subtree
19701 M-S-right   Demote subtree
19702 M-q         Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19703 C-c ^       Sort entries
19704 C-c -       Cycle list bullet
19705 TAB         Cycle item visibility
19706 M-RET       Insert new heading/item
19707 S-M-RET     Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19708 C-c C-c     Set tags / toggle checkbox
19709
19710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19711
19712 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19713 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19714
19715 \(fn)" nil nil)
19716
19717 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19718 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19719
19720 \(fn)" nil nil)
19721
19722 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19723 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19724 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19725 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19726 call CMD.
19727
19728 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19729
19730 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19731 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19732 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19733 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19734
19735 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19736 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19737 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19738
19739 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19740
19741 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19742 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19743 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19744
19745 \(fn)" t nil)
19746
19747 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19748 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19749 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19750 Org-mode syntax.
19751
19752 \(fn)" t nil)
19753
19754 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19755 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19756
19757 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19758
19759 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19760 Switch between Org buffers.
19761 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19762 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19763
19764 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19765 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19766
19767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19768
19769 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19770
19771 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19772
19773 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19774 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19775 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19776 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19777
19778 \(fn)" t nil)
19779
19780 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19781 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19782
19783 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19784
19785 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19786 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19787 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19788
19789 \(fn)" t nil)
19790
19791 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19792 Reload all org lisp files.
19793 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19794
19795 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19796
19797 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19798 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19799
19800 \(fn)" t nil)
19801
19802 ;;;***
19803 \f
19804 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-diary
19805 ;;;;;;  org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19806 ;;;;;;  org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19807 ;;;;;;  org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19808 ;;;;;;  org-agenda org-toggle-sticky-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el"
19809 ;;;;;;  (20783 15545 430927 0))
19810 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19811
19812 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19813 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19814
19815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19816
19817 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19818 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19819 Prompts for a command to execute.  Any prefix arg will be passed
19820 on to the selected command.  The default selections are:
19821
19822 a     Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19823 t     Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19824 T     Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19825       entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19826 m     Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19827       a condition  (the user is prompted for the condition).
19828 M     Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19829 L     Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19830 e     Export views to associated files.
19831 s     Search entries for keywords.
19832 S     Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19833 /     Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19834       in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19835 <     Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19836       Press several times to get the desired effect.
19837 >     Remove a previous restriction.
19838 #     List \"stuck\" projects.
19839 !     Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19840 C     Configure custom agenda commands.
19841
19842 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19843 `org-agenda-custom-commands'.  In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19844 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19845
19846 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19847 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19848 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19849 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19850 \(if active).
19851
19852 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19853
19854 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19855 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19856 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19857 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command.  If it is a
19858 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19859 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19860 before running the agenda command.
19861
19862 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19863
19864 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19865 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19866 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19867 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command.  If it is a
19868 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19869 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19870 before running the agenda command.
19871
19872 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item.  Each
19873 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19874
19875 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19876
19877 category     The category of the item
19878 head         The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19879 type         The type of the agenda entry, can be
19880                 todo               selected in TODO match
19881                 tagsmatch          selected in tags match
19882                 diary              imported from diary
19883                 deadline           a deadline on given date
19884                 scheduled          scheduled on given date
19885                 timestamp          entry has timestamp on given date
19886                 closed             entry was closed on given date
19887                 upcoming-deadline  warning about deadline
19888                 past-scheduled     forwarded scheduled item
19889                 block              entry has date block including g. date
19890 todo         The todo keyword, if any
19891 tags         All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19892 date         The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19893 time         The time, like 15:00-16:50
19894 extra        Sting with extra planning info
19895 priority-l   The priority letter if any was given
19896 priority-n   The computed numerical priority
19897 agenda-day   The day in the agenda where this is listed
19898
19899 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19900
19901 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19902
19903
19904 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19905
19906 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19907 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19908
19909 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19910
19911 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19912 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19913 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19914 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19915
19916 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19917 span ARG days.  Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19918 the number of days.  SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19919
19920 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19921 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19922
19923 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19924
19925 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19926 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19927
19928 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19929 TODO entries.  The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19930 string into this function.  If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19931 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19932 EDIT-AT.
19933
19934 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19935 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19936 in a Boolean way to select an entry.  The default depends on the variable
19937 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19938 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19939 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with  \"+\" or \"-\".
19940
19941 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19942 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19943 including newlines.
19944
19945 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19946 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19947 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry.  Words without
19948 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.  Matching is
19949 case-insensitive.  Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19950 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19951 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19952
19953 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19954 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19955 match in the entry.  Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19956 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19957
19958 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19959 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19960   exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19961   that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19962 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19963   with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19964   Boolean search must match as full words.
19965
19966 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19967 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19968
19969 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19970
19971 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19972 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19973 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19974 the list to these.  When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19975 for a keyword.  A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19976 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19977
19978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19979
19980 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19981 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19982 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19983
19984 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19985
19986 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19987 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19988 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions.  For the definitions
19989 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19990 `org-stuck-projects'.
19991
19992 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19993
19994 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19995 Return diary information from org files.
19996 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19997 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19998 listed in the diary.  The function accepts arguments specifying what
19999 items should be listed.  For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20000 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20001
20002 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20003
20004    &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20005
20006 Use a separate line for each org file to check.  Or, if you omit the file name,
20007 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20008
20009    &%%(org-diary)
20010
20011 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20012 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20013 So the example above may also be written as
20014
20015    &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20016
20017 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20018 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works.  Don't use this
20019 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20020
20021 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20022
20023 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20024 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20025 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20026
20027 \(fn)" t nil)
20028
20029 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20030 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20031 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20032 appointments.
20033
20034 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20035 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20036
20037 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20038 for filtering entries out.
20039
20040 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20041 calling the function returns nil.  This function takes one
20042 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20043
20044 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20045 either 'headline or 'category.  For example:
20046
20047   '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20048     (category \"Work\"))
20049
20050 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20051 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20052
20053 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20054 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
20055 and :timestamp entries.  See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20056 details and examples.
20057
20058 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20059 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20060
20061 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20062
20063 ;;;***
20064 \f
20065 ;;;### (autoloads (org-beamer-mode org-beamer-sectioning) "org-beamer"
20066 ;;;;;;  "org/org-beamer.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20067 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-beamer.el
20068
20069 (autoload 'org-beamer-sectioning "org-beamer" "\
20070 Return the sectioning entry for the current headline.
20071 LEVEL is the reduced level of the headline.
20072 TEXT is the text of the headline, everything except the leading stars.
20073 The return value is a cons cell.  The car is the headline text, usually
20074 just TEXT, but possibly modified if options have been extracted from the
20075 text.  The cdr is the sectioning entry, similar to what is given
20076 in org-export-latex-classes.
20077
20078 \(fn LEVEL TEXT)" nil nil)
20079
20080 (autoload 'org-beamer-mode "org-beamer" "\
20081 Special support for editing Org-mode files made to export to beamer.
20082
20083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20084
20085 ;;;***
20086 \f
20087 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture
20088 ;;;;;;  org-capture-string) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20723
20089 ;;;;;;  59703 12265 0))
20090 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20091
20092 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20093
20094
20095 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20096
20097 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20098 Capture something.
20099 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20100 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20101 file the newly captured information.  The text is immediately inserted
20102 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20103 edit it.  Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20104 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20105
20106 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20107 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20108 stores its notes.  With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20109 stored.
20110
20111 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20112
20113 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20114 in `org-capture-templates'.  In this case, interactive selection
20115 will be bypassed.
20116
20117 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20118 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20119
20120 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20121
20122 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20123 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20124
20125 \(fn)" t nil)
20126
20127 ;;;***
20128 \f
20129 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-columns org-insert-columns-dblock org-dblock-write:columnview
20130 ;;;;;;  org-columns) "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (20717 20920
20131 ;;;;;;  410005 0))
20132 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20133
20134 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20135 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20136 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20137
20138 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20139
20140 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20141 Write the column view table.
20142 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20143
20144 :width    enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20145 :id       the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20146           should be built.  When the symbol `local', call locally.
20147           When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20148           of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20149           to column view).  When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20150           view at the start of that file.  Otherwise, the ID is located
20151           using `org-id-find'.
20152 :hlines   When t, insert a hline before each item.  When a number, insert
20153           a hline before each level <= that number.
20154 :vlines   When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20155 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20156 :skip-empty-rows
20157           When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20158 :format   When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20159
20160 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20161
20162 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20163 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20164
20165 \(fn)" t nil)
20166
20167 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20168 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20169
20170 \(fn)" t nil)
20171
20172 ;;;***
20173 \f
20174 ;;;### (autoloads (org-check-version) "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el"
20175 ;;;;;;  (20723 59703 12265 0))
20176 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20177
20178 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20179 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20180
20181 \(fn)" nil t)
20182
20183 ;;;***
20184 \f
20185 ;;;### (autoloads (org-git-version org-release) "org-version" "org/org-version.el"
20186 ;;;;;;  (20783 15545 430927 0))
20187 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20188
20189 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20190 The release version of org-mode.
20191   Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20192
20193 \(fn)" nil nil)
20194
20195 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20196 The Git version of org-mode.
20197   Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20198
20199 \(fn)" nil nil)
20200
20201 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20202 The location of ODT styles.")
20203
20204 ;;;***
20205 \f
20206 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20207 ;;;;;;  (20773 35190 350513 0))
20208 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20209 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20210 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20211
20212 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20213 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20214 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20215 two for subheadings, etc.  Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20216
20217 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20218 invisible, or visible again.  Invisible lines are attached to the end
20219 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20220 back.  A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20221
20222 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20223 \\[outline-next-visible-heading]   outline-next-visible-heading      move by visible headings
20224 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading]   outline-previous-visible-heading
20225 \\[outline-forward-same-level]   outline-forward-same-level        similar but skip subheadings
20226 \\[outline-backward-same-level]   outline-backward-same-level
20227 \\[outline-up-heading]   outline-up-heading                 move from subheading to heading
20228
20229 \\[hide-body]   make all text invisible (not headings).
20230 \\[show-all]    make everything in buffer visible.
20231 \\[hide-sublevels]  make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20232
20233 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20234 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20235 \\[hide-subtree]   hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20236 \\[show-subtree]   show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20237 \\[show-children]   show-children       make direct subheadings visible.
20238                  No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20239                  With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20240 \\[hide-entry]     make immediately following body invisible.
20241 \\[show-entry]     make it visible.
20242 \\[hide-leaves]    make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20243                      The subheadings remain visible.
20244 \\[show-branches]  make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20245
20246 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20247 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20248 beginning of the line.  The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20249
20250 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20251 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20252
20253 \(fn)" t nil)
20254
20255 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20256 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20257 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20258 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
20259 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20260
20261 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20262
20263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20264 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20265
20266 ;;;***
20267 \f
20268 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20269 ;;;;;;  package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
20270 ;;;;;;  package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20271 ;;;;;;  (20764 51137 83502 0))
20272 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20273
20274 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20275 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20276 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20277 and before `after-init-hook'.  Activation is not done if
20278 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20279
20280 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20281 activate the package system at any time.")
20282
20283 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20284
20285 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20286 Install the package named NAME.
20287 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
20288 archive in `package-archives'.  Interactively, prompt for NAME.
20289
20290 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20291
20292 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20293 Install a package from the current buffer.
20294 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20295 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20296 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20297
20298 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20299 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20300 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20301
20302 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20303
20304 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20305 Install a package from a file.
20306 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20307
20308 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20309
20310 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20311 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20312 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20313 makes them available for download.
20314
20315 \(fn)" t nil)
20316
20317 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20318 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20319 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20320 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20321
20322 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20323
20324 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20325 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20326
20327 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20328
20329 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20330 Display a list of packages.
20331 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20332 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20333 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20334
20335 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20336
20337 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20338
20339 ;;;***
20340 \f
20341 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20738 27061
20342 ;;;;;;  124069 0))
20343 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20344
20345 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20346 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20347 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20348 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20349 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20350 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20351
20352 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20353
20354 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20355 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20356 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20357 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
20358 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20359
20360 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, any
20361 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20362 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20363
20364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20365
20366 ;;;***
20367 \f
20368 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20369 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
20370 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20371 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20372
20373 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20374 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20375 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20376 unknown are returned as nil.
20377
20378 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20379
20380 ;;;***
20381 \f
20382 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20746
20383 ;;;;;;  21181 635406 0))
20384 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20385
20386 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20387 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20388 TAB indents for Pascal code.  Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20389
20390 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20391 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20392
20393 Other useful functions are:
20394
20395 \\[pascal-mark-defun]   - Mark function.
20396 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20397 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20398 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20399 \\[pascal-uncomment-area]       - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20400 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20401 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20402 \\[pascal-goto-defun]   - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20403 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20404
20405 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20406
20407  `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20408     Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20409  `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20410     Indentation for case statements.
20411  `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20412     Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20413     mark after an end.
20414  `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20415     Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20416  `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20417     Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20418     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20419  `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20420     Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20421     functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20422  `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20423     List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20424
20425 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20426 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20427
20428 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20429 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20430
20431 \(fn)" t nil)
20432
20433 ;;;***
20434 \f
20435 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
20436 ;;;;;;  "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20709 26818 907104
20437 ;;;;;;  0))
20438 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20439
20440 (defvar password-cache t "\
20441 Whether to cache passwords.")
20442
20443 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20444
20445 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20446 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20447 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20448
20449 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20450
20451 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20452 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20453
20454 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20455
20456 ;;;***
20457 \f
20458 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20459 ;;;;;;  (20717 20920 410005 0))
20460 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20461
20462 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20463 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20464 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20465
20466 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20467   _             matches anything.
20468   SELFQUOTING   matches itself.  This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20469   SYMBOL        matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20470   (or UPAT...)  matches if any of the patterns matches.
20471   (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20472   `QPAT         matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20473   (pred PRED)   matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20474   (guard BOOLEXP)       matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20475   (let UPAT EXP)        matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20476 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20477 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20478
20479 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20480   (QPAT1 . QPAT2)       matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20481   ,UPAT                 matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20482   STRING                matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20483   ATOM                  matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20484 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20485
20486 PRED can take the form
20487   FUNCTION           in which case it gets called with one argument.
20488   (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20489                         which is the value being matched.
20490 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20491 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20492 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20493 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20494 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20495
20496 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20497
20498 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20499
20500 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20501 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20502 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20503 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20504
20505 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20506
20507 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20508
20509 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20510 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20511 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20512 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20513
20514 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20515
20516 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20517
20518 ;;;***
20519 \f
20520 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20709
20521 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
20522 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20523
20524 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20525 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20526
20527 \(fn)" nil nil)
20528
20529 ;;;***
20530 \f
20531 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20532 ;;;;;;  "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20533 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20534
20535 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20536 Completion for `gzip'.
20537
20538 \(fn)" nil nil)
20539
20540 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20541 Completion for `bzip2'.
20542
20543 \(fn)" nil nil)
20544
20545 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20546 Completion for GNU `make'.
20547
20548 \(fn)" nil nil)
20549
20550 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20551 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20552
20553 \(fn)" nil nil)
20554
20555 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20556
20557 ;;;***
20558 \f
20559 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20560 ;;;;;;  "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
20561 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20562
20563 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20564 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20565
20566 \(fn)" nil nil)
20567
20568 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20569 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20570
20571 \(fn)" nil nil)
20572
20573 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20574 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20575
20576 \(fn)" nil nil)
20577
20578 ;;;***
20579 \f
20580 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20709
20581 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
20582 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20583
20584 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20585 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20586
20587 \(fn)" nil nil)
20588
20589 ;;;***
20590 \f
20591 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20592 ;;;;;;  pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20593 ;;;;;;  pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20709 26818 907104
20594 ;;;;;;  0))
20595 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20596
20597 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20598 Completion for `cd'.
20599
20600 \(fn)" nil nil)
20601
20602 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20603
20604 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20605 Completion for `rmdir'.
20606
20607 \(fn)" nil nil)
20608
20609 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20610 Completion for `rm'.
20611
20612 \(fn)" nil nil)
20613
20614 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20615 Completion for `xargs'.
20616
20617 \(fn)" nil nil)
20618
20619 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20620
20621 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20622 Completion for `which'.
20623
20624 \(fn)" nil nil)
20625
20626 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20627 Completion for the `chown' command.
20628
20629 \(fn)" nil nil)
20630
20631 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20632 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20633
20634 \(fn)" nil nil)
20635
20636 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20637 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20638
20639 \(fn)" nil nil)
20640
20641 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20642 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20643 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20644
20645 \(fn)" nil nil)
20646
20647 ;;;***
20648 \f
20649 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20650 ;;;;;;  pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20651 ;;;;;;  pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20709
20652 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
20653 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20654
20655 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20656 Support extensible programmable completion.
20657 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20658 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20659
20660 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20661
20662 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20663 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20664
20665 \(fn)" t nil)
20666
20667 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20668 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20669 This will modify the current buffer.
20670
20671 \(fn)" t nil)
20672
20673 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20674 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20675
20676 \(fn)" t nil)
20677
20678 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20679 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20680 This will modify the current buffer.
20681
20682 \(fn)" t nil)
20683
20684 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20685 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20686
20687 \(fn)" t nil)
20688
20689 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20690 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20691
20692 \(fn)" t nil)
20693
20694 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20695 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20696 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20697 dynamic-complete-functions are kept.  For comint mode itself,
20698 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20699
20700 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20701
20702 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20703 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20704
20705 \(fn)" nil nil)
20706
20707 ;;;***
20708 \f
20709 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20710 ;;;;;;  cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20711 ;;;;;;  "vc/pcvs.el" (20717 20920 410005 0))
20712 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20713
20714 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20715 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20716 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20717 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20718
20719 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20720
20721 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20722
20723 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20724 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20725 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20726 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20727   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20728 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20729 FLAGS is ignored.
20730
20731 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20732
20733 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20734 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20735 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20736 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20737 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20738 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20739   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20740 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20741
20742 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20743
20744 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20745 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20746 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20747 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20748 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20749   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20750 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20751   passed to cvs.
20752
20753 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20754
20755 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20756 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20757 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20758 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20759 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20760   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20761 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20762
20763 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20764
20765 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20766 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20767 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20768
20769 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20770
20771 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20772 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20773 A value of nil means never do it.
20774 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20775   command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20776 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20777
20778 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20779
20780 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20781 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20782 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20783
20784 ;;;***
20785 \f
20786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20709 26818
20787 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
20788 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20789
20790 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20791 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20792
20793 ;;;***
20794 \f
20795 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20796 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
20797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20798 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20799 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20800 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20801 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20802 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20803 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20804
20805 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20806 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20807 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20808 Tab indents for Perl code.
20809 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20810 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20811 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20812 \\{perl-mode-map}
20813 Variables controlling indentation style:
20814  `perl-tab-always-indent'
20815     Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20816     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20817  `perl-tab-to-comment'
20818     Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20819     either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20820     to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20821  `perl-nochange'
20822     Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20823  `perl-indent-level'
20824     Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20825     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20826     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20827  `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20828     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20829     then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20830  `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20831     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20832     This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20833  `perl-brace-offset'
20834     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20835  `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20836     An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20837     this far to the right of the start of its line.
20838  `perl-label-offset'
20839     Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20840  `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20841     Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20842
20843 Various indentation styles:       K&R  BSD  BLK  GNU  LW
20844   perl-indent-level                5    8    0    2    4
20845   perl-continued-statement-offset  5    8    4    2    4
20846   perl-continued-brace-offset      0    0    0    0   -4
20847   perl-brace-offset               -5   -8    0    0    0
20848   perl-brace-imaginary-offset      0    0    4    0    0
20849   perl-label-offset               -5   -8   -2   -2   -2
20850
20851 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20852
20853 \(fn)" t nil)
20854
20855 ;;;***
20856 \f
20857 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20858 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
20859 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20860
20861 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20862 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20863 \\<picture-mode-map>
20864 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20865 afterwards settable by these commands:
20866
20867  Move left after insertion:            \\[picture-movement-left]
20868  Move right after insertion:           \\[picture-movement-right]
20869  Move up after insertion:              \\[picture-movement-up]
20870  Move down after insertion:            \\[picture-movement-down]
20871
20872  Move northwest (nw) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-nw]
20873  Move northeast (ne) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-ne]
20874  Move southwest (sw) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-sw]
20875  Move southeast (se) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-se]
20876
20877  Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20878  Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20879  Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20880  Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20881
20882 The current direction is displayed in the mode line.  The initial
20883 direction is right.  Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20884 spaces when required by movement.  You can move around in the buffer
20885 with these commands:
20886
20887  Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20888  Move vertically to SAME column in next line:     \\[picture-move-up]
20889  Move to column following last
20890   non-whitespace character:                       \\[picture-end-of-line]
20891  Move right, inserting spaces if required:        \\[picture-forward-column]
20892  Move left changing tabs to spaces if required:   \\[picture-backward-column]
20893  Move in direction of current picture motion:     \\[picture-motion]
20894  Move opposite to current picture motion:         \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20895  Move to beginning of next line:                  \\[next-line]
20896
20897 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20898
20899  Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20900   character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'):   \\[picture-tab-search]
20901  Move to next stop in tab stop list:              \\[picture-tab]
20902  Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20903    (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20904  Change the tab stop list:                        \\[edit-tab-stops]
20905
20906 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20907  Clear ARG columns after point without moving:    \\[picture-clear-column]
20908  Delete char at point:                            \\[picture-delete-char]
20909  Clear ARG columns backward:                      \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20910  Clear ARG lines, advancing over them:            \\[picture-clear-line]
20911   (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20912  Open blank line(s) beneath current line:         \\[picture-open-line]
20913
20914 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20915   Clear a rectangle and save it:                  \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20916   Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register:  \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20917   Insert currently saved rectangle at point:      \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20918   Insert rectangle from named register:           \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20919   Draw a rectangular box around mark and point:   \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20920   Copies a rectangle to a register:               \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20921   Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands:     \\[undo]
20922
20923 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20924 also strips trailing whitespace from every line.  Stripping is suppressed
20925 by supplying an argument.
20926
20927 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20928
20929 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20930 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20931
20932 \(fn)" t nil)
20933
20934 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20935
20936 ;;;***
20937 \f
20938 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
20939 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
20940 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20941
20942 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20943 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20944
20945 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20946
20947 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20948 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20949
20950 \(fn)" t nil)
20951
20952 ;;;***
20953 \f
20954 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20955 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
20956 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20957
20958 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20959 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20960 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20961
20962 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20963
20964 ;;;***
20965 \f
20966 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20709 26818 907104
20967 ;;;;;;  0))
20968 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20969
20970 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20971 Play pong and waste time.
20972 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20973 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20974
20975 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20976
20977 \\{pong-mode-map}
20978
20979 \(fn)" t nil)
20980
20981 ;;;***
20982 \f
20983 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20709 26818
20984 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
20985 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20986
20987 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20988 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20989 Use streaming commands.
20990
20991 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20992
20993 ;;;***
20994 \f
20995 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20996 ;;;;;;  pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20997 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
20998 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20999
21000 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21001 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21002 OBJECT can be any Lisp object.  Quoting characters are used as needed
21003 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21004
21005 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21006
21007 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21008 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21009
21010 \(fn)" nil nil)
21011
21012 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21013 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21014 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21015 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21016 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21017
21018 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21019
21020 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21021 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21022 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21023
21024 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21025
21026 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21027 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21028
21029 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21030
21031 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21032 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21033 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21034 Ignores leading comment characters.
21035
21036 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21037
21038 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21039 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21040 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21041 Ignores leading comment characters.
21042
21043 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21044
21045 ;;;***
21046 \f
21047 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21048 ;;;;;;  pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21049 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21050 ;;;;;;  pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21051 ;;;;;;  pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21052 ;;;;;;  pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21053 ;;;;;;  pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21054 ;;;;;;  pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21055 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21056 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21057 ;;;;;;  pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21058 ;;;;;;  pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21059 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21060 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21061 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21062 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21063 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21064 ;;;;;;  pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21065 ;;;;;;  (20721 17977 14204 0))
21066 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21067
21068 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21069 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21070
21071 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21072
21073 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21074
21075 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21076
21077 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21078 Preview directory using ghostview.
21079
21080 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21081 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21082 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21083 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21084
21085 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
21086 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21087 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21088 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21089 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21090 file name.
21091
21092 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21093
21094 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21095
21096 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21097 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21098
21099 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21100 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21101 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21102 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21103
21104 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
21105 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21106 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21107 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21108 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21109 file name.
21110
21111 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21112
21113 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21114
21115 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21116 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21117
21118 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21119 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21120 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21121 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21122
21123 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
21124 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21125 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21126 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21127 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21128 file name.
21129
21130 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21131
21132 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21133
21134 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21135 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21136
21137 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21138
21139 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21140 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21141 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21142 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21143
21144 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
21145 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21146 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21147 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21148 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21149 file name.
21150
21151 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21152
21153 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21154
21155 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21156 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21157
21158 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21159 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21160 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21161
21162 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21163 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21164 temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21165 with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21166
21167 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21168
21169 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21170 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21171
21172 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21173 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21174 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21175
21176 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21177 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21178 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21179 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21180
21181 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21182
21183 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21184 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21185
21186 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21187 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21188 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21189
21190 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21191 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21192 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21193 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21194
21195 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21196
21197 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21198 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21199
21200 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21201
21202 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21203 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21204 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21205
21206 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21207 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21208 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21209 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21210
21211 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21212
21213 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21214 Preview region using ghostview.
21215
21216 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21217
21218 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21219
21220 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21221 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21222
21223 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21224
21225 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21226
21227 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21228 Print region using PostScript printer.
21229
21230 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21231
21232 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21233
21234 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21235 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21236
21237 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21238
21239 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21240
21241 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21242 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21243
21244 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21245
21246 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21247
21248 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21249 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21250
21251 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21252
21253 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21254
21255 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21256 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21257
21258 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21259
21260 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21261
21262 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21263 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21264
21265 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21266
21267 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21268
21269 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21270 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21271 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21272 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21273
21274 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21275 matching.
21276
21277 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21278 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21279
21280 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21281
21282 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21283
21284 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21285 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21286 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21287 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21288
21289 \(fn)" t nil)
21290
21291 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21292 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21293 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21294 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21295
21296 \(fn)" t nil)
21297
21298 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21299 Print directory using text printer.
21300
21301 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21302 matching.
21303
21304 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21305 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21306
21307 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21308
21309 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21310
21311 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21312 Print buffer using text printer.
21313
21314 \(fn)" t nil)
21315
21316 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21317 Print region using text printer.
21318
21319 \(fn)" t nil)
21320
21321 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21322 Print major mode using text printer.
21323
21324 \(fn)" t nil)
21325
21326 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21327 Preview spooled PostScript.
21328
21329 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21330 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21331 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21332
21333 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21334 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21335 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21336
21337 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21338
21339 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21340 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21341
21342 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21343 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21344 instead of sending it to the printer.
21345
21346 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21347 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21348 image in a file with that name.
21349
21350 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21351
21352 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21353 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21354
21355 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21356 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21357 instead of sending it to the printer.
21358
21359 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21360 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21361 image in a file with that name.
21362
21363 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21364
21365 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21366 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21367
21368 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21369 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21370 instead of sending it to the printer.
21371
21372 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21373 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21374 image in a file with that name.
21375
21376 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21377
21378 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21379 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21380
21381 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21382
21383 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21384 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21385
21386 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21387
21388 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21389 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21390
21391 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21392
21393 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21394 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21395
21396 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21397
21398 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21399 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21400
21401 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21402
21403 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21404 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21405
21406 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21407 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21408 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21409 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21410
21411 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21412 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21413 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21414 PostScript file name.  The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21415 nil, send the image to the printer.  If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21416 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21417 file name.
21418
21419 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21420
21421 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21422 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21423
21424 \(fn)" t nil)
21425
21426 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21427 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21428
21429 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21430 right.
21431 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21432 bottom.
21433
21434 \(fn)" t nil)
21435
21436 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21437 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21438
21439 \(fn)" t nil)
21440
21441 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21442 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21443
21444 \(fn)" t nil)
21445
21446 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21447 Toggle printing with faces.
21448
21449 \(fn)" t nil)
21450
21451 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21452 Toggle spooling.
21453
21454 \(fn)" t nil)
21455
21456 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21457 Toggle duplex.
21458
21459 \(fn)" t nil)
21460
21461 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21462 Toggle tumble.
21463
21464 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21465 right.
21466 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21467 bottom.
21468
21469 \(fn)" t nil)
21470
21471 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21472 Toggle landscape.
21473
21474 \(fn)" t nil)
21475
21476 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21477 Toggle upside-down.
21478
21479 \(fn)" t nil)
21480
21481 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21482 Toggle line number.
21483
21484 \(fn)" t nil)
21485
21486 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21487 Toggle zebra stripes.
21488
21489 \(fn)" t nil)
21490
21491 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21492 Toggle printing header.
21493
21494 \(fn)" t nil)
21495
21496 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21497 Toggle printing header frame.
21498
21499 \(fn)" t nil)
21500
21501 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21502 Toggle menu lock.
21503
21504 \(fn)" t nil)
21505
21506 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21507 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21508
21509 \(fn)" t nil)
21510
21511 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21512 Toggle auto mode.
21513
21514 \(fn)" t nil)
21515
21516 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21517 Customization of the `printing' group.
21518
21519 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21520
21521 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21522 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21523
21524 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21525
21526 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21527 Help for the printing package.
21528
21529 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21530
21531 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21532 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21533
21534 \(fn)" t nil)
21535
21536 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21537 Interactively select a text printer.
21538
21539 \(fn)" t nil)
21540
21541 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21542 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21543
21544 \(fn)" t nil)
21545
21546 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21547 Show current ps-print settings.
21548
21549 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21550
21551 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21552 Show current printing settings.
21553
21554 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21555
21556 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21557 Show current lpr settings.
21558
21559 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21560
21561 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21562 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21563
21564 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21565 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21566 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21567 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21568
21569
21570 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21571
21572    M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21573       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21574       immediately be done using the current active printer.
21575
21576    C-u   M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21577    C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21578       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21579       PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21580       current active printer.
21581
21582    C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21583       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21584       and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21585       printer.
21586
21587    C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21588       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21589       PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name.  Then change the active
21590       printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21591       that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21592
21593
21594 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21595 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21596
21597    If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21598
21599    If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21600    the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21601    be done using the new current active printer.
21602
21603    If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21604    and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21605    printer.
21606
21607    If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21608    current PostScript printer and for a file name.  Then change the active
21609    printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21610    instead of sending it to the printer.
21611
21612    If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21613    active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21614    printer.
21615
21616    Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21617
21618
21619 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21620 are both set to t.
21621
21622 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21623
21624 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21625 Fast fire function for text printing.
21626
21627 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21628 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21629 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21630 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21631
21632 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21633 user for a new active text printer.
21634
21635 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21636
21637    If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21638
21639    If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21640    active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21641    printer.
21642
21643    If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21644
21645 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21646 are both set to t.
21647
21648 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21649
21650 ;;;***
21651 \f
21652 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20709 26818 907104
21653 ;;;;;;  0))
21654 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21655
21656 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21657 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21658 \\<proced-mode-map>
21659 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21660 the process information.
21661
21662 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21663
21664 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21665 Proced buffers.
21666
21667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21668
21669 ;;;***
21670 \f
21671 ;;;### (autoloads (profiler-find-profile-other-frame profiler-find-profile-other-window
21672 ;;;;;;  profiler-find-profile profiler-start) "profiler" "profiler.el"
21673 ;;;;;;  (20824 3367 300658 0))
21674 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21675
21676 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21677 Start/restart profilers.
21678 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21679 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21680 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21681
21682 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21683
21684 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21685 Open profile FILENAME.
21686
21687 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21688
21689 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21690 Open profile FILENAME.
21691
21692 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21693
21694 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21695 Open profile FILENAME.
21696
21697 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21698
21699 ;;;***
21700 \f
21701 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
21702 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/prolog.el" (20791 9657 561026 0))
21703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21704
21705 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21706 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21707
21708 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs.  `%'s starts a comment
21709 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21710
21711 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21712
21713 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21714 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21715
21716 Commands:
21717 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21718 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21719 if that value is non-nil.
21720
21721 \(fn)" t nil)
21722
21723 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21724 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21725 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21726
21727 \(fn)" t nil)
21728
21729 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21730 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21731 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21732
21733 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21734
21735 ;;;***
21736 \f
21737 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20799
21738 ;;;;;;  169 640767 0))
21739 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21740
21741 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21742 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21743 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21744
21745 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21746
21747 ;;;***
21748 \f
21749 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20777
21750 ;;;;;;  63161 848428 0))
21751 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21752
21753 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21754 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21755
21756 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21757
21758 The following variables hold user options, and can
21759 be set through the `customize' command:
21760
21761   `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21762   `ps-mode-tab'
21763   `ps-mode-paper-size'
21764   `ps-mode-print-function'
21765   `ps-run-prompt'
21766   `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21767   `ps-run-x'
21768   `ps-run-dumb'
21769   `ps-run-init'
21770   `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21771   `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21772
21773 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21774
21775
21776 \\{ps-mode-map}
21777
21778
21779 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21780 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21781 The keymap for this second window is:
21782
21783 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21784
21785
21786 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21787 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21788 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21789 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21790 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21791
21792 \(fn)" t nil)
21793
21794 ;;;***
21795 \f
21796 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21797 ;;;;;;  ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21798 ;;;;;;  ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21799 ;;;;;;  ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21800 ;;;;;;  ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21801 ;;;;;;  ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20721
21802 ;;;;;;  17977 14204 0))
21803 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21804
21805 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21806 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21807 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21808
21809 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21810
21811 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21812 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21813 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21814 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21815
21816 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21817
21818 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21819 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21820
21821 Valid values are:
21822
21823    nil          Do not print colors.
21824
21825    t            Print colors.
21826
21827    black-white  Print colors on black/white printer.
21828                 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21829
21830 Any other value is treated as t.")
21831
21832 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21833
21834 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21835 Customization of ps-print group.
21836
21837 \(fn)" t nil)
21838
21839 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21840 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21841
21842 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21843 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21844 sending it to the printer.
21845
21846 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21847 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21848 image in a file with that name.
21849
21850 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21851
21852 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21853 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21854 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21855 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21856 so it has a way to determine color values.
21857
21858 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21859
21860 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21861 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21862 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21863
21864 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21865
21866 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21867 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21868 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21869 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21870 so it has a way to determine color values.
21871
21872 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21873
21874 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21875 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21876 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21877 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21878
21879 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21880
21881 \(fn)" t nil)
21882
21883 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21884 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21885 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21886 information in the generated image.  This command works only if you are using
21887 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21888
21889 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21890
21891 \(fn)" t nil)
21892
21893 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21894 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21895 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21896
21897 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21898
21899 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21900
21901 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21902 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21903 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21904 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21905 so it has a way to determine color values.
21906
21907 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21908
21909 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21910
21911 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21912 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21913
21914 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21915 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21916 instead of sending it to the printer.
21917
21918 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21919 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21920 image in a file with that name.
21921
21922 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21923
21924 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21925 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21926 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21927 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21928 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21929
21930 \(fn)" t nil)
21931
21932 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21933 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21934 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21935
21936 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21937
21938 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21939 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21940 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21941
21942 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21943
21944 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21945 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21946
21947 \(fn)" nil nil)
21948
21949 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21950 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21951
21952 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21953 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21954
21955 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21956 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21957
21958 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21959
21960 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21961
21962 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21963
21964 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21965 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21966
21967 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21968 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21969
21970 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21971 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21972
21973 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21974
21975    (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21976
21977 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21978
21979 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21980 foreground and background colors respectively.
21981
21982 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21983    bold      - use bold font.
21984    italic    - use italic font.
21985    underline - put a line under text.
21986    strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21987    overline  - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21988    shadow    - text will have a shadow.
21989    box       - text will be surrounded by a box.
21990    outline   - print characters as hollow outlines.
21991
21992 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21993
21994 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21995
21996 ;;;***
21997 \f
21998 ;;;### (autoloads (python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21999 ;;;;;;  (20824 3367 300658 0))
22000 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22001
22002 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22003
22004 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
22005
22006 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22007 Run an inferior Python process.
22008 Input and output via buffer named after
22009 `python-shell-buffer-name'.  If there is a process already
22010 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
22011
22012 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
22013 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
22014 dedicated process for the current buffer is open.  When numeric
22015 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22016
22017 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22018 `comint-mode-hook' is run).  (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22019 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22020
22021 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22022
22023 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22024 Major mode for editing Python files.
22025
22026 \\{python-mode-map}
22027 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
22028 if that value is non-nil.
22029
22030 \(fn)" t nil)
22031
22032 ;;;***
22033 \f
22034 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22035 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22037
22038 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22039 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22040 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22041 coding-system.
22042
22043 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22044 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22045
22046 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22047 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes.  Decoding
22048 them into characters should be done separately.
22049
22050 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22051
22052 ;;;***
22053 \f
22054 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22055 ;;;;;;  quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22056 ;;;;;;  quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22057 ;;;;;;  quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22058 ;;;;;;  "international/quail.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22059 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22060
22061 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22062 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22063
22064 \(fn)" nil nil)
22065
22066 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22067 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22068 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22069
22070 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22071 `quail-activate', which see.
22072
22073 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22074
22075 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22076 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22077 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22078 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22079  FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22080  CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22081  UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22082
22083 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22084 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22085  with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22086 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING).  Each character
22087  in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22088  shown.
22089 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22090
22091 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.  The command
22092 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22093 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR.  That value should be a
22094 string.  For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22095 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22096 list of candidates.
22097
22098 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22099 region is active.  It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22100 command to be called.
22101
22102 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22103 for the future to translate the same key.  If this flag is nil, a
22104 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22105 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22106
22107 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22108 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22109 translation for a key.  In this case, unselected translations are of
22110 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22111 programs.  If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22112 to t.
22113
22114 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22115 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout.  See the
22116 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22117 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22118
22119 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22120 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22121 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22122 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22123
22124 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created.  A decode
22125 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22126 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22127 other programs.  For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22128 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22129 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22130
22131 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22132 length of the shortest sequence.  When we don't have a translation of
22133 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22134 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\".  Hangul
22135 packages, for instance, use this facility.  If this flag is nil, we
22136 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22137
22138 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22139 covers Quail translation region.
22140
22141 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22142 the current translation region according to a new translation data.  By
22143 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22144 for it) is inserted.
22145
22146 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22147 conversion region is active.  It is an alist of single key character
22148 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22149
22150 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22151 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22152 non-Quail commands.
22153
22154 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22155
22156 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22157 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22158
22159 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22160 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22161 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'.  This
22162 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22163 you type is correctly handled.
22164
22165 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22166
22167 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22168 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22169
22170 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22171 keyboard type.
22172
22173 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22174
22175 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22176 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22177 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22178 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22179 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22180 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22181 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22182 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22183   for the translation.
22184 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22185
22186 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22187  it is used to handle KEY.
22188
22189 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22190 rules.  Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22191 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type.  Currently
22192 the following annotation types are supported.
22193
22194   append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22195         be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22196
22197   face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22198         candidate list.
22199
22200   advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22201         selected.  The function is called with one argument, the
22202         selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22203         inserted.
22204
22205   no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22206         generated for the following translations.
22207
22208 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22209
22210 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22211 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22212
22213 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22214 which to install MAP.
22215
22216 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22217
22218 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22219
22220 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22221 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22222
22223 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22224 which to install MAP.
22225
22226 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22227
22228 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22229
22230 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22231 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22232 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22233 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22234  a function, or a cons.
22235 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22236 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22237 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22238  for the translation.
22239 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22240  to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22241  variable `quail-current-data').  If the cdr part is not a function,
22242  the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22243 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22244
22245 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22246  it is used to handle KEY.
22247
22248 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22249 to define this translation rule in.  The default is to define it in the
22250 current Quail package.
22251
22252 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22253 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22254
22255 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22256
22257 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22258 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22259
22260 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22261 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22262
22263 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22264
22265 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS.  See the
22266 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22267
22268 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22269
22270 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22271 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22272 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22273 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22274 of the Emacs source tree.
22275
22276 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22277 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22278
22279 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22280 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22281 of each directory.
22282
22283 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22284
22285 ;;;***
22286 \f
22287 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22288 ;;;;;;  quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22289 ;;;;;;  quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20799
22290 ;;;;;;  169 640767 0))
22291 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22292
22293 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22294 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22295 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22296 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22297
22298 To make use of this do something like:
22299
22300   (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22301
22302 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22303
22304 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22305 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22306
22307 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22308 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22309 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22310
22311 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22312
22313 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22314 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22315
22316 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22317
22318 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22319 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22320
22321 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22322 is decided.
22323
22324 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22325
22326 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22327 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22328
22329 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22330 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22331 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22332
22333 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22334
22335 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22336 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22337
22338 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22339
22340 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22341 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22342
22343 \(fn)" t nil)
22344
22345 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22346 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22347
22348 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22349
22350 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22351
22352 \(fn)" t nil)
22353
22354 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22355 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22356
22357 \(fn)" t nil)
22358
22359 ;;;***
22360 \f
22361 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22362 ;;;;;;  "net/rcirc.el" (20770 3512 176098 0))
22363 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22364
22365 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22366 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22367
22368 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22369
22370 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22371
22372 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22373
22374 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22375
22376 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22377
22378
22379 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22380
22381 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22382 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22383 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22384 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22385 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22386 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22387
22388 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22389
22390 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22391 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22392 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22393 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22394 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22395
22396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22397
22398 ;;;***
22399 \f
22400 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20709
22401 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
22402 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22403
22404 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22405 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST.  Log in as USER.
22406 See \\[compile].
22407
22408 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22409
22410 ;;;***
22411 \f
22412 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22413 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22414 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22415
22416 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22417
22418 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22419 Construct a regexp interactively.
22420 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22421 the regexp builder.  It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22422 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22423
22424 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22425 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22426
22427 \(fn)" t nil)
22428
22429 ;;;***
22430 \f
22431 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20799 169
22432 ;;;;;;  640767 0))
22433 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22434
22435 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22436 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22437 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22438 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22439 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22440 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22441
22442 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22443
22444 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22445 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22446 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22447 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22448 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22449
22450 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22451 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22452 were operated on recently.
22453
22454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22455
22456 ;;;***
22457 \f
22458 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
22459 ;;;;;;  string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
22460 ;;;;;;  insert-rectangle yank-rectangle copy-rectangle-as-kill kill-rectangle
22461 ;;;;;;  extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle)
22462 ;;;;;;  "rect" "rect.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
22463 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22464
22465 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22466 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22467 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22468 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22469 ends.
22470
22471 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22472 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22473 to be deleted.
22474
22475 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22476
22477 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22478 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22479 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22480
22481 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22482 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22483 deleted.
22484
22485 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22486
22487 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22488 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22489 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22490
22491 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22492
22493 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22494 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22495
22496 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22497 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22498
22499 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22500 deleted.
22501
22502 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22503 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway.  This means that
22504 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22505 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22506 even beep.)
22507
22508 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22509
22510 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22511 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22512
22513 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22514
22515 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22516 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22517
22518 \(fn)" t nil)
22519
22520 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22521 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22522 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22523 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22524 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22525 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22526 and point is at the lower right corner.
22527
22528 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22529
22530 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22531 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22532
22533 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22534 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22535
22536 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22537 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22538 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22539
22540 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22541
22542 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22543
22544 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22545 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22546 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22547 at which whitespace deletion should begin.  On each line in the
22548 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22549
22550 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22551 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22552
22553 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22554
22555 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22556 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22557 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22558
22559 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22560
22561 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22562
22563 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22564
22565 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22566 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22567
22568 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22569 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22570 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22571
22572 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22573
22574 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22575 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22576 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22577
22578 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22579 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22580 rectangle which were empty.
22581
22582 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22583
22584 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22585 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22586
22587 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22588 counting.  FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22589 to `format' along with the line count.  When called interactively
22590 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22591
22592 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22593
22594 ;;;***
22595 \f
22596 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20709
22597 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
22598 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22599
22600 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22601 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22603 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22604 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22605
22606 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, the
22607 current paragraph is refilled as you edit.  Self-inserting
22608 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22609 auto-filling.
22610
22611 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22612
22613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22614
22615 ;;;***
22616 \f
22617 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22618 ;;;;;;  turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20777 63161
22619 ;;;;;;  848428 0))
22620 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22621
22622 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22623 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22624
22625 \(fn)" nil nil)
22626
22627 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22628 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22629
22630 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22631 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22632
22633 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22634 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22635 context of the label definition.  The selected label is inserted as a
22636 \\ref macro.
22637
22638 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22639 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22640 database.  The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22641
22642 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22643 or the current selection.  More general index entries are created with
22644 `\\[reftex-index]'.  `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22645
22646 Most command have help available on the fly.  This help is accessed by
22647 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22648
22649 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22650 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22651
22652 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22653 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22654 on the menu bar.
22655
22656 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22657
22658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22659
22660 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22661 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22662 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22663
22664 \(fn)" nil nil)
22665
22666 ;;;***
22667 \f
22668 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22669 ;;;;;;  (20734 30007 218637 0))
22670 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22671
22672 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22673 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22674 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22675 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22676 matching entries for selection.  The selected entry is formatted according
22677 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22678
22679 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22680
22681 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22682
22683 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22684 cite macros.  When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22685 citations.  When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22686 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22687 `reftex-cite-format'.
22688
22689 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22690 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22691 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22692 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22693
22694 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22695
22696 ;;;***
22697 \f
22698 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22699 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22700 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22701
22702 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22703 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22704 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22705 the current TeX document.
22706
22707 With no argument, this command toggles
22708 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'.  With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22709 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22710
22711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22712
22713 ;;;***
22714 \f
22715 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22716 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22717 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22718
22719 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22720 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22721 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22722
22723 To insert new phrases, use
22724  - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22725  - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22726
22727 To index phrases use one of:
22728
22729 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase]     index current phrase
22730 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase]     index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22731 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases]     index all phrases
22732 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases]     index current and following phrases
22733 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases]     index the phrases in the region
22734
22735 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22736 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22737
22738 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22739
22740 Here are all local bindings.
22741
22742 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22743
22744 \(fn)" t nil)
22745
22746 ;;;***
22747 \f
22748 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22749 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22750 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22751
22752 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22753 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22754 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22755 of master file.
22756
22757 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22758
22759 ;;;***
22760 \f
22761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20734
22762 ;;;;;;  30007 218637 0))
22763 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22764 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22765 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22766 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22767 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22768
22769 ;;;***
22770 \f
22771 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22772 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22774
22775 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22776 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22777 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22778 quoted or not.  If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22779 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22780 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22781
22782  (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22783    (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22784
22785 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22786 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22787 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22788 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22789
22790 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22791
22792 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22793 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22794 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22795 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22796
22797 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22798
22799 ;;;***
22800 \f
22801 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22802 ;;;;;;  remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22803 ;;;;;;  (20799 169 640767 0))
22804 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22805
22806 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22807 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22808 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22809 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22810
22811 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22812
22813 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22814
22815 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22816 Call `remember' in another frame.
22817
22818 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22819
22820 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22821 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22822 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22823
22824 \(fn)" t nil)
22825
22826 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22827 Extract diary entries from the region.
22828
22829 \(fn)" nil nil)
22830
22831 ;;;***
22832 \f
22833 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20709 26818 907104
22834 ;;;;;;  0))
22835 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22836
22837 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22838 Repeat most recently executed command.
22839 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22840 supply a prefix argument to that command.  Otherwise, give the
22841 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22842
22843 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22844 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22845 sequence.  This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22846 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22847
22848 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events.  Hence the term
22849 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22850 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22851
22852 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22853
22854 ;;;***
22855 \f
22856 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22857 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22858 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22859
22860 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22861 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22862
22863 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer.  PKGNAME is
22864 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22865 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22866 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22867 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22868 and point is left after the salutation.
22869
22870 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22871 for details).  The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22872 passed to `reporter-dump-state'.  Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22873 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22874 left after that text.
22875
22876 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22877 is non-nil.
22878
22879 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22880 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22881 \(or decline to send).  The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22882 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22883
22884 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22885
22886 ;;;***
22887 \f
22888 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22889 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22890 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22891
22892 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22893 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22894 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22895 visibility of comments that precede it.
22896   Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22897   If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22898 window.  If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22899 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22900 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22901 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22902   Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22903 preceding comments visible.  Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22904 the comment lines.
22905   If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22906 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22907 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22908 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22909 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22910
22911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22912
22913 ;;;***
22914 \f
22915 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22916 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22917 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22918
22919 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22920 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22921 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22922 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22923 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22924
22925 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, it
22926 reveals invisible text around point.
22927
22928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22929
22930 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22931 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22932 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22933 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22934 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22935 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22936
22937 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22938
22939 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22940 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22941 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22942
22943 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22944 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22945 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22946
22947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22948
22949 ;;;***
22950 \f
22951 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22952 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
22953 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22954
22955 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22956 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22957
22958 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22959
22960 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22961 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22962
22963 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22964
22965 ;;;***
22966 \f
22967 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20709 26818
22968 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
22969 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22970
22971 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22972 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22973 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22974 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22975
22976 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22977
22978 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22979 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22980 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22981 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22982
22983 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22984 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22985
22986 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22987 run.  It can be a relative or absolute path.
22988
22989 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22990 the rlogin when starting.  They are added after any arguments given in
22991 INPUT-ARGS.
22992
22993 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22994 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22995 access your home directory on the remote machine.  Occasionally this causes
22996 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine.  This
22997 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22998
22999 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23000 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23001 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23002 share the same files via NFS.  This is the default.
23003
23004 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23005 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23006 variable.
23007
23008 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23009
23010 ;;;***
23011 \f
23012 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23013 ;;;;;;  rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23014 ;;;;;;  rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23015 ;;;;;;  rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23016 ;;;;;;  rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p rmail-spool-directory
23017 ;;;;;;  rmail-file-name) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20762 9398 526093
23018 ;;;;;;  0))
23019 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23020
23021 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23022 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23023
23024 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23025
23026 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23027
23028 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23029 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23030 Its name should end with a slash.")
23031
23032 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23033 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23034
23035 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23036 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23037 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23038
23039 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23040
23041 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23042 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23043 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23044 when receiving new mail.  If it matches the address of the sender,
23045 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23046 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23047 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23048
23049 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23050 sent by you under different user names.
23051 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23052
23053 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23054
23055 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23056
23057 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23058
23059 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23060 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23061 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23062 explicitly.")
23063
23064 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23065
23066 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23067 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23068 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23069 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23070 which normally happens once for each message,
23071 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23072 To make a change in this variable take effect
23073 for a message that you have already viewed,
23074 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23075
23076 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23077
23078 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23079 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23080 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23081 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23082
23083 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23084
23085 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23086 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23087
23088 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23089
23090 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23091 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23092 A value of nil means don't highlight.  Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23093
23094 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23095
23096 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23097 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23098 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL.  If that is
23099 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23100 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23101 operating system).  For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23102
23103 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23104
23105 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23106 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23107
23108 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23109
23110 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23111 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23112
23113 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23114
23115 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23116 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23117
23118 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23119 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23120
23121 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23122
23123 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23124 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23125
23126 This is set to nil by default.")
23127
23128 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23129 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23130 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23131 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23132 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23133 buffer containing the message to forward.  The current buffer
23134 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23135
23136 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23137 Read and edit incoming mail.
23138 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23139 file in RMAIL Mode.
23140 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23141
23142 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23143 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23144 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23145 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23146
23147 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23148
23149 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23150
23151 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23152 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23153 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23154 Instead, these commands are available:
23155
23156 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message]  Move point to front of this message.
23157 \\[rmail-end-of-message]        Move point to bottom of this message.
23158 \\[scroll-up]   Scroll to next screen of this message.
23159 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23160 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message]        Move to Next non-deleted message.
23161 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message]    Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23162 \\[rmail-next-message]  Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23163 \\[rmail-previous-message]      Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23164 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23165 \\[rmail-last-message]  Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23166 \\[rmail-show-message]  Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23167 \\[rmail-search]        Search for string and show message it is found in.
23168 \\[rmail-delete-forward]        Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23169 \\[rmail-delete-backward]       Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23170 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message]     Undelete message.  Tries current message, then earlier messages
23171         till a deleted message is found.
23172 \\[rmail-edit-current-message]  Edit the current message.  \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23173 \\[rmail-expunge]       Expunge deleted messages.
23174 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save]      Expunge and save the file.
23175 \\[rmail-quit]       Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23176 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23177 \\[rmail-get-new-mail]  Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23178 \\[rmail-mail]  Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23179 \\[rmail-continue]      Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23180 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message.  Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23181 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again.  Used on a mailer failure message.
23182 \\[rmail-forward]       Forward this message to another user.
23183 \\[rmail-output]        Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23184 \\[rmail-output-as-seen]        Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23185 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file]   Save message body to a file.  Default filename comes from Subject line.
23186 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file.  Run Rmail on that file.
23187 \\[rmail-add-label]     Add label to message.  It will be displayed in the mode line.
23188 \\[rmail-kill-label]    Kill label.  Remove a label from current message.
23189 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message]   Move to Next message with specified label
23190           (label defaults to last one specified).
23191           Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23192           Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23193 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message]   Move to Previous message with specified label
23194 \\[rmail-summary]       Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23195 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels]     Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23196 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients]   Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23197 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp]   Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23198 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic]   Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23199 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23200
23201 \(fn)" t nil)
23202
23203 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23204 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23205
23206 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23207
23208 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23209 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23210
23211 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23212
23213 ;;;***
23214 \f
23215 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23216 ;;;;;;  rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20709 26818
23217 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
23218 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23219 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23220
23221 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23222 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23223 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23224 case it writes Babyl.
23225
23226 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23227 which is updated to the name you use in this command.  In all uses, if
23228 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23229 `rmail-default-file'.
23230
23231 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23232 rather than saving the file directly.  If the buffer is an Rmail
23233 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23234
23235 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23236 the header display is currently pruned.
23237
23238 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23239 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23240 deleted messages).  If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23241 messages after output.
23242
23243 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23244 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23245 message (if writing a file directly).
23246
23247 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23248 from a non-Rmail buffer.  In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23249
23250 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23251
23252 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23253 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23254 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23255   i) the header is output as currently seen
23256  ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23257 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23258
23259 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23260 function and `rmail-output'.  This argument may be removed in future,
23261 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23262
23263 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23264
23265 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23266 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23267 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23268 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'.  Updates the value
23269 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly.  In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23270 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23271 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23272
23273 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23274 than appending to it.  Deletes the message after writing if
23275 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23276
23277 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23278
23279 ;;;***
23280 \f
23281 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23282 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
23283 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23284
23285 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23286 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23287 Return a pattern.
23288
23289 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23290
23291 ;;;***
23292 \f
23293 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23294 ;;;;;;  (20813 33065 721081 0))
23295 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23296
23297 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23298 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23299 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23300 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23301
23302 \(fn)" t nil)
23303
23304 ;;;***
23305 \f
23306 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23307 ;;;;;;  (20814 53928 50501 0))
23308 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23309
23310 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23311 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23312
23313 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23314 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23315 RELAX NG schema.  The mode-line indicates whether it is or not.  Any
23316 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23317 are highlighted with face `rng-error'.  A description of each error is
23318 available as a tooltip.  \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23319 after point.  Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23320 goes to the first error in the buffer.  If the buffer changes, then it
23321 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23322 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23323
23324 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23325 document.  A schema can be specified explicitly using
23326 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23327 file name or on the root element name.  In each case the schema must
23328 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23329 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc').  The variable
23330 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23331 to use for finding the schema.
23332
23333 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23334
23335 ;;;***
23336 \f
23337 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20709
23338 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
23339 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23340
23341 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23342
23343 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23344 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23345 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype.  PARAMS is a
23346 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23347 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23348 its value.  If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23349 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23350 rng-dt-error will be returned.  Otherwise, it returns a list.  The
23351 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23352 datatype and nil otherwise.  The second argument is a symbol; this
23353 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23354 the remaining members of the list.  The function must return an object
23355 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23356 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23357 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23358 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23359 must be equal.
23360
23361 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23362
23363 ;;;***
23364 \f
23365 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23366 ;;;;;;  "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
23367 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23368
23369 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23370 Define a robin package.
23371
23372 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23373 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23374 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23375 OUTPUT is either a character or a string.  RULES are not evaluated.
23376
23377 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23378 one replaces the old one.
23379
23380 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23381
23382 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23383 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23384
23385 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23386 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23387 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23388
23389 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23390
23391 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23392 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23393
23394 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23395
23396 ;;;***
23397 \f
23398 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23399 ;;;;;;  rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20709 26818 907104
23400 ;;;;;;  0))
23401 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23402
23403 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23404 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23405
23406 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23407
23408 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23409 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23410
23411 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23412
23413 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23414 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23415
23416 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23417
23418 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23419 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23420 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23421
23422 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window.  As long as that window
23423 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23424 in ROT13.
23425
23426 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23427
23428 \(fn)" t nil)
23429
23430 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23431 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23432
23433 \(fn)" t nil)
23434
23435 ;;;***
23436 \f
23437 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23438 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
23439 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23440  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23441
23442 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23443 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23444 \\<rst-mode-map>
23445
23446 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23447 and `rst-mode-hook'.  This mode also supports font-lock
23448 highlighting.
23449
23450 \\{rst-mode-map}
23451
23452 \(fn)" t nil)
23453
23454 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23455 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23456 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23457 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23458 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23459
23460 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23461 are installed on top of the major mode bindings.  Use this
23462 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23463
23464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23465
23466 ;;;***
23467 \f
23468 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23469 ;;;;;;  (20792 30519 8548 0))
23470 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23471
23472 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23473 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23474 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23475 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23476 nesting into account.
23477
23478 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23479
23480 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23481
23482 \(fn)" t nil)
23483
23484 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23485
23486 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "Rakefile\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23487
23488 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.gemspec\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23489
23490 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23491
23492 ;;;***
23493 \f
23494 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20791
23495 ;;;;;;  9657 561026 0))
23496 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23497
23498 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23499 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23500 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23501
23502 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23503 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23504 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23505 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23506 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23507
23508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23509
23510 ;;;***
23511 \f
23512 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20709
23513 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
23514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23515
23516 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23517 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23518 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23519 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23520
23521 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23522
23523 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23524 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23525 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23526
23527 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23528  compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23529 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23530
23531 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23532 notation.
23533
23534 STRING
23535      matches string STRING literally.
23536
23537 CHAR
23538      matches character CHAR literally.
23539
23540 `not-newline', `nonl'
23541      matches any character except a newline.
23542
23543 `anything'
23544      matches any character
23545
23546 `(any SET ...)'
23547 `(in SET ...)'
23548 `(char SET ...)'
23549      matches any character in SET ....  SET may be a character or string.
23550      Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23551      Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23552
23553      SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23554      `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23555      `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23556      `word', or one of their synonyms.
23557
23558 `(not (any SET ...))'
23559      matches any character not in SET ...
23560
23561 `line-start', `bol'
23562      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23563      in the text being matched
23564
23565 `line-end', `eol'
23566      is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23567
23568 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23569      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23570      string being matched against.
23571
23572 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23573      matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23574      string being matched against.
23575
23576 `buffer-start'
23577      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23578      buffer being matched against.  Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23579
23580 `buffer-end'
23581      matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23582      buffer being matched against.  Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23583
23584 `point'
23585      matches the empty string, but only at point.
23586
23587 `word-start', `bow'
23588      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23589
23590 `word-end', `eow'
23591      matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23592
23593 `word-boundary'
23594      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23595      word.
23596
23597 `(not word-boundary)'
23598 `not-word-boundary'
23599      matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23600      word.
23601
23602 `symbol-start'
23603      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23604
23605 `symbol-end'
23606      matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23607
23608 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23609      matches 0 through 9.
23610
23611 `control', `cntrl'
23612      matches ASCII control characters.
23613
23614 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23615      matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23616
23617 `blank'
23618      matches space and tab only.
23619
23620 `graphic', `graph'
23621      matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23622      space, and DEL.
23623
23624 `printing', `print'
23625      matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23626      and DEL.
23627
23628 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23629      matches letters and digits.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23630      it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23631
23632 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23633      matches letters.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23634      it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23635
23636 `ascii'
23637      matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23638
23639 `nonascii'
23640      matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23641
23642 `lower', `lower-case'
23643      matches anything lower-case.
23644
23645 `upper', `upper-case'
23646      matches anything upper-case.
23647
23648 `punctuation', `punct'
23649      matches punctuation.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23650      it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23651
23652 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23653      matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23654
23655 `word', `wordchar'
23656      matches anything that has word syntax.
23657
23658 `not-wordchar'
23659      matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23660
23661 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23662      matches a character with syntax SYNTAX.  SYNTAX must be one
23663      of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23664      character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23665
23666      `whitespace'               (\\s- in string notation)
23667      `punctuation'              (\\s.)
23668      `word'                     (\\sw)
23669      `symbol'                   (\\s_)
23670      `open-parenthesis'         (\\s()
23671      `close-parenthesis'        (\\s))
23672      `expression-prefix'        (\\s')
23673      `string-quote'             (\\s\")
23674      `paired-delimiter'         (\\s$)
23675      `escape'                   (\\s\\)
23676      `character-quote'          (\\s/)
23677      `comment-start'            (\\s<)
23678      `comment-end'              (\\s>)
23679      `string-delimiter'         (\\s|)
23680      `comment-delimiter'        (\\s!)
23681
23682 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23683      matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23684
23685 `(category CATEGORY)'
23686      matches a character with category CATEGORY.  CATEGORY must be
23687      either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23688
23689      `consonant'                        (\\c0 in string notation)
23690      `base-vowel'                       (\\c1)
23691      `upper-diacritical-mark'           (\\c2)
23692      `lower-diacritical-mark'           (\\c3)
23693      `tone-mark'                        (\\c4)
23694      `symbol'                           (\\c5)
23695      `digit'                            (\\c6)
23696      `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23697      `vowel-sign'                       (\\c8)
23698      `semivowel-lower'                  (\\c9)
23699      `not-at-end-of-line'               (\\c<)
23700      `not-at-beginning-of-line'         (\\c>)
23701      `alpha-numeric-two-byte'           (\\cA)
23702      `chinse-two-byte'                  (\\cC)
23703      `greek-two-byte'                   (\\cG)
23704      `japanese-hiragana-two-byte'       (\\cH)
23705      `indian-tow-byte'                  (\\cI)
23706      `japanese-katakana-two-byte'       (\\cK)
23707      `korean-hangul-two-byte'           (\\cN)
23708      `cyrillic-two-byte'                (\\cY)
23709      `combining-diacritic'              (\\c^)
23710      `ascii'                            (\\ca)
23711      `arabic'                           (\\cb)
23712      `chinese'                          (\\cc)
23713      `ethiopic'                         (\\ce)
23714      `greek'                            (\\cg)
23715      `korean'                           (\\ch)
23716      `indian'                           (\\ci)
23717      `japanese'                         (\\cj)
23718      `japanese-katakana'                (\\ck)
23719      `latin'                            (\\cl)
23720      `lao'                              (\\co)
23721      `tibetan'                          (\\cq)
23722      `japanese-roman'                   (\\cr)
23723      `thai'                             (\\ct)
23724      `vietnamese'                       (\\cv)
23725      `hebrew'                           (\\cw)
23726      `cyrillic'                         (\\cy)
23727      `can-break'                        (\\c|)
23728
23729 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23730      matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23731
23732 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23733 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23734 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23735 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23736      matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23737
23738 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23739 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23740      like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23741      `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23742
23743 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23744 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23745      like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23746      group number N.
23747
23748 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23749 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23750      matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc.  If all
23751      args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23752      regular expression.
23753
23754 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23755      produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP.  Normally, regexps matching
23756      zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23757      match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23758      still match.  A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23759
23760 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23761      produce a greedy regexp for SEXP.  This is the default.
23762
23763 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23764 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23765
23766 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23767 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23768      matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23769
23770 `(* SEXP ...)'
23771      like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23772      of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23773
23774 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23775      like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23776      independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23777
23778 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23779 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23780      matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23781
23782 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23783      like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23784
23785 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23786      like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23787
23788 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23789 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23790 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23791      matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23792
23793 `(? SEXP ...)'
23794      like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23795
23796 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23797      like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23798
23799 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23800 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23801      matches N occurrences.
23802
23803 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23804      matches N or more occurrences.
23805
23806 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23807 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23808      matches N to M occurrences.
23809
23810 `(backref N)'
23811      matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23812
23813 `(eval FORM)'
23814      evaluate FORM and insert result.  If result is a string,
23815      `regexp-quote' it.
23816
23817 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23818      include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23819
23820 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23821
23822 ;;;***
23823 \f
23824 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20709
23825 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
23826 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23827
23828 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23829 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23830 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23831 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23832 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23833 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23834
23835 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23836
23837 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23838 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23839 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23840 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23841 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23842
23843 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23844 periodically and when exiting Emacs.  When Savehist mode is
23845 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23846 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23847
23848 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23849 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23850 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23851
23852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23853
23854 ;;;***
23855 \f
23856 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23857 ;;;;;;  (20805 38951 572072 0))
23858 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23859
23860 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23861 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23862 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23863
23864 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23865 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23866 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23867 mode line of all Scheme buffers.  The names of commands that interact
23868 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23869 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23870 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'.  Use \\[run-scheme] to
23871 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23872
23873 Commands:
23874 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23875 Blank lines separate paragraphs.  Semicolons start comments.
23876 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23877 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23878 if that value is non-nil.
23879
23880 \(fn)" t nil)
23881
23882 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23883 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23884 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23885
23886 Commands:
23887 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23888 Blank lines separate paragraphs.  Semicolons start comments.
23889 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23890 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23891 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23892 that variable's value is a string.
23893
23894 \(fn)" t nil)
23895
23896 ;;;***
23897 \f
23898 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23899 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
23900 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23901
23902 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23903 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23904 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23905
23906 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23907
23908 \(fn)" t nil)
23909
23910 ;;;***
23911 \f
23912 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23913 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
23914 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23915
23916 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23917 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23918 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23919 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23920 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23921 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23922
23923 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23924
23925 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23926 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23927 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23928 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23929 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23930
23931 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23932 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23933
23934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23935
23936 ;;;***
23937 \f
23938 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23939 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
23940 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23941
23942 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23943 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23944 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23945 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23946 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When enabled, keys that normally move
23947 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23948 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23949 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23950
23951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23952
23953 ;;;***
23954 \f
23955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20709 26818 907104
23956 ;;;;;;  0))
23957 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23958 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23959  (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23960
23961 ;;;***
23962 \f
23963 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23964 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic.el" (20813 33065 721081 0))
23965 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23966
23967 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23968 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23969 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23970
23971  `global-semanticdb-minor-mode'        - Maintain tag database.
23972  `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23973  `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode'   - Show summary of tag at point.
23974  `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23975  `global-semantic-decoration-mode'     - Additional tag decorations.
23976  `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23977  `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode'     - Show current fun in header line.
23978  `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode'   - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23979                                          keybinding for tag names.
23980  `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode'          - A mouse 3 context menu.
23981  `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23982                                          of the symbol under point.
23983 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23984  some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23985  `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23986                                          highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23987  `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23988                                          syntax tokens.
23989  `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23990
23991 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23992
23993 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23994 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23995 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23996 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23997 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23998 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23999
24000 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24001
24002 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24003 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24004 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24005 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
24006 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24007
24008 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24009 semantic content.  This information is used by a variety of
24010 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24011 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24012 Semantic mode.
24013
24014 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24015
24016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24017
24018 ;;;***
24019 \f
24020 ;;;### (autoloads (bovine-grammar-mode) "semantic/bovine/grammar"
24021 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24022 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24023
24024 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24025 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24026
24027 \(fn)" t nil)
24028
24029 ;;;***
24030 \f
24031 ;;;### (autoloads (wisent-grammar-mode) "semantic/wisent/grammar"
24032 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24033 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24034
24035 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24036 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24037
24038 \(fn)" t nil)
24039
24040 ;;;***
24041 \f
24042 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24043 ;;;;;;  mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
24044 ;;;;;;  mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
24045 ;;;;;;  mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
24046 ;;;;;;  mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
24047 ;;;;;;  mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24048 ;;;;;;  mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24049 ;;;;;;  mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24050 ;;;;;;  "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20723 59703 12265 0))
24051 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24052
24053 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24054 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24055
24056 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24057         king@grassland.com
24058 If `parens', they look like:
24059         king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24060 If `angles', they look like:
24061         Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24062
24063 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24064 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24065
24066 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24067
24068 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24069 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24070 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24071 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24072
24073 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24074 privileged operation.  This variable affects sendmail and
24075 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24076 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24077
24078 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24079
24080 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24081 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24082 This is done when the message is initialized,
24083 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24084
24085 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24086
24087 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24088 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24089 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24090
24091 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24092
24093 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24094 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24095 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24096 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24097 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24098 This is used by the default mail-sending commands.  See also
24099 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24100
24101 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24102
24103 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24104 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24105
24106 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24107
24108 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24109 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24110 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24111 be a Babyl file.")
24112
24113 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24114
24115 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24116 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24117 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24118 when you first send mail.")
24119
24120 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24121
24122 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24123 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24124 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24125 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24126 This file need not actually exist.")
24127
24128 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24129
24130 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24131 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24132
24133 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24134
24135 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24136 Alist of mail address aliases,
24137 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24138 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24139 can specify a different file name.)
24140 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24141     alias ALIAS MEANING")
24142
24143 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24144 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24145 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24146
24147 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24148
24149 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24150 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24151 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24152
24153 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24154
24155 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24156 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24157 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24158 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24159 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24160 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24161 in the cited portion of the message.
24162
24163 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24164 instead of no action.")
24165
24166 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24167
24168 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([     ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[       ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24169 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24170 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24171 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24172 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24173
24174 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24175
24176 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24177 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24178 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24179 If a string, that string is inserted.
24180  (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24181   which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24182 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24183 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24184
24185 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24186
24187 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24188 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24189
24190 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24191
24192 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24193 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24194 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24195
24196 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24197 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24198
24199 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24200
24201 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24202 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24203 It can contain newlines, and should end in one.  It is inserted
24204 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24205
24206 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24207
24208 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24209 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24210 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24211
24212 \(fn)" nil nil)
24213
24214 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24215
24216 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24217
24218
24219 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24220
24221 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24222 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24223 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24224
24225 \\[mail-send]  mail-send (send the message)
24226 \\[mail-send-and-exit]  mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24227
24228 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24229          \\[mail-to]  move to To:       \\[mail-subject]  move to Subj:
24230          \\[mail-bcc]  move to BCC:     \\[mail-cc]  move to CC:
24231          \\[mail-fcc]  move to FCC:     \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24232          \\[mail-mail-reply-to]  move to Mail-Reply-To:
24233          \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24234 \\[mail-text]  move to message text.
24235 \\[mail-signature]  mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24236 \\[mail-yank-original]  mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24237 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message]  mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24238 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24239 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24240 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24241 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24242
24243 \(fn)" t nil)
24244
24245 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24246 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24247 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24248 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24249
24250 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24251
24252 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24253 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24254 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24255 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24256 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24257 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24258
24259 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24260 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24261 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24262
24263 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24264 User should not set this variable manually,
24265 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24266 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24267 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24268
24269 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24270 Edit a message to be sent.  Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24271 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24272 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24273
24274 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24275 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24276
24277 \\<mail-mode-map>
24278 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24279
24280 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24281 to move to message header fields:
24282 \\{mail-mode-map}
24283
24284 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24285 when the message is initialized.
24286
24287 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24288 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24289
24290 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24291 is inserted.
24292
24293 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24294 initialized.  It can add more default fields to the message.
24295
24296 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24297 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer.  If NOERASE is nil, the
24298 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24299 keep the old contents or to erase them.  If NOERASE has the value
24300 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24301 one.  Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24302 buffer without erasing the contents.
24303
24304 The second through fifth arguments,
24305  TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24306  the initial contents of those header fields.
24307  These arguments should not have final newlines.
24308 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24309  original message being replied to, or else an action
24310  of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24311  Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24312 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24313  if/when the message is sent.  Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24314  when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24315  This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24316
24317 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24318
24319 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24320 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24321
24322 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24323
24324 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24325 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24326
24327 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24328
24329 ;;;***
24330 \f
24331 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24332 ;;;;;;  server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20763
24333 ;;;;;;  30266 231060 0))
24334 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24335
24336 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24337
24338 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24339
24340 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24341
24342 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24343 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24344 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24345 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24346 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24347 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24348
24349 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24350 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24351
24352 If a server is already running, restart it.  If clients are
24353 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24354 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24355
24356 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24357 \\[server-start].
24358
24359 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24360
24361 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24362 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24363 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24364 NAME defaults to `server-name'.  With argument, ask for NAME.
24365
24366 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24367
24368 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24369 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24370 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24371 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24372 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24373 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24374
24375 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24376
24377 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24378 Toggle Server mode.
24379 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24380 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
24381 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24382
24383 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24384 `emacsclient' program.  See Info node `Emacs server' and
24385 `server-start' for details.
24386
24387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24388
24389 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24390 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24391 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24392
24393 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24394 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24395
24396 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24397
24398 ;;;***
24399 \f
24400 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24401 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24402
24403 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24404 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24405 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24406
24407 Key definitions:
24408 \\{ses-mode-map}
24409 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24410 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24411 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24412 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24413
24414 \(fn)" t nil)
24415
24416 ;;;***
24417 \f
24418 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24419 ;;;;;;  (20784 36406 653593 0))
24420 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24421
24422 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24423 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24424 Makes > match <.
24425 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24426 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24427
24428 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24429 the next N words.  In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24430 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24431
24432 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24433 in your init file.
24434
24435 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24436
24437 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24438 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24439 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24440
24441 \(fn)" t nil)
24442
24443 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24444 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24445 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24446 completion.  See below for an introduction to HTML.  Use
24447 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out.  See also `sgml-mode' on
24448 which this is based.
24449
24450 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24451
24452 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things.  Most
24453 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24454 you can imitate various tricks.  Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24455 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24456
24457 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page.  Pages can
24458 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24459 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24460
24461 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag.  Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24462 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre>  Text can be marked as
24463 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24464 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24465
24466 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24467 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>.  In the same way <a
24468 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24469 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24470
24471 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24472
24473 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24474 interesting.  But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24475 To work around that, do:
24476    (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24477
24478 \\{html-mode-map}
24479
24480 \(fn)" t nil)
24481
24482 ;;;***
24483 \f
24484 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24485 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
24486 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24487 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24488
24489 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24490 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24491 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24492 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24493 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24494 assumed.  Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24495
24496 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24497 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature').  This
24498 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24499 shell-specific features.
24500
24501 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24502 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used.  The
24503 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24504 \\<sh-mode-map>
24505 \\[sh-case]      case statement
24506 \\[sh-for]       for loop
24507 \\[sh-function]  function definition
24508 \\[sh-if]        if statement
24509 \\[sh-indexed-loop]      indexed loop from 1 to n
24510 \\[sh-while-getopts]     while getopts loop
24511 \\[sh-repeat]    repeat loop
24512 \\[sh-select]    select loop
24513 \\[sh-until]     until loop
24514 \\[sh-while]     while loop
24515
24516 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24517 \\[sh-show-indent]      Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24518 \\[sh-set-indent]       Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24519 \\[sh-learn-line-indent]        Change the indentation variable so this line
24520 would indent to the way it currently is.
24521 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent]  Set the indentation variables so the
24522 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24523
24524
24525 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify]        Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24526 \\[newline-and-indent]   Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24527 \\[sh-end-of-command]    Go to end of successive commands.
24528 \\[sh-beginning-of-command]      Go to beginning of successive commands.
24529 \\[sh-set-shell]         Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24530 \\[sh-execute-region]    Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24531
24532 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24533 unquoted < insert a here document.
24534
24535 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24536 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly.  If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24537 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24538
24539 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24540 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24541
24542 \(fn)" t nil)
24543
24544 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24545
24546 ;;;***
24547 \f
24548 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24549 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
24550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24551
24552 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24553 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24554
24555 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24556 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24557 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24558
24559 This function lists potential load path problems.  Directories in
24560 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24561 files.  When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24562 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24563 the earlier.
24564
24565 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24566
24567 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24568
24569 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el.  Then
24570 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24571 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24572
24573 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24574 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24575
24576 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24577 problems.  For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24578 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24579 19.30.  An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24580 it.  Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24581 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24582 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24583 Emacs version).
24584
24585 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24586 shadowings.  Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24587 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored.  A file
24588 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24589 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24590
24591 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24592 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24593
24594 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24595
24596 ;;;***
24597 \f
24598 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24599 ;;;;;;  shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20799
24600 ;;;;;;  169 640767 0))
24601 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24602
24603 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24604 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24605 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24606 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them.  Clusters are
24607 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24608 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24609 sites in the cluster.
24610
24611 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24612
24613 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24614 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24615 It may have different filenames on each site.  When this file is edited, the
24616 new version will be copied to each of the other locations.  Sites can be
24617 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24618
24619 \(fn)" t nil)
24620
24621 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24622 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24623 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24624 of sites, which are also prompted for.  The filenames must be identical on all
24625 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24626 function).  Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24627 `shadow-define-cluster').
24628
24629 \(fn)" t nil)
24630
24631 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24632 Set up file shadowing.
24633
24634 \(fn)" t nil)
24635
24636 ;;;***
24637 \f
24638 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24639 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
24640 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24641
24642 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24643 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24644 don't handle the backslash as a quote character.  For shells that
24645 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24646 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24647 arguments.")
24648
24649 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24650
24651 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24652 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24653 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24654 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24655 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24656
24657 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24658 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24659 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24660  or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24661  or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24662 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24663 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24664 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24665 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24666 and controlling the subjobs of the shell.  See `shell-mode'.
24667 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24668
24669 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24670 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24671 before \\[shell].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24672 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24673 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24674 `default-process-coding-system'.
24675
24676 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24677 such as `explicit-csh-args'.  If that symbol is a variable,
24678 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24679 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24680
24681 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24682
24683 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24684
24685 ;;;***
24686 \f
24687 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20791
24688 ;;;;;;  9657 561026 0))
24689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
24690
24691 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24692 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24693 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24694 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24695
24696 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24697
24698 ;;;***
24699 \f
24700 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-kill sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload
24701 ;;;;;;  sieve-manage) "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20709 26818 907104
24702 ;;;;;;  0))
24703 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24704
24705 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24706
24707
24708 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24709
24710 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24711
24712
24713 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24714
24715 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24716
24717
24718 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24719
24720 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24721
24722
24723 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24724
24725 ;;;***
24726 \f
24727 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24728 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
24729 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24730
24731 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24732 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24733 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments.  Its keymap
24734 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24735 indentation.  It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24736
24737 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24738
24739 \(fn)" t nil)
24740
24741 ;;;***
24742 \f
24743 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20777
24744 ;;;;;;  63161 848428 0))
24745 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24746
24747 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24748 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24749 \\{simula-mode-map}
24750 Variables controlling indentation style:
24751  `simula-tab-always-indent'
24752     Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24753     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24754  `simula-indent-level'
24755     Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24756  `simula-substatement-offset'
24757     Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24758  `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24759     Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24760     e.g. a nested FOR-loop.  If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24761     line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24762     with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24763  `simula-label-offset' -4711
24764     Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24765  `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24766     Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24767     Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24768     extra ELSE indentation.  IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24769  `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24770     Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24771     corresponding INSPECT.  Value is a cons cell, the car is
24772     extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24773  `simula-electric-indent' nil
24774     If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24775     will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24776  `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24777     Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded.  Value is one of
24778     the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24779     or nil if they should not be changed.
24780  `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24781     Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24782     expanded.  Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24783     (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24784
24785 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24786 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24787
24788 \(fn)" t nil)
24789
24790 ;;;***
24791 \f
24792 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24793 ;;;;;;  define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20709 26818 907104
24794 ;;;;;;  0))
24795 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24796
24797 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24798 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24799
24800 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24801 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24802 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24803 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24804
24805 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24806
24807 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24808
24809 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24810 Insert SKELETON.
24811 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24812 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24813 on `skeleton-autowrap'.  An ARG of  M-0  will prevent this just for once.
24814 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24815 \\[edit-abbrevs]  buffer: \"\"  command-name).
24816
24817 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24818 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24819
24820 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24821
24822 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24823 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24824
24825 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24826 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24827 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24828 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24829
24830 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24831 points.  If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24832 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24833 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24834
24835 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24836 variable `str' within the skeleton.  When this is non-nil, the
24837 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24838
24839 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...).  INTERACTOR may be nil if
24840 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24841
24842 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24843 `skeleton-transformation-function').  Other possibilities are:
24844
24845         \\n     go to next line and indent according to mode
24846         _       interesting point, interregion here
24847         -       interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24848                 interesting point set by _
24849         >       indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24850         @       add position to `skeleton-positions'
24851         &       do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24852         |       do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24853         -num    delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24854         resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24855         nil     skipped
24856
24857 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24858 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24859
24860 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.  ELEMENT may
24861 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR.  The user is prompted repeatedly for
24862 different inputs.  The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24863 non-empty string.  \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24864 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any.  If INTERACTOR in such
24865 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24866 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'.  Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24867 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24868
24869 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24870 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24871 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24872 endless loop.  Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24873 to any valid skeleton element.  The following local variables are
24874 available:
24875
24876         str     first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24877                 then: insert previously read string once more
24878         help    help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24879         input   initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24880         v1, v2  local variables for memorizing anything you want
24881
24882 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24883 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24884
24885 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24886
24887 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24888 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24889
24890 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur.  If the region
24891 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24892 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24893 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24894 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24895 such as backslash.
24896
24897 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24898 the defaults are used.  These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24899 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24900
24901 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24902
24903 ;;;***
24904 \f
24905 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24906 ;;;;;;  "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24907 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24908
24909 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24910 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24911 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24912 buffer names.
24913
24914 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24915
24916 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24917 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24918 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24919 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24920 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24921 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24922
24923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24924
24925 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24926 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24927 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24928
24929 \(fn)" t nil)
24930
24931 ;;;***
24932 \f
24933 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24934 ;;;;;;  (20726 5184 974741 509000))
24935 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24936
24937 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24938 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24939 A list of images is returned.
24940
24941 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24942
24943 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24944 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24945 interactively.  If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24946
24947 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24948
24949 ;;;***
24950 \f
24951 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24952 ;;;;;;  "mail/smtpmail.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
24953 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24954
24955 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24956
24957
24958 \(fn)" nil nil)
24959
24960 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24961 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24962
24963 \(fn)" t nil)
24964
24965 ;;;***
24966 \f
24967 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20709 26818 907104
24968 ;;;;;;  0))
24969 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24970
24971 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24972 Play the Snake game.
24973 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24974
24975 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24976
24977 Snake mode keybindings:
24978    \\<snake-mode-map>
24979 \\[snake-start-game]    Starts a new game of Snake
24980 \\[snake-end-game]      Terminates the current game
24981 \\[snake-pause-game]    Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24982 \\[snake-move-left]     Makes the snake move left
24983 \\[snake-move-right]    Makes the snake move right
24984 \\[snake-move-up]       Makes the snake move up
24985 \\[snake-move-down]     Makes the snake move down
24986
24987 \(fn)" t nil)
24988
24989 ;;;***
24990 \f
24991 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24992 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
24993 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24994
24995 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24996 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24997 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24998 Tab indents for C code.
24999 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25000 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25001 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25002 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25003 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25004
25005 \(fn)" t nil)
25006
25007 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25008 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25009 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25010 Tab indents for C code.
25011 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25012 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25013 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25014 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25015 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25016
25017 \(fn)" t nil)
25018
25019 ;;;***
25020 \f
25021 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20709
25022 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
25023 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25024
25025 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25026 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today.  Accurate to a few seconds.
25027 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25028 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25029 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25030
25031 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25032
25033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25034
25035 ;;;***
25036 \f
25037 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20709
25038 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
25039 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25040
25041 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25042 Play Solitaire.
25043
25044 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25045 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25046 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25047 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25048 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25049 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25050 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25051 check after each move or undo.)
25052
25053 What is Solitaire?
25054
25055 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25056 its origin seems to be northern Africa.  Here's how to play:
25057 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25058
25059         Le Solitaire
25060         ============
25061
25062                 o   o   o
25063
25064                 o   o   o
25065
25066         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
25067
25068         o   o   o   .   o   o   o
25069
25070         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
25071
25072                 o   o   o
25073
25074                 o   o   o
25075
25076 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes.  One stone fits into one
25077 hole.  As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones.  The
25078 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25079 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25080
25081 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25082 after that one.  Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25083 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25084 this:  o  o  .
25085
25086 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25087 which therefore is taken away.  The above thus `evaluates' to:  .  .  o
25088
25089 That's all.  Here's the board after two moves:
25090
25091                 o   o   o
25092
25093                 .   o   o
25094
25095         o   o   .   o   o   o   o
25096
25097         o   .   o   o   o   o   o
25098
25099         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
25100
25101                 o   o   o
25102
25103                 o   o   o
25104
25105 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25106
25107 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25108
25109 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25110
25111 ;;;***
25112 \f
25113 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-duplicate-lines reverse-region sort-columns
25114 ;;;;;;  sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages
25115 ;;;;;;  sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20709
25116 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
25117 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25118 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25119
25120 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25121 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25122
25123 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25124 called sort records.  A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25125 it) is designated as the sort key.  The records are rearranged in the
25126 buffer in order by their sort keys.  The records may or may not be
25127 contiguous.
25128
25129 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25130 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25131 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25132 the sort order.
25133
25134 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25135 across a sort record.  They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25136
25137 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25138 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25139 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25140 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25141 is called.
25142
25143 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25144 It should move point to the end of the record.
25145
25146 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25147 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25148 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25149 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called.  If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25150 starts at the beginning of the record.
25151
25152 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25153 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25154 same as ENDRECFUN.
25155
25156 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25157 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25158 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25159 second key.  If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25160 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25161 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25162 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25163
25164 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25165
25166 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25167 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25168 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25169 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25170 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25171 the sort order.
25172
25173 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25174
25175 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25176 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25177 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25178 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25179 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25180 the sort order.
25181
25182 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25183
25184 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25185 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25186 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25187 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25188 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25189 the sort order.
25190
25191 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25192 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25193
25194 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25195 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25196 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25197 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25198 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25199 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25200 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25201 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25202 FIELD, BEG and END.  BEG and END specify region to sort.
25203
25204 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25205
25206 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25207 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25208 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25209 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25210 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25211 FIELD, BEG and END.  BEG and END specify region to sort.
25212 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25213 the sort order.
25214
25215 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25216
25217 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25218 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25219 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25220 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25221
25222 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25223   For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25224
25225 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25226   RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25227   If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25228   match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25229   If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25230   Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25231   to search within the record.  If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25232   found within a record, that record is ignored.
25233
25234 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25235
25236 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25237 the sort order.
25238
25239 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25240  starting with the letter \"f\",
25241  RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25242
25243 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25244
25245 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25246 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25247 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25248 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25249 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25250 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25251 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25252 the sort order.
25253
25254 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25255 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25256 and it doesn't know how to handle that.  Also, when possible,
25257 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25258 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25259
25260 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25261
25262 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25263 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25264 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25265
25266 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25267
25268 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25269 Delete duplicate lines in the region between BEG and END.
25270
25271 If REVERSE is nil, search and delete duplicates forward keeping the first
25272 occurrence of duplicate lines.  If REVERSE is non-nil (when called
25273 interactively with C-u prefix), search and delete duplicates backward
25274 keeping the last occurrence of duplicate lines.
25275
25276 If ADJACENT is non-nil (when called interactively with two C-u prefixes),
25277 delete repeated lines only if they are adjacent.  It works like the utility
25278 `uniq' and is useful when lines are already sorted in a large file since
25279 this is more efficient in performance and memory usage than when ADJACENT
25280 is nil that uses additional memory to remember previous lines.
25281
25282 When called from Lisp and INTERACTIVE is omitted or nil, return the number
25283 of deleted duplicate lines, do not print it; if INTERACTIVE is t, the
25284 function behaves in all respects as if it had been called interactively.
25285
25286 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25287
25288 ;;;***
25289 \f
25290 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20709
25291 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
25292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25293
25294 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25295 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25296 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t.  This is so you
25297 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25298 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25299 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25300
25301 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25302
25303 ;;;***
25304 \f
25305 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25306 ;;;;;;  spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25307 ;;;;;;  "gnus/spam-report.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
25308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25309
25310 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25311 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25312
25313 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25314 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file.  If KEEP is the
25315 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25316
25317 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25318
25319 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25320 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25321 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25322 server.
25323
25324 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25325
25326 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25327 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25328 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25329
25330 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25331
25332 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25333 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25334 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25335 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25336 Agent is plugged.
25337
25338 \(fn)" t nil)
25339
25340 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25341 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25342 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25343 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25344
25345 \(fn)" t nil)
25346
25347 ;;;***
25348 \f
25349 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25350 ;;;;;;  "speedbar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
25351 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25352
25353 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25354
25355 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25356 Enable or disable speedbar.  Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25357 A nil ARG means toggle.  Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25358 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed.  Currently, only one speedbar is
25359 supported at a time.
25360 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25361 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25362
25363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25364
25365 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25366 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25367 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25368 selected.  If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25369
25370 \(fn)" t nil)
25371
25372 ;;;***
25373 \f
25374 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20709
25375 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
25376 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25377
25378 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25379 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25380
25381 \(fn)" t nil)
25382
25383 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25384 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25385
25386 \(fn)" nil nil)
25387
25388 ;;;***
25389 \f
25390 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25391 ;;;;;;  sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25392 ;;;;;;  sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25393 ;;;;;;  sql-mode sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25394 ;;;;;;  (20797 44848 327754 0))
25395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25396
25397 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25398 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25399
25400 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25401 `oracle'.  KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25402 `font-lock-keywords'.  By default they are added at the beginning
25403 of the current highlighting list.  If optional argument APPEND is
25404 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25405 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25406 of the current highlighting list.
25407
25408 For example:
25409
25410  (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25411   '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25412
25413 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25414 `_t' as data types.
25415
25416 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25417
25418 (eval '(defun sql-help nil #("Show short help for the SQL modes.\n\nUse an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer.  This buffer is\nusually named `*SQL*'.  The name of the major mode is SQLi.\n\nUse the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:\n\n    \\\\FREE\n\nOther non-free SQL implementations are also supported:\n\n    \\\\NONFREE\n\nBut we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.\n\nYou can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the\ninterpreter for the current `sql-product'.\n\nOnce you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the\nbuffer.  The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt\nis generated.  See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions\nthat help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.\n\nIf you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a\nprocedure, you can do this in a separate buffer.  Put the new buffer in\n`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode].  The name of this buffer can be\nanything.  The name of the major mode is SQL.\n\nIn this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire\nbuffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode).  The results are\nappended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." 0 1 (dynamic-docstring-function sql--make-help-docstring)) (interactive) (describe-function 'sql-help)))
25419
25420 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25421 Major mode to edit SQL.
25422
25423 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25424 \\[sql-send-region].  Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25425 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25426
25427 \\{sql-mode-map}
25428 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25429
25430 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25431 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'.  This
25432 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to.  If this
25433 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25434 determine where the strings should be sent to.  You can set the
25435 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25436
25437 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25438 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25439
25440 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25441 one.  If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25442 must tell Emacs.  Here's how to do that in your init file:
25443
25444 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25445           (lambda ()
25446             (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25447
25448 \(fn)" t nil)
25449
25450 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25451 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25452
25453 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25454 their settings.
25455
25456 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25457 is specified in the connection settings.
25458
25459 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25460
25461 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25462 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25463
25464 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25465 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25466
25467 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25468 \\[universal-argument].  To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25469 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25470 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25471
25472 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25473
25474 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25475
25476 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25477 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25478
25479 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25480 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25481 `*SQL*'.
25482
25483 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'.  Login uses
25484 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25485 defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25486 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25487
25488 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25489 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25490
25491 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25492 before \\[sql-oracle].  Once session has started,
25493 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25494 buffer.
25495
25496 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25497 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25498 before \\[sql-oracle].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25499 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25500 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25501 `default-process-coding-system'.
25502
25503 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25504
25505 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25506
25507 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25508 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25509
25510 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25511 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25512 `*SQL*'.
25513
25514 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'.  Login uses
25515 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25516 `sql-database' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25517 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25518
25519 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25520 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25521
25522 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25523 before \\[sql-sybase].  Once session has started,
25524 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25525 buffer.
25526
25527 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25528 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25529 before \\[sql-sybase].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25530 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25531 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25532 `default-process-coding-system'.
25533
25534 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25535
25536 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25537
25538 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25539 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25540
25541 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25542 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25543 `*SQL*'.
25544
25545 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'.  Login uses
25546 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25547
25548 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25549 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25550
25551 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25552 before \\[sql-informix].  Once session has started,
25553 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25554 buffer.
25555
25556 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25557 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25558 before \\[sql-informix].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25559 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25560 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25561 `default-process-coding-system'.
25562
25563 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25564
25565 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25566
25567 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25568 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25569
25570 SQLite is free software.
25571
25572 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25573 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25574 `*SQL*'.
25575
25576 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'.  Login uses
25577 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25578 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25579 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25580
25581 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25582 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25583
25584 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25585 before \\[sql-sqlite].  Once session has started,
25586 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25587 buffer.
25588
25589 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25590 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25591 before \\[sql-sqlite].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25592 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25593 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25594 `default-process-coding-system'.
25595
25596 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25597
25598 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25599
25600 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25601 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25602
25603 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25604
25605 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25606 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25607 `*SQL*'.
25608
25609 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'.  Login uses
25610 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25611 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25612 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25613
25614 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25615 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25616
25617 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25618 before \\[sql-mysql].  Once session has started,
25619 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25620 buffer.
25621
25622 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25623 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25624 before \\[sql-mysql].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25625 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25626 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25627 `default-process-coding-system'.
25628
25629 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25630
25631 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25632
25633 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25634 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25635
25636 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25637 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25638 `*SQL*'.
25639
25640 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'.  Login uses
25641 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25642 defaults, if set.
25643
25644 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25645 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25646
25647 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25648 before \\[sql-solid].  Once session has started,
25649 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25650 buffer.
25651
25652 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25653 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25654 before \\[sql-solid].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25655 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25656 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25657 `default-process-coding-system'.
25658
25659 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25660
25661 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25662
25663 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25664 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25665
25666 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25667 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25668 `*SQL*'.
25669
25670 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'.  Login uses
25671 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25672
25673 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25674 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25675
25676 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25677 before \\[sql-ingres].  Once session has started,
25678 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25679 buffer.
25680
25681 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25682 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25683 before \\[sql-ingres].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25684 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25685 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25686 `default-process-coding-system'.
25687
25688 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25689
25690 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25691
25692 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25693 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25694
25695 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25696 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25697 `*SQL*'.
25698
25699 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'.  Login uses the
25700 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25701 as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters can be stored
25702 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25703
25704 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25705 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25706
25707 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25708 before \\[sql-ms].  Once session has started,
25709 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25710 buffer.
25711
25712 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25713 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25714 before \\[sql-ms].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25715 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25716 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25717 `default-process-coding-system'.
25718
25719 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25720
25721 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25722
25723 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25724 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25725
25726 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25727 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25728 `*SQL*'.
25729
25730 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'.  Login uses
25731 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25732 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25733 `sql-postgres-options'.
25734
25735 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25736 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25737
25738 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25739 before \\[sql-postgres].  Once session has started,
25740 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25741 buffer.
25742
25743 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25744 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25745 before \\[sql-postgres].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25746 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25747 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25748 `default-process-coding-system'.  If your output lines end with ^M,
25749 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system.  If this doesn't help,
25750 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25751
25752 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25753                                              '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25754
25755 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25756
25757 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25758
25759 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25760 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25761
25762 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25763 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25764 `*SQL*'.
25765
25766 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'.  Login
25767 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25768 defaults, if set.
25769
25770 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25771 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25772
25773 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25774 before \\[sql-interbase].  Once session has started,
25775 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25776 buffer.
25777
25778 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25779 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25780 before \\[sql-interbase].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25781 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25782 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25783 `default-process-coding-system'.
25784
25785 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25786
25787 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25788
25789 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25790 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25791
25792 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25793 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25794 `*SQL*'.
25795
25796 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'.  There is not
25797 automatic login.
25798
25799 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25800 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25801
25802 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25803 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary.  If you don't want that, set
25804 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25805 advice.  See the elisp manual for more information.
25806
25807 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25808 before \\[sql-db2].  Once session has started,
25809 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25810 buffer.
25811
25812 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25813 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25814 before \\[sql-db2].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25815 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25816 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25817 `default-process-coding-system'.
25818
25819 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25820
25821 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25822
25823 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25824 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25825
25826 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25827 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25828 `*SQL*'.
25829
25830 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25831 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25832 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25833 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'.  Run inl -h to get help on
25834 parameters.
25835
25836 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25837 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25838 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25839 for this to work).  If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25840 an empty password.
25841
25842 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25843 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25844
25845 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25846 before \\[sql-linter].  Once session has started,
25847 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25848 buffer.
25849
25850 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25851
25852 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25853
25854 ;;;***
25855 \f
25856 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25857 ;;;;;;  (20813 33065 721081 0))
25858 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25859
25860 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25861 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25862
25863 \(fn)" t nil)
25864
25865 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25866
25867 ;;;***
25868 \f
25869 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
25870 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
25871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25872
25873 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25874 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25875 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25876 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25877 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25878 NAME is name for process.  It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25879 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25880  Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25881  an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25882  BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25883  with any buffer
25884 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25885 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25886 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25887 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25888
25889 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25890
25891 ;;;***
25892 \f
25893 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25894 ;;;;;;  strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25895 ;;;;;;  strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25896 ;;;;;;  strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25897 ;;;;;;  strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20799
25898 ;;;;;;  169 640767 0))
25899 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25900
25901 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25902 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25903 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25904 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function.  STROKE
25905 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25906 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25907
25908 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25909
25910 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25911
25912 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25913 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25914 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25915 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25916 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25917 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25918 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25919
25920 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25921
25922 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25923 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25924 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25925 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down.  This
25926 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25927 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25928 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25929
25930 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25931
25932 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25933 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25934 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25935
25936 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25937
25938 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25939 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25940 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25941
25942 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25943
25944 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25945 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25946
25947 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25948
25949 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25950 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25951
25952 \(fn)" t nil)
25953
25954 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25955 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25956
25957 \(fn)" t nil)
25958
25959 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25960 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25961 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25962 chronologically by command name.
25963 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25964
25965 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25966
25967 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25968 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25969 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25971 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25972 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25973
25974 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25975
25976 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25977 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25978 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25979 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
25980 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25981
25982 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25983 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25984 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke].  You can define
25985 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke].  See also
25986 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25987
25988 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25989 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25990 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25991 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25992
25993 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25994
25995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25996
25997 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25998 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25999 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26000 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26001
26002 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26003
26004 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26005 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26006
26007 \(fn)" t nil)
26008
26009 ;;;***
26010 \f
26011 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26012 ;;;;;;  "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
26013 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26014
26015 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26016 Studlify-case the region.
26017
26018 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26019
26020 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26021 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26022
26023 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26024
26025 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26026 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26027
26028 \(fn)" t nil)
26029
26030 ;;;***
26031 \f
26032 ;;;### (autoloads (global-superword-mode superword-mode global-subword-mode
26033 ;;;;;;  subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (20822 48073
26034 ;;;;;;  524485 0))
26035 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26036
26037 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26038 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26039 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26040 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
26041 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26042
26043 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  Enabling it remaps
26044 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
26045 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26046 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26047
26048 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'.  Each
26049 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26050 called a `subword'.  Here are some examples:
26051
26052   Nomenclature           Subwords
26053   ===========================================================
26054   GtkWindow          =>  \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26055   EmacsFrameClass    =>  \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26056   NSGraphicsContext  =>  \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26057
26058 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26059 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26060 as words.
26061
26062 \\{subword-mode-map}
26063
26064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26065
26066 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26067 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26068 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26069 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26070 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26071 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26072
26073 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26074
26075 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26076 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26077 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26078 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26079 ARG is omitted or nil.
26080
26081 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26082 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26083 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26084
26085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26086
26087 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26088 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26089 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26090 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
26091 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26092
26093 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  Enabling it remaps
26094 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
26095 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
26096
26097 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
26098 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
26099 edit them as words.
26100
26101 \\{superword-mode-map}
26102
26103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26104
26105 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26106 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26107 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26108 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26109 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26110 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26111
26112 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26113
26114 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26115 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26116 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26117 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26118 ARG is omitted or nil.
26119
26120 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26121 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26122 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26123
26124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26125
26126 ;;;***
26127 \f
26128 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26129 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
26130 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26131
26132 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26133 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26134 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26135 function according to the agreed upon standard.  See the associated
26136 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26137 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26138 original message but it does require a few things:
26139
26140      1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26141
26142      2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26143         reply buffer.
26144
26145      3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26146         inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26147         original message.
26148
26149      4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26150
26151      5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26152
26153 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26154 function is called).  Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26155 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26156
26157 \(fn)" nil nil)
26158
26159 ;;;***
26160 \f
26161 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20709
26162 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
26163 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26164
26165 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26166
26167 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26168 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26169 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26170 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26171 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26172 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26173
26174 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26175
26176 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26177 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26178 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26179 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
26180 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26181
26182 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26183 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26184 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26185
26186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26187
26188 ;;;***
26189 \f
26190 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20709 26818
26191 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
26192 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26193
26194 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26195 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26196 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26197 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26198 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26199
26200 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26201
26202 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26203 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26204 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26205 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26206 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26207 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26208 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26209
26210 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26211
26212 ;;;***
26213 \f
26214 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26215 ;;;;;;  table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26216 ;;;;;;  table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26217 ;;;;;;  table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26218 ;;;;;;  table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26219 ;;;;;;  table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26220 ;;;;;;  table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26221 ;;;;;;  table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26222 ;;;;;;  table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26223 ;;;;;;  table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26224 ;;;;;;  table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26225 ;;;;;;  table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26226 ;;;;;;  "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
26227 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26228
26229 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26230 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26231 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26232
26233 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26234
26235 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26236 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26237
26238 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26239
26240 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26241 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26242
26243 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26244
26245 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26246 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26247
26248 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26249
26250 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26251 Insert an editable text table.
26252 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS.  Optional
26253 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26254 cell.  The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26255 is a number.  They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26256 for each cell.  When called interactively, the list of number is
26257 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26258 delimiting them.
26259
26260 Examples:
26261
26262 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26263
26264 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26265 location of point.
26266
26267     -!-
26268
26269 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key.  As it asks table
26270 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26271 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height.  Now you shall see the next
26272 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26273 first cell.
26274
26275     +-----+-----+-----+
26276     |-!-  |     |     |
26277     +-----+-----+-----+
26278
26279 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26280
26281 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26282 width, which results as
26283
26284     +--------------+-----+-----+
26285     |-!-           |     |     |
26286     +--------------+-----+-----+
26287
26288 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]).  Typing
26289 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26290
26291     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26292     |              |      |-!-                             |
26293     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26294
26295 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26296 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26297 width information to `table-insert'.
26298
26299 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26300
26301 instead of
26302
26303 Cell width(s): 5
26304
26305 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26306 work all together.
26307
26308 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26309 first cell.  Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26310
26311     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26312     |-!-           |      |                                |
26313     |              |      |                                |
26314     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26315
26316 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26317
26318     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26319     |-!-           |      |                                |
26320     |              |      |                                |
26321     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26322     |              |      |                                |
26323     |              |      |                                |
26324     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26325
26326 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26327
26328     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26329     |              |      |                                |
26330     |              |      |                                |
26331     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26332     |              |      |                                |
26333     |              |      |                                |
26334     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26335     -!-
26336
26337 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column].  \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26338 when the point is outside of the table.  This insertion at
26339 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26340
26341     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26342     |              |      |                                |
26343     |              |      |                                |
26344     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26345     |              |      |                                |
26346     |              |      |                                |
26347     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26348     |-!-           |      |                                |
26349     |              |      |                                |
26350     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26351
26352 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26353 results.
26354
26355     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26356     |              |      |                                |
26357     |              |      |                                |
26358     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26359     |              |      |Text editing inside the table   |
26360     |              |      |cell produces reasonably        |
26361     |              |      |expected results.-!-            |
26362     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26363     |              |      |                                |
26364     |              |      |                                |
26365     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26366
26367 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26368
26369 \\{table-cell-map}
26370
26371 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26372
26373 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26374 Insert N table row(s).
26375 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26376 the current row.  When point is outside of the table it must be below
26377 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26378 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26379
26380 \(fn N)" t nil)
26381
26382 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26383 Insert N table column(s).
26384 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26385 of the current column.  When point is outside of the table it must be
26386 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26387 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26388
26389 \(fn N)" t nil)
26390
26391 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26392 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26393 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26394
26395 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26396
26397 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26398 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26399 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells.  If the
26400 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26401 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26402 all the table specific features.
26403
26404 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26405
26406 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26407
26408
26409 \(fn)" t nil)
26410
26411 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26412 Recognize all tables within region.
26413 BEG and END specify the region to work on.  If the optional numeric
26414 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26415 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26416 specific features.
26417
26418 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26419
26420 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26421
26422
26423 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26424
26425 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26426 Recognize a table at point.
26427 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26428 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26429 the table specific features.
26430
26431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26432
26433 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26434
26435
26436 \(fn)" t nil)
26437
26438 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26439 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26440 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information.  The
26441 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26442 must not be specified.  When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26443 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26444 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26445
26446 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26447
26448 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26449
26450
26451 \(fn)" t nil)
26452
26453 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26454 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26455 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26456 cell.  Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26457 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure.  The
26458 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26459 specified.
26460
26461 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26462
26463 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26464 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26465 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26466 and possibly from the top of the cell as well.  Therefore, the cell
26467 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively.  This
26468 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26469 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26470 table structure.
26471
26472 \(fn N)" t nil)
26473
26474 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26475 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26476 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26477 table's rectangle structure.
26478
26479 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26480
26481 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26482 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26483 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26484 table's rectangle structure.
26485
26486 \(fn N)" t nil)
26487
26488 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26489 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26490 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26491 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26492 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26493
26494 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26495
26496 You can actually try how it works in this buffer.  Press
26497 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26498 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26499
26500 +-----+--+  +--+-----+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +---------+  +--+---+--+
26501 |0    |1 |  |0 |1    |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0        |  |0 |1  |2 |
26502 +--+--+  |  |  +--+--+  +--+  |  |  |  |  +--+  +----+----+  +--+-+-+--+
26503 |2 |3 |  |  |  |2 |3 |  |3 +--+  |  |  +--+3 |  |1   |2   |  |3   |4   |
26504 |  +--+--+  +--+--+  |  +--+4 |  |  |  |4 +--+  +--+-+-+--+  +----+----+
26505 |  |4    |  |4    |  |  |5 |  |  |  |  |  |5 |  |3 |4  |5 |  |5        |
26506 +--+-----+  +-----+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+---+--+  +---------+
26507
26508 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26509 |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |
26510 |  |  |  |  |  +--+  |  |  |  |  |  +--+  +--+
26511 +--+  +--+  +--+3 +--+  |  +--+  |  |3 +--+4 |
26512 |3 |  |4 |  |4 +--+5 |  |  |3 |  |  +--+5 +--+
26513 |  |  |  |  |  |6 |  |  |  |  |  |  |6 |  |7 |
26514 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26515
26516 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+--+  +--+-----+--+  +--+--+--+--+
26517 |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |3 |  |0 |1    |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26518 |  +--+  |  |  +--+  |  |  +--+--+  |  |  |     |  |  |  +--+--+  |
26519 |  |3 +--+  +--+3 |  |  +--+4    +--+  +--+     +--+  +--+4    +--+
26520 +--+  |4 |  |4 |  +--+  |5 +--+--+6 |  |3 +--+--+4 |  |5 |     |6 |
26521 |5 +--+  |  |  +--+5 |  |  |7 |8 |  |  |  |5 |6 |  |  |  |     |  |
26522 |  |6 |  |  |  |6 |  |  +--+--+--+--+  +--+--+--+--+  +--+-----+--+
26523 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26524
26525 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26526
26527 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26528 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26529 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26530 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26531
26532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26533
26534 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26535 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26536 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26537
26538 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26539
26540 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26541 Split current cell vertically.
26542 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26543
26544 \(fn)" t nil)
26545
26546 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26547 Split current cell horizontally.
26548 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26549
26550 \(fn)" t nil)
26551
26552 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26553 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26554 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26555
26556 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26557
26558 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26559 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26560 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column.  JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26561 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26562
26563 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26564
26565 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26566 Justify cell contents.
26567 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26568 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.  When optional PARAGRAPH is
26569 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26570 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26571
26572 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26573
26574 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26575 Justify cells of a row.
26576 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26577 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26578
26579 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26580
26581 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26582 Justify cells of a column.
26583 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26584 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26585
26586 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26587
26588 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26589 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26590 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26591 that widens a cell when it is necessary.  When non-nil, typing in a
26592 cell does not automatically expand the cell width.  A word that is too
26593 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines.  The chopped
26594 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'.  This
26595 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26596 run-time.
26597
26598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26599
26600 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26601 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26602 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26603 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26604 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26605 is the total number of cells.  The cell dimension excludes the cell
26606 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame.  The columns
26607 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries.  Therefore
26608 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26609 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split).  When optional
26610 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26611
26612 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26613
26614 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26615 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26616 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26617 structure of the table.  It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26618 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26619 object is returned.  When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26620 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used.  In this case
26621 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26622 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26623 buffer or a name of the destination buffer.  In this case the
26624 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26625 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26626 untouched.
26627
26628 References used for this implementation:
26629
26630 HTML:
26631         URL `http://www.w3.org'
26632
26633 LaTeX:
26634         URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26635
26636 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26637         URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26638         URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26639
26640 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26641
26642 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26643 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26644 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts.  When STR is an
26645 empty string then each cell content is erased.  When STR ends with
26646 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26647 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number.  Otherwise the
26648 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order.  N is the
26649 number of sequence elements to insert.  When N is negative the cell
26650 traveling direction is backward.  When N is zero it travels forward
26651 entire table.  INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26652 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26653 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26654 insertion which is normally 1.  When zero or less is given for
26655 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26656 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26657 structure is uniform.  JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26658 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26659
26660 Example:
26661
26662   (progn
26663     (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26664     (table-forward-cell 15)
26665     (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26666     (table-forward-cell 16)
26667     (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26668     (table-forward-cell 1)
26669     (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26670
26671   (progn
26672     (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26673     (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26674     (table-forward-cell 1)
26675     (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26676
26677 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26678
26679 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26680 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26681 Delete N rows of cells from current row.  The current row is the row
26682 contains the current cell where point is located.  Each row must
26683 consists from cells of same height.
26684
26685 \(fn N)" t nil)
26686
26687 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26688 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26689 Delete N columns of cells from current column.  The current column is
26690 the column contains the current cell where point is located.  Each
26691 column must consists from cells of same width.
26692
26693 \(fn N)" t nil)
26694
26695 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26696 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26697 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents.  BEG and END
26698 specify the region.  The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26699 The removed text is inserted in the table.  When optional
26700 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26701 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26702 delimiter regular expressions.  This parsing determines the number of
26703 columns and rows of the table automatically.  If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26704 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26705 the entire region contents is placed in that cell.  Optional JUSTIFY
26706 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26707 justification.  Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26708 width.  Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26709 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26710
26711
26712 Example 1:
26713
26714 1, 2, 3, 4
26715 5, 6, 7, 8
26716 , 9, 10
26717
26718 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26719 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table.  In
26720 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26721 specified as 5.
26722
26723 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26724 |  1  |  2  |  3  |  4  |
26725 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26726 |  5  |  6  |  7  |  8  |
26727 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26728 |     |  9  | 10  |     |
26729 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26730
26731 Note:
26732
26733 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26734 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully.  COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26735 of each row is optional.
26736
26737
26738 Example 2:
26739
26740 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26741 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26742 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26743 name headers.  This time specify empty string for both
26744 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26745
26746 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26747 requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do.
26748
26749 Parse Cell Items      By using column delimiter regular
26750                       expression and raw delimiter regular
26751                       expression, it parses the specified text
26752                       area and extracts cell items from
26753                       non-table text and then forms a table out
26754                       of them.
26755
26756 Capture Text Area     When no delimiters are specified it
26757                       creates a single cell table.  The text in
26758                       the specified region is placed in that
26759                       cell.-*-
26760
26761 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26762 like this.
26763
26764 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26765 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26766 |requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26767 |                                                                 |
26768 |Parse Cell Items      By using column delimiter regular          |
26769 |                      expression and raw delimiter regular       |
26770 |                      expression, it parses the specified text   |
26771 |                      area and extracts cell items from          |
26772 |                      non-table text and then forms a table out  |
26773 |                      of them.                                   |
26774 |                                                                 |
26775 |Capture Text Area     When no delimiters are specified it        |
26776 |                      creates a single cell table.  The text in  |
26777 |                      the specified region is placed in that     |
26778 |                      cell.                                      |
26779 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26780
26781 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26782 paragraphs occupying its own cell.  Each cell can now be edited
26783 independently.
26784
26785 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26786 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26787 |requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26788 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26789 |Parse Cell Items     |By using column delimiter regular          |
26790 |                     |expression and raw delimiter regular       |
26791 |                     |expression, it parses the specified text   |
26792 |                     |area and extracts cell items from          |
26793 |                     |non-table text and then forms a table out  |
26794 |                     |of them.                                   |
26795 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26796 |Capture Text Area    |When no delimiters are specified it        |
26797 |                     |creates a single cell table.  The text in  |
26798 |                     |the specified region is placed in that     |
26799 |                     |cell.                                      |
26800 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26801
26802 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26803 contents become once again plain text.  `table-release' works as
26804 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26805
26806 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26807
26808 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26809 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26810 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table.  This command
26811 converts a table into plain text without frames.  It is a companion to
26812 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26813
26814 \(fn)" t nil)
26815
26816 ;;;***
26817 \f
26818 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20709 26818
26819 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
26820 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26821
26822 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26823 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26824
26825 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26826
26827 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26828 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26829
26830 \(fn)" t nil)
26831
26832 ;;;***
26833 \f
26834 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20709 26818
26835 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
26836 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26837
26838 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26839 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26840 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26841 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26842 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26843 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26844 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26845
26846 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26847 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26848 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26849 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26850
26851 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26852 \\{tar-mode-map}
26853
26854 \(fn)" t nil)
26855
26856 ;;;***
26857 \f
26858 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26859 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/tcl.el" (20774 53405 704746 172000))
26860 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26861
26862 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26863 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26864 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26865 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26866 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26867 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26868
26869 Variables controlling indentation style:
26870   `tcl-indent-level'
26871     Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26872   `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26873     Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26874
26875 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26876 documentation for details):
26877   `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26878     Controls action of TAB key.
26879   `tcl-auto-newline'
26880     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26881     and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26882   `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26883     If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26884     word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26885
26886 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'.  Read the documentation for
26887 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26888 already exist.
26889
26890 \(fn)" t nil)
26891
26892 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26893 Run inferior Tcl process.
26894 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26895 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26896
26897 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26898
26899 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26900 Get help on Tcl command.  Default is word at point.
26901 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26902
26903 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26904
26905 ;;;***
26906 \f
26907 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20709 26818
26908 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
26909 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26910
26911 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26912 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26913 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26914 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26915
26916 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26917 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used.  This program
26918 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26919 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26920 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26921
26922 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26923
26924 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26925 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26926 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26927 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26928
26929 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26930
26931 ;;;***
26932 \f
26933 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26934 ;;;;;;  (20712 3008 596088 0))
26935 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26936
26937 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26938 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26939 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26940 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26941 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26942 the process.  Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26943
26944 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26945
26946 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26947 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26948 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26949 commands to use in that buffer.
26950
26951 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26952
26953 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26954
26955 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26956 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26957
26958 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26959
26960 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26961 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26962 PORT is the path or name of the serial port.  For example, this
26963 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix.  On Windows, this could be
26964 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26965 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second.  9600
26966 is a common value.  SPEED can be nil, see
26967 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26968 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26969 use in that buffer.
26970 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26971
26972 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26973
26974 ;;;***
26975 \f
26976 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26977 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
26978 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26979
26980 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26981 Start coverage on function under point.
26982
26983 \(fn)" t nil)
26984
26985 ;;;***
26986 \f
26987 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20709 26818
26988 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
26989 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26990
26991 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26992 Play the Tetris game.
26993 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26994 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26995 as to form complete rows.
26996
26997 tetris-mode keybindings:
26998    \\<tetris-mode-map>
26999 \\[tetris-start-game]   Starts a new game of Tetris
27000 \\[tetris-end-game]     Terminates the current game
27001 \\[tetris-pause-game]   Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27002 \\[tetris-move-left]    Moves the shape one square to the left
27003 \\[tetris-move-right]   Moves the shape one square to the right
27004 \\[tetris-rotate-prev]  Rotates the shape clockwise
27005 \\[tetris-rotate-next]  Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27006 \\[tetris-move-bottom]  Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27007
27008 \(fn)" t nil)
27009
27010 ;;;***
27011 \f
27012 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27013 ;;;;;;  plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27014 ;;;;;;  tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27015 ;;;;;;  tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27016 ;;;;;;  tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27017 ;;;;;;  tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27018 ;;;;;;  tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27019 ;;;;;;  (20774 53405 754743 8000))
27020 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27021
27022 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27023 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27024
27025 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27026
27027 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27028 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27029 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27030 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27031 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27032
27033 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27034
27035 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27036 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27037 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27038 if it matches the first line of the file,
27039 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27040
27041 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27042
27043 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27044 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27045 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27046 if the variable is non-nil.")
27047
27048 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27049
27050 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27051 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27052
27053 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27054
27055 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27056 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27057 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27058 See the documentation of that variable.")
27059
27060 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27061
27062 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27063 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27064 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27065 See the documentation of that variable.")
27066
27067 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27068
27069 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27070 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27071 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27072 See the documentation of that variable.")
27073
27074 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27075
27076 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27077 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27078 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27079 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27080 If nil, TeX runs with no options.  See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27081
27082 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27083
27084 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27085 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27086 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27087 If nil, no commands are used.  See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27088
27089 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27090
27091 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27092 User defined LaTeX block names.
27093 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27094
27095 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27096
27097 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27098 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27099 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27100 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27101
27102 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27103
27104 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27105 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27106 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27107 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27108
27109 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27110
27111 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27112 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27113 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27114 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27115
27116 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27117 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27118 for example,
27119
27120     (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27121          '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27122
27123 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27124 use.")
27125
27126 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27127
27128 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27129 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27130 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27131 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27132 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27133
27134 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27135
27136 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27137
27138 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27139 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27140 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27141
27142 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27143
27144 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27145 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27146 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27147 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27148 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27149
27150 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27151
27152 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27153 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27154
27155 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27156
27157 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27158 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27159
27160 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27161
27162 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27163 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27164 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27165 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27166 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively.  If it cannot be determined,
27167 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27168 says which mode to use.
27169
27170 \(fn)" t nil)
27171
27172 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27173
27174 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27175
27176 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27177
27178 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27179 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27180 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27181 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27182 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27183
27184 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27185 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27186 running TeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27187 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27188 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27189 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27190 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27191
27192 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27193 mismatched $'s or braces.
27194
27195 Special commands:
27196 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27197
27198 Mode variables:
27199 tex-run-command
27200         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27201 tex-directory
27202         Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27203         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27204 tex-dvi-print-command
27205         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27206 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27207         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27208         argument) to print a .dvi file.
27209 tex-dvi-view-command
27210         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27211 tex-show-queue-command
27212         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27213         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27214
27215 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27216 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'.  When the
27217 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27218
27219 \(fn)" t nil)
27220
27221 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27222 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27223 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27224 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27225 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27226
27227 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27228 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27229 running LaTeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27230 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27231 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27232 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27233 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27234
27235 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27236 mismatched $'s or braces.
27237
27238 Special commands:
27239 \\{latex-mode-map}
27240
27241 Mode variables:
27242 latex-run-command
27243         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27244 tex-directory
27245         Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27246         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27247 tex-dvi-print-command
27248         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27249 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27250         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27251         argument) to print a .dvi file.
27252 tex-dvi-view-command
27253         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27254 tex-show-queue-command
27255         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27256         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27257
27258 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27259 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'.  When the special
27260 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27261
27262 \(fn)" t nil)
27263
27264 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27265 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27266 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27267 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27268 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27269
27270 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27271 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27272 running SliTeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27273 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27274 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27275 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27276 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27277
27278 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27279 mismatched $'s or braces.
27280
27281 Special commands:
27282 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27283
27284 Mode variables:
27285 slitex-run-command
27286         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27287 tex-directory
27288         Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27289         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27290 tex-dvi-print-command
27291         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27292 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27293         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27294         argument) to print a .dvi file.
27295 tex-dvi-view-command
27296         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27297 tex-show-queue-command
27298         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27299         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27300
27301 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27302 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27303 `slitex-mode-hook'.  When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27304 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27305
27306 \(fn)" t nil)
27307
27308 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27309
27310
27311 \(fn)" nil nil)
27312
27313 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27314 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27315
27316 \(fn)" t nil)
27317
27318 ;;;***
27319 \f
27320 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27321 ;;;;;;  "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27322 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27323
27324 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27325 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27326 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27327 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27328
27329 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27330 and don't split the file if large.  You can use `Info-tagify' and
27331 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27332
27333 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27334
27335 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27336 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27337 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27338 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region].  The text that is
27339 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27340
27341 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27342
27343 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27344 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27345 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27346 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27347
27348 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27349 creates a master menu.  This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27350 is automatically removed when the Info file is created.  The original
27351 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27352
27353 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27354 if large.  You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27355
27356 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27357
27358 ;;;***
27359 \f
27360 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27361 ;;;;;;  "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27362 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27363
27364 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27365 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27366
27367 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27368
27369 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27370 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27371
27372 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27373
27374 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27375 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27376
27377   It has these extra commands:
27378 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27379
27380   These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27381 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27382 the `makeinfo' program.  These files must be written in a very restricted and
27383 modified version of TeX input format.
27384
27385   Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27386 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups.  To see
27387 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27388 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27389
27390   You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27391 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27392 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27393 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27394 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27395 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27396 in the Texinfo file.
27397
27398   In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27399 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer.  You can use these
27400 commands to save keystrokes.  And you can insert balanced braces with
27401 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27402 move forward past the closing brace.
27403
27404 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27405 updating menus and node pointers.  These functions
27406
27407   * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27408   * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27409   * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27410
27411 Here are the functions:
27412
27413     texinfo-update-node                \\[texinfo-update-node]
27414     texinfo-every-node-update          \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27415     texinfo-sequential-node-update
27416
27417     texinfo-make-menu                  \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27418     texinfo-all-menus-update           \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27419     texinfo-master-menu
27420
27421     texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27422
27423 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27424 which menu descriptions are indented.
27425
27426 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27427 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27428 in the region.
27429
27430 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27431 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27432 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27433 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27434
27435 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27436 be the first node in the file.
27437
27438 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27439 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27440
27441 \(fn)" t nil)
27442
27443 ;;;***
27444 \f
27445 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27446 ;;;;;;  thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27447 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
27448 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27449
27450 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27451 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27452 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27453 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27454
27455 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27456
27457 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27458 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27459
27460 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27461
27462 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27463 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27464
27465 \(fn)" t nil)
27466
27467 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27468
27469
27470 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27471
27472 ;;;***
27473 \f
27474 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27475 ;;;;;;  sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27476 ;;;;;;  "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20822 48073 524485 0))
27477 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27478
27479 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27480 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27481 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27482 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27483 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27484 `line', and `page'.
27485
27486 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27487
27488 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27489 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27490 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27491 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27492 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27493 `line', and `page'.
27494
27495 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27496 valid THING.
27497
27498 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27499 positions of the thing found.
27500
27501 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27502
27503 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27504 Return the THING at point.
27505 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27506 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27507 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27508 `line', `number', and `page'.
27509
27510 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27511 a symbol as a valid THING.
27512
27513 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27514
27515 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27516 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27517
27518 \(fn)" nil nil)
27519
27520 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27521 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27522
27523 \(fn)" nil nil)
27524
27525 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27526 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27527
27528 \(fn)" nil nil)
27529
27530 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27531 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27532
27533 \(fn)" nil nil)
27534
27535 ;;;***
27536 \f
27537 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27538 ;;;;;;  thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27539 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
27540 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27541
27542 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27543 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27544
27545 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27546
27547 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27548 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27549 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27550 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27551
27552 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27553
27554 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27555 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27556
27557 \(fn)" t nil)
27558
27559 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27560 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27561
27562 \(fn)" t nil)
27563
27564 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27565
27566 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27567 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27568
27569 \(fn)" t nil)
27570
27571 ;;;***
27572 \f
27573 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27574 ;;;;;;  tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27575 ;;;;;;  tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27576 ;;;;;;  tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27577 ;;;;;;  tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20709
27578 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
27579 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27580
27581 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27582 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27583 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27584
27585 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27586
27587 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27588 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27589
27590 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27591
27592 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27593 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27594 The returned string has no composition information.
27595
27596 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27597
27598 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27599 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27600
27601 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27602
27603 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27604 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27605
27606 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27607
27608 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27609 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27610 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27611 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27612
27613 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27614
27615 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27616 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27617 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27618 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27619
27620 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27621
27622 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27623 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27624 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27625
27626 \(fn)" t nil)
27627
27628 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27629 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27630 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27631
27632 \(fn)" t nil)
27633
27634 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27635
27636
27637 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27638
27639 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27640
27641
27642 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27643
27644 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27645
27646
27647 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27648
27649 ;;;***
27650 \f
27651 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27652 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
27653 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27654
27655 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27656 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27657 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27658 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27659 parameters.
27660 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27661
27662 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27663
27664 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27665 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27666 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27667 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27668 parameters.
27669 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27670
27671 \(fn)" t nil)
27672
27673 ;;;***
27674 \f
27675 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27676 ;;;;;;  display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27677 ;;;;;;  "time" "time.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27678 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27679
27680 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27681 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27682
27683 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27684 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27685
27686 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27687 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27688 This display updates automatically every minute.
27689 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27690 are displayed as well.
27691 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27692
27693 \(fn)" t nil)
27694
27695 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27696 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27697 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27698 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27699 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27700 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27701
27702 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27703
27704 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27705 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27706 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27707 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
27708 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27709
27710 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27711 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27712 `display-time-interval').  If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27713 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well.  This
27714 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27715
27716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27717
27718 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27719 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27720 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27721 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27722
27723 \(fn)" t nil)
27724
27725 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27726 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27727 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27728 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27729
27730 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27731
27732 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27733 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27734
27735 \(fn)" t nil)
27736
27737 ;;;***
27738 \f
27739 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27740 ;;;;;;  time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27741 ;;;;;;  time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27742 ;;;;;;  seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27743 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
27744 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27745
27746 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27747 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27748 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27749
27750 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27751 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27752        (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27753             (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27754    (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27755  (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27756
27757 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27758 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27759
27760 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27761
27762 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27763 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27764
27765 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27766
27767 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27768 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27769
27770 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27771
27772 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27773 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27774 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27775
27776 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27777
27778 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27779
27780 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27781 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27782 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27783
27784 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27785
27786 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27787 Add two time values T1 and T2.  One should represent a time difference.
27788
27789 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27790
27791 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27792 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27793 DATE should be a date-time string.
27794
27795 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27796
27797 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27798 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27799 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27800
27801 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27802
27803 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27804 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27805
27806 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27807
27808 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27809 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27810
27811 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27812
27813 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27814 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27815 TIME should be a time value.
27816 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27817
27818 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27819
27820 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27821 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27822 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27823
27824 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27825
27826 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27827 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27828 The valid format specifiers are:
27829 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27830 %d is the number of days.
27831 %h is the number of hours.
27832 %m is the number of minutes.
27833 %s is the number of seconds.
27834 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27835 %% is a literal \"%\".
27836
27837 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27838 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27839
27840 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27841 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding.  For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27842 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27843
27844 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything.  When it is used, specifiers
27845 must be given in order of decreasing size.  To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27846 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27847
27848 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27849
27850 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27851
27852 ;;;***
27853 \f
27854 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27855 ;;;;;;  "time-stamp.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
27856 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27857 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27858 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27859 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27860 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27861 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27862 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27863 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27864 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27865
27866 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27867 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27868 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27869 every time you save the file.  Add this line to your init file:
27870     (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27871 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27872 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27873 look like one of the following:
27874       Time-stamp: <>
27875       Time-stamp: \" \"
27876 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27877       Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27878 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27879 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27880 `time-stamp-format'.  The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27881 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27882 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27883 the template.
27884
27885 \(fn)" t nil)
27886
27887 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27888 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27889 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27890
27891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27892
27893 ;;;***
27894 \f
27895 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27896 ;;;;;;  timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27897 ;;;;;;  timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27898 ;;;;;;  timeclock-mode-line-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27899 ;;;;;;  (20799 169 640767 0))
27900 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27901
27902 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27903 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27904 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27905 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27906 will be updated whenever the time display is updated.  Otherwise,
27907 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27908 updating.  With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27909 if ARG is positive.  Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27910 display (non-nil means on).
27911
27912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27913
27914 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27915 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27916 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27917 many hours in it to be worked.  If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27918 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27919 weekend).  *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27920 _seconds_ worked today*.  This feature only has effect the first time
27921 this function is called within a day.
27922
27923 PROJECT is the project being clocked into.  If PROJECT is nil, and
27924 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27925 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27926 discover the name of the project.
27927
27928 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27929
27930 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27931 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27932 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27933 begun during the last time segment.
27934
27935 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out.  If REASON is nil, and
27936 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27937 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27938 discover the reason.
27939
27940 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27941
27942 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27943 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27944 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27945 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27946 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27947
27948 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27949
27950 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27951 Change to working on a different project.
27952 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27953 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27954 time of changeover.  PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27955 working on.
27956
27957 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27958
27959 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27960 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27961 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27962
27963 \(fn)" nil nil)
27964
27965 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27966 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27967 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27968
27969 \(fn)" t nil)
27970
27971 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27972 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27973 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil.  If TODAY-ONLY
27974 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27975 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27976 \"relative to today\".
27977
27978 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27979
27980 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27981 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27982 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil.  If RELATIVE is
27983 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27984
27985 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27986
27987 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27988 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27989 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'.  If
27990 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27991 seconds.  If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27992 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27993
27994 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27995
27996 ;;;***
27997 \f
27998 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27999 ;;;;;;  "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28000 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28001
28002 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28003 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28004 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28005 the generated Quail package is saved.
28006
28007 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28008
28009 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28010 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28011 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28012 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28013 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28014  generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28015 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28016
28017 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28018
28019 ;;;***
28020 \f
28021 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28022 ;;;;;;  "tmm.el" (20764 51137 83502 0))
28023 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28024  (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28025  (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28026
28027 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28028 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28029 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28030 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28031 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28032
28033 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28034
28035 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28036 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28037 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28038 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28039 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28040
28041 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28042
28043 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28044 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28045 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices.  You can access the elements
28046 in the menu in two ways:
28047    *)  via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28048    *)  Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28049 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28050
28051 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28052 keymap or an alist of alists.
28053 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28054 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28055
28056 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28057
28058 ;;;***
28059 \f
28060 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28061 ;;;;;;  todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28062 ;;;;;;  "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20799 169 640767 0))
28063 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28064
28065 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28066 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28067
28068 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28069
28070 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28071 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28072
28073 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28074
28075 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28076 Insert new TODO list entry.
28077 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28078 category.
28079
28080 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28081
28082 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28083 List top priorities for each category.
28084
28085 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28086 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28087
28088 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28089 between each category.
28090 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28091
28092 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28093
28094 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28095 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28096 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28097 between each category.
28098
28099 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28100
28101 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28102
28103 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28104 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28105
28106 \(fn)" t nil)
28107
28108 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28109 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28110
28111 \(fn)" nil nil)
28112
28113 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28114 Show TODO list.
28115
28116 \(fn)" t nil)
28117
28118 ;;;***
28119 \f
28120 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28121 ;;;;;;  tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28122 ;;;;;;  "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28123 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28124
28125 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28126 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28127 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28128
28129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28130
28131 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28132 Add an item to the tool bar.
28133 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28134 for the fake function key in the menu keymap.  Remaining arguments
28135 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification.  See
28136 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'.  Items are added from left to right.
28137
28138 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use.  The
28139 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28140 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28141 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28142
28143 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28144 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28145
28146 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28147
28148 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28149 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28150 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28151 for the fake function key in the menu keymap.  Remaining arguments
28152 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification.  See
28153 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'.  Items are added from left to right.
28154
28155 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use.  The
28156 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28157 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28158 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28159
28160 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28161
28162 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28163 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28164 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28165 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28166 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON.  It
28167 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'.  PROPS are additional
28168 properties to add to the binding.
28169
28170 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28171
28172 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28173 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28174
28175 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28176
28177 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28178 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28179 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28180 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28181 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON.  It
28182 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'.  PROPS are additional
28183 properties to add to the binding.
28184
28185 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28186 holds a keymap.
28187
28188 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28189
28190 ;;;***
28191 \f
28192 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28193 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
28194 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28195
28196 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28197 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28198 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28199 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28200 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28201 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28202
28203 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28204
28205 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28206 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28207 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28208 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28209 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28210
28211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28212
28213 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28214
28215 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28216 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28217
28218 \(fn)" t nil)
28219
28220 ;;;***
28221 \f
28222 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28223 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
28224 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28225
28226 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28227 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28228
28229 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28230 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys.  It uses the keys you
28231 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28232 for your X server.  You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28233 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28234
28235 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28236 definitions.  If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28237 automatically.  If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28238 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt.  Here's how
28239 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28240
28241   (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28242   (tpu-edt)
28243
28244 Known Problems:
28245
28246 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28247 prompt for the same key.  This can happen when your window manager sucks
28248 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28249 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it.  You must
28250 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue.  Later, you and/or
28251 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28252
28253 \(fn)" t nil)
28254
28255 ;;;***
28256 \f
28257 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20709 26818
28258 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
28259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28260
28261 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28262 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28263 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28264 streams of bytes.  It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28265 to a tcp server on another machine.
28266
28267 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28268
28269 ;;;***
28270 \f
28271 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function-foreground
28272 ;;;;;;  trace-buffer) "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20727 56759
28273 ;;;;;;  628211 0))
28274 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28275
28276 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28277 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28278
28279 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28280
28281 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28282 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28283 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28284 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER.  This function generates the
28285 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28286 there might be!!  The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28287 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28288 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28289
28290 To untrace a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28291
28292 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28293
28294 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28295 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28296 Like `trace-function-foreground' but without popping up the trace BUFFER or
28297 changing the window configuration.
28298
28299 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28300
28301 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28302
28303 ;;;***
28304 \f
28305 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28306 ;;;;;;  tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28307 ;;;;;;  tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28308 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp.el" (20824 3367 300658 0))
28309 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28310
28311 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28312 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28313 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28314
28315 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28316
28317 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28318 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28319
28320 It can have the following values:
28321
28322   'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28323   'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28324   'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28325
28326 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28327
28328 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
28329 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28330 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28331 Tramp.  See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28332
28333 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28334
28335 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28336 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28337 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28338 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28339
28340 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/|:]+://" "\
28341 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28342 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28343
28344 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28345 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28346 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28347 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28348 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially.  Thus,
28349 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28350 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28351 files which are not really Tramp files.
28352
28353 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28354 this file (tramp.el) is loaded.  This means that this variable must be set
28355 before loading tramp.el.  Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28356 updated after changing this variable.
28357
28358 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28359
28360 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28361 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28362 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28363 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28364
28365 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28366
28367 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28368 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28369 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28370 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28371
28372 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
28373 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28374 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28375
28376 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28377 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28378 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28379
28380 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28381 this file (tramp.el) is loaded.  This means that this variable must be set
28382 before loading tramp.el.  Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28383 updated after changing this variable.
28384
28385 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28386
28387 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28388 Alist of completion handler functions.
28389 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28390 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28391 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28392
28393 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28394 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28395 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28396 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28397
28398 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28399 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28400 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28401 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28402
28403 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28404 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28405 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28406
28407 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28408
28409 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28410 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28411 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28412
28413 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28414 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28415
28416 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28417
28418 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28419
28420
28421 \(fn)" nil nil)
28422
28423 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28424 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28425
28426 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28427
28428 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28429 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28430
28431 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28432
28433 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28434 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28435
28436 \(fn)" t nil)
28437
28438 ;;;***
28439 \f
28440 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28441 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
28442 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28443
28444 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28445
28446
28447 \(fn)" nil nil)
28448
28449 ;;;***
28450 \f
28451 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20760
28452 ;;;;;;  54070 584283 0))
28453 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28454
28455 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28456 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28457 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28458 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28459 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28460 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28461 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28462 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28463
28464 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28465 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28466 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28467
28468 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28469 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28470 resumed later.
28471
28472 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28473
28474 ;;;***
28475 \f
28476 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28477 ;;;;;;  (20355 10021 546955 0))
28478 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28479
28480 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28481
28482
28483 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28484
28485 ;;;***
28486 \f
28487 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28488 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/two-column.el" (20763 30266 231060 0))
28489 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28490  (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28491  (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28492  (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28493
28494 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28495 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28496 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28497 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28498 for details.).  It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28499 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28500 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28501
28502 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28503
28504 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28505 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28506 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28507 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28508
28509 \(See  \\[describe-mode] .)
28510
28511 \(fn)" t nil)
28512
28513 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28514 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28515 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'.  Only lines that
28516 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split.  The
28517 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28518 value for `2C-separator'.  This way lines that continue across both
28519 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28520
28521 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things.  You
28522 write the first line of each column and then split that line.  E.g.:
28523
28524 First column's text    sSs  Second column's text
28525                        \\___/\\
28526                         /    \\
28527    5 character Separator      You type  M-5 \\[2C-split]  with the point here.
28528
28529 \(See  \\[describe-mode] .)
28530
28531 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28532
28533 ;;;***
28534 \f
28535 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28536 ;;;;;;  type-break type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28537 ;;;;;;  (20799 169 640767 0))
28538 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28539
28540 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28541 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28542 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28543 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28544 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28545 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28546
28547 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28548
28549 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28550 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28551 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28552
28553 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28554 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28555 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold.  When the time arrives, the user
28556 is asked to take a break.  If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28557 again in a short period of time.  The idea is to give the user enough time
28558 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28559 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28560
28561 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28562 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28563
28564 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28565 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28566 reset the keystroke counter.
28567
28568 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28569 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28570 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28571 break at any time).  It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28572
28573 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28574 schedule between regular typing breaks.  This variable doesn't directly
28575 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28576 `type-break-schedule' command.
28577
28578 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28579 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break.  Whenever
28580 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28581 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first.  Also, if a break
28582 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28583 or not to continue.  A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28584 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28585 between breaks.  In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28586 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28587
28588 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28589 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28590 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28591 have passed.  This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28592 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28593
28594 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28595 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered.  You can use
28596 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28597 approximate good values for this.
28598
28599 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28600 imminent typing breaks are displayed.  They include:
28601
28602         `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28603         `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28604         `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28605         `type-break-warning-repeat'
28606         `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28607         `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28608
28609 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28610 a typing break occur.  They include:
28611
28612         `type-break-query-mode'
28613         `type-break-query-function'
28614         `type-break-query-interval'
28615
28616 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28617
28618 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28619 across Emacs sessions.  This provides recovery of the break status between
28620 sessions and after a crash.  Manual changes to the file may result in
28621 problems.
28622
28623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28624
28625 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28626 Take a typing break.
28627
28628 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28629 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28630
28631 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28632 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28633
28634 \(fn)" t nil)
28635
28636 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28637 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28638 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28639 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28640
28641 \(fn)" t nil)
28642
28643 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28644 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28645
28646 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28647 many words per minute they usually type.  This value should not be your
28648 maximum WPM, but your average.  Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28649 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing.  For example, one
28650 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28651 documentation.  (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28652 average typing speed.)
28653
28654 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28655 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28656 length of words (5).  For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28657 the computed maximum threshold.
28658
28659 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28660 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28661 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28662 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28663 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28664
28665 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28666
28667 ;;;***
28668 \f
28669 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20709 26818
28670 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
28671 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28672
28673 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28674 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28675 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28676 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28677 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28678
28679 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28680
28681 ;;;***
28682 \f
28683 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28684 ;;;;;;  ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28685 ;;;;;;  ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28686 ;;;;;;  ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28687 ;;;;;;  ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28688 ;;;;;;  "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28689 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28690
28691 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28692 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28693
28694 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28695
28696 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28697 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28698
28699 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28700
28701 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28702 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28703
28704 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28705
28706 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28707 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28708
28709 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28710
28711 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28712 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28713
28714 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28715
28716 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28717 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28718
28719 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28720
28721 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28722 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28723
28724 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28725
28726 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28727 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28728
28729 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28730
28731 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28732 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28733
28734 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28735
28736 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28737 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28738
28739 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28740
28741 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28742 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28743
28744 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28745
28746 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28747 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28748
28749 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28750
28751 ;;;***
28752 \f
28753 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28754 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/underline.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28755 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28756
28757 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28758 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28759 Works by overstriking underscores.
28760 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28761 which specify the range to operate on.
28762
28763 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28764
28765 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28766 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28767 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28768 which specify the range to operate on.
28769
28770 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28771
28772 ;;;***
28773 \f
28774 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28775 ;;;;;;  (20731 53823 676680 0))
28776 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28777
28778 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28779 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28780 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28781 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28782 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28783 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28784
28785 \(fn)" nil nil)
28786
28787 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28788 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28789 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28790
28791 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28792
28793 ;;;***
28794 \f
28795 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20709
28796 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
28797 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28798
28799 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28800 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28801 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28802 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28803
28804 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28805
28806 ;;;***
28807 \f
28808 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28809 ;;;;;;  "url/url.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28810 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28811
28812 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28813 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28814 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.  If it is a string
28815 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28816 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28817
28818 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28819 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28820 with it.  It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28821 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28822 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28823 occurred.  Each pair is one of:
28824
28825 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28826 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred.  The error can be
28827 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28828
28829 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28830 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28831 the callback is not called).
28832
28833 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28834 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28835 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28836 take effect.
28837
28838 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28839 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28840 the server.
28841 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28842 URL-encoded before it's used.
28843
28844 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28845
28846 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28847 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28848 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28849 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28850 no further processing).  URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28851
28852 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28853
28854 ;;;***
28855 \f
28856 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28857 ;;;;;;  "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28858 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28859
28860 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28861 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28862 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28863
28864 URL    is the url you are requesting authorization to.  This can be either a
28865        string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28866        `url-generic-parse-url'
28867 REALM  is the realm at a specific site we are looking for.  This should be a
28868        string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28869        specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28870        realm
28871 TYPE   is the type of authentication to be returned.  This is either a string
28872        representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28873        to specify that any authentication is acceptable.  If requesting 'any'
28874        the strongest matching authentication will be returned.  If this is
28875        wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28876        what type of auth to use
28877 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28878        if one cannot be found in the cache
28879
28880 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28881
28882 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28883 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28884
28885 TYPE     is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28886          This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28887          an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28888 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28889          This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28890 RATING   a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28891          This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28892          URL.  The item with the highest rating is returned.
28893
28894 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28895
28896 ;;;***
28897 \f
28898 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
28899 ;;;;;;  "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20751 39094 700824 0))
28900 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28901
28902 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28903 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28904
28905 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28906
28907 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28908 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28909 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28910
28911 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28912
28913 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28914 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28915
28916 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28917
28918 ;;;***
28919 \f
28920 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20709 26818
28921 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
28922 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28923
28924 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28925
28926
28927 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28928
28929 ;;;***
28930 \f
28931 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-request url-dav-supported-p)
28932 ;;;;;;  "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28933 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28934
28935 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28936 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28937 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28938
28939 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28940
28941 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28942 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL.  Return the parsed responses.
28943 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28944 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28945
28946 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate.  Default is 0, meaning
28947 it should apply only to URL.  A negative number means to use
28948 `Infinity' for the depth.  Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28949 though.
28950
28951 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28952
28953 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28954 added to the <TAG> element.  The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28955 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28956
28957 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28958
28959 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28960
28961
28962 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28963
28964 ;;;***
28965 \f
28966 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20709
28967 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
28968 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28969
28970 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28971 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28972
28973 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28974
28975 ;;;***
28976 \f
28977 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28978 ;;;;;;  "url/url-gw.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
28979 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28980
28981 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28982 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28983
28984 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28985
28986 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28987 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28988 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28989 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28990 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28991
28992 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28993
28994 ;;;***
28995 \f
28996 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28997 ;;;;;;  url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28998 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
28999 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29000
29001 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29002 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29003 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29004 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29005 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29006 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29007
29008 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29009
29010 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29011 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29012 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29013 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
29014 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29015
29016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29017
29018 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29019 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29020 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc).  ARGS are
29021 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29022
29023 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29024
29025 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29026 Copy URL to NEWNAME.  Both args must be strings.
29027 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29028 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29029 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29030 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29031 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29032 last-modified time as the old one.  (This works on only some systems.)
29033 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29034 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29035
29036 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29037
29038 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29039 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29040 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29041 accessible.
29042
29043 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29044
29045 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29046
29047
29048 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29049
29050 ;;;***
29051 \f
29052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20766 59628 334727
29053 ;;;;;;  618000))
29054 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29055  (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29056
29057 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29058  (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29059  (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29060  (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29061  (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29062
29063 ;;;***
29064 \f
29065 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20709 26818
29066 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
29067 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29068
29069 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29070
29071
29072 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29073
29074 ;;;***
29075 \f
29076 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20709
29077 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
29078 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29079
29080 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29081 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29082 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29083 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29084 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29085
29086 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29087
29088 ;;;***
29089 \f
29090 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29091 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
29092 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29093
29094 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29095
29096
29097 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29098
29099 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29100 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29101
29102 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29103
29104 ;;;***
29105 \f
29106 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29107 ;;;;;;  url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20709 26818 907104
29108 ;;;;;;  0))
29109 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29110
29111 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29112 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29113
29114 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29115
29116 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29117 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29118
29119 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29120
29121 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29122
29123
29124 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29125
29126 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29127
29128 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29129
29130 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29131
29132 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29133 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29134
29135 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29136
29137 ;;;***
29138 \f
29139 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29140 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
29141 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29142
29143 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29144
29145
29146 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29147
29148 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29149
29150
29151 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29152
29153 ;;;***
29154 \f
29155 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29156 ;;;;;;  dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29157 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
29158 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29159
29160 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29161
29162
29163 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29164
29165 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29166
29167
29168 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29169
29170 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29171
29172
29173 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29174
29175 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29176
29177
29178 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29179
29180 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29181
29182
29183 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29184
29185 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29186
29187
29188 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29189
29190 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29191
29192
29193 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29194
29195 ;;;***
29196 \f
29197 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29198 ;;;;;;  "url/url-parse.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
29199 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29200
29201 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29202 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29203
29204 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29205
29206 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29207 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29208 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29209
29210 TYPE     is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29211 USER     is the user name (string or nil).
29212 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29213 HOST     is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29214          brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29215 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29216 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29217 TARGET   is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29218          subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29219 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29220          value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29221          since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29222 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29223          the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29224
29225 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29226 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29227 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29228
29229 Here is an example.  The URL
29230
29231   foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29232
29233 parses to
29234
29235   TYPE     = \"foo\"
29236   USER     = \"bob\"
29237   PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29238   HOST     = \"example.com\"
29239   PORTSPEC = 42
29240   FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29241   TARGET   = \"nose\"
29242   ATTRIBUTES = nil
29243   FULLNESS = t
29244
29245 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29246
29247 ;;;***
29248 \f
29249 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29250 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
29251 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29252
29253 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29254 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29255
29256 \(fn)" t nil)
29257
29258 ;;;***
29259 \f
29260 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
29261 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
29262 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29263
29264 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29265 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29266 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29267 but with limits on the degree of parallelism.  The variable
29268 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29269 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29270
29271 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29272
29273 ;;;***
29274 \f
29275 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29276 ;;;;;;  url-encode-url url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-build-query-string
29277 ;;;;;;  url-parse-query-string url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory
29278 ;;;;;;  url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces
29279 ;;;;;;  url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message
29280 ;;;;;;  url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args
29281 ;;;;;;  url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20709
29282 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
29283 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29284
29285 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29286 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29287 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29288
29289 If t, all messages will be logged.
29290 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29291 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29292
29293 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29294
29295 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29296
29297
29298 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29299
29300 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29301
29302
29303 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29304
29305 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29306 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29307 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29308 an attribute value in a tag.  Returns a new string with the result of the
29309 conversion.  Replaces these characters as follows:
29310     &  ==>  &amp;
29311     <  ==>  &lt;
29312     >  ==>  &gt;
29313     \"  ==>  &quot;
29314
29315 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29316
29317 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29318 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29319 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29320
29321 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29322
29323 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29324 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29325 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29326
29327 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29328
29329 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29330 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29331
29332 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29333
29334 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29335 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29336
29337 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29338
29339 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29340 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29341
29342 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29343
29344 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29345
29346
29347 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29348
29349 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29350
29351
29352 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29353
29354 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29355
29356
29357 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29358
29359 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29360
29361 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29362 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29363
29364 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29365
29366 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29367 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29368
29369 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29370
29371 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29372
29373
29374 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29375
29376 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29377 Build a query-string.
29378
29379 Given a QUERY in the form:
29380 '((key1 val1)
29381   (key2 val2)
29382   (key3 val1 val2)
29383   (key4)
29384   (key5 \"\"))
29385
29386 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29387
29388 This will return a string
29389 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29390 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29391 be used.
29392
29393 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29394
29395 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29396 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29397
29398 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29399
29400 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29401 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29402 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29403 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29404 forbidden in URL encoding.
29405
29406 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29407
29408 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29409 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29410 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29411 string.  Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29412 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29413 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29414
29415 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS.  If this
29416 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29417 allowed characters.  Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29418 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29419
29420 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29421
29422 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29423 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29424 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29425 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase.  Apart from
29426 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29427 should return it unchanged.
29428
29429 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29430
29431 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29432 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29433 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29434 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29435
29436 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29437
29438 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29439 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29440 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29441
29442 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29443
29444 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29445 View the current document's URL.
29446 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29447 the minibuffer.
29448
29449 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29450
29451 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29452
29453 ;;;***
29454 \f
29455 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29456 ;;;;;;  "userlock" "userlock.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
29457 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29458
29459 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29460 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29461 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29462   do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29463     to refrain from editing the file
29464   return t (grab the lock on the file)
29465   return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29466 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29467 in any way you like.
29468
29469 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29470
29471 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29472 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29473 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29474 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29475 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29476
29477 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29478 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29479
29480 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29481
29482 ;;;***
29483 \f
29484 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29485 ;;;;;;  utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29486 ;;;;;;  "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
29487 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29488
29489 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29490
29491
29492 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29493
29494 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29495
29496
29497 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29498
29499 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29500
29501
29502 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29503
29504 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29505
29506
29507 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29508
29509 ;;;***
29510 \f
29511 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20791 9657
29512 ;;;;;;  561026 0))
29513 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29514
29515 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29516 Encode UTF-7 STRING.  Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29517
29518 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29519
29520 ;;;***
29521 \f
29522 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29523 ;;;;;;  uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29524 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
29525 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29526
29527 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29528 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29529 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.  The program
29530 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29531
29532 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29533
29534 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29535 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29536 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29537
29538 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29539
29540 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29541 Uudecode region between START and END.
29542 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29543
29544 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29545
29546 ;;;***
29547 \f
29548 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29549 ;;;;;;  vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
29550 ;;;;;;  vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29551 ;;;;;;  vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29552 ;;;;;;  vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
29553 ;;;;;;  vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29554 ;;;;;;  vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20752
29555 ;;;;;;  26669 524456 0))
29556 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29557
29558 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29559 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29560 See `run-hooks'.")
29561
29562 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29563
29564 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29565 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29566 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29567
29568 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29569
29570 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29571 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29572 See `run-hooks'.")
29573
29574 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29575
29576 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29577 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29578 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29579 same state.  If not, signal an error.
29580
29581 For merging-based version control systems:
29582   If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29583    control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29584   If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29585    up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29586   For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29587    the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29588
29589 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29590   If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29591   If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29592    the file(s) for editing.
29593   If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29594    *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes.  If the variable
29595    `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29596    read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29597   If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29598   If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29599
29600 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29601
29602 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29603 Register into a version control system.
29604 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29605 Otherwise register the current file.
29606 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29607 level.  If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29608
29609 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29610 `vc-handled-backends'.  The first backend in that list which declares
29611 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29612 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29613 register the file.  If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29614 first backend that could register the file is used.
29615
29616 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29617
29618 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29619 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29620
29621 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29622
29623 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29624 Display diffs between file revisions.
29625 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29626 working revisions.  With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29627 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29628
29629 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29630 saving the buffer.
29631
29632 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29633
29634 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29635 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29636 repository history using ediff.
29637
29638 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29639
29640 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29641 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29642 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29643 working revisions.  With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29644 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29645
29646 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29647 saving the buffer.
29648
29649 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29650
29651 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29652 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29653 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29654 fileset with the working revision.
29655 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29656 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29657
29658 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29659 saving the buffer.
29660
29661 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29662
29663 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29664 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29665 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29666 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29667
29668 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29669
29670 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29671 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29672 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29673 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29674
29675 \(fn)" t nil)
29676
29677 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29678 Perform a version control merge operation.
29679 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29680 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29681 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29682 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29683
29684 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29685 between two revisions into the current fileset.  This asks for
29686 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer.  If the first
29687 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29688 branch.  If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29689 changes from the current branch.
29690
29691 \(fn)" t nil)
29692
29693 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29694
29695 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29696 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29697 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29698 the named configuration.  If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29699 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29700 checked out in that new branch.
29701
29702 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29703
29704 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29705 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29706 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29707 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29708 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29709 allowed and simply skipped).
29710
29711 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29712
29713 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29714 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29715 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29716 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29717 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29718
29719 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29720 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29721
29722 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29723
29724 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29725 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29726 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29727 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29728 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29729
29730 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29731
29732 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29733 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29734 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29735
29736 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29737
29738 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29739 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29740 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29741
29742 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29743
29744 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29745 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29746 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29747 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29748
29749 \(fn)" t nil)
29750
29751 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29752 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29753 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29754 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29755
29756 \(fn)" t nil)
29757
29758 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29759
29760 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29761 Update the current fileset or branch.
29762 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29763 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29764 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29765 list if required.  Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29766
29767 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29768 fileset to the tip revisions.  For each unchanged and unlocked
29769 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29770 on its branch.  If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29771 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29772
29773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29774
29775 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29776
29777 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29778 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29779 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND.  The change is not
29780 permanent, only for the current session.  This function only changes
29781 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29782 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29783 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29784
29785 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29786
29787 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29788 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29789 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29790 \(i.e.  it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29791 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29792 base level.  If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29793 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29794 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29795 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29796
29797 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29798
29799 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29800 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29801 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29802 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29803
29804 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29805
29806 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29807 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29808 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29809 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29810
29811 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29812
29813 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29814 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29815 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29816 directory.
29817
29818 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29819
29820 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29821 files that are under version control.  This puts all the entries in the
29822 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29823
29824 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29825 log entries should be gathered.
29826
29827 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29828
29829 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29830 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29831
29832 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29833
29834 ;;;***
29835 \f
29836 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
29837 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
29838 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29839
29840 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29841 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29842
29843 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29844 file, when it was last edited and by whom.  Additionally, colors are
29845 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29846 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages.  By
29847 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29848 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29849
29850 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29851 minibuffer.  First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29852 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29853 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged).  Then,
29854 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29855 should cover.  For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29856 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29857 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29858
29859 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29860
29861 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29862
29863 Customization variables:
29864
29865 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29866 mode-specific menu.  `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29867 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29868 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29869
29870 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29871
29872 ;;;***
29873 \f
29874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20748 62911 684442
29875 ;;;;;;  0))
29876 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29877  (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29878   (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29879       (progn
29880         (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29881         (vc-arch-registered file))))
29882
29883 ;;;***
29884 \f
29885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20820 6311 856169
29886 ;;;;;;  0))
29887 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29888
29889 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29890 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29891
29892 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29893 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29894  (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29895   (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29896       (progn
29897         (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29898         (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29899
29900 ;;;***
29901 \f
29902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20748 62911 684442
29903 ;;;;;;  0))
29904 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29905 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29906   "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29907   (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29908                           "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29909       (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29910       (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29911
29912 ;;;***
29913 \f
29914 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir vc-dir-mode) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20709
29915 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
29916 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29917
29918 (autoload 'vc-dir-mode "vc-dir" "\
29919 Major mode for VC directory buffers.
29920 Marking/Unmarking key bindings and actions:
29921 m - mark a file/directory
29922   - if the region is active, mark all the files in region.
29923     Restrictions: - a file cannot be marked if any parent directory is marked
29924                   - a directory cannot be marked if any child file or
29925                     directory is marked
29926 u - unmark a file/directory
29927   - if the region is active, unmark all the files in region.
29928 M - if the cursor is on a file: mark all the files with the same state as
29929       the current file
29930   - if the cursor is on a directory: mark all child files
29931   - with a prefix argument: mark all files
29932 U - if the cursor is on a file: unmark all the files with the same state
29933       as the current file
29934   - if the cursor is on a directory: unmark all child files
29935   - with a prefix argument: unmark all files
29936 mouse-2  - toggles the mark state
29937
29938 VC commands
29939 VC commands in the `C-x v' prefix can be used.
29940 VC commands act on the marked entries.  If nothing is marked, VC
29941 commands act on the current entry.
29942
29943 Search & Replace
29944 S - searches the marked files
29945 Q - does a query replace on the marked files
29946 M-s a C-s - does an isearch on the marked files
29947 M-s a C-M-s - does a regexp isearch on the marked files
29948 If nothing is marked, these commands act on the current entry.
29949 When a directory is current or marked, the Search & Replace
29950 commands act on the child files of that directory that are displayed in
29951 the *vc-dir* buffer.
29952
29953 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29954
29955 \(fn)" t nil)
29956
29957 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29958 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29959 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29960 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29961 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29962
29963 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29964 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29965 The file lines appear later.
29966
29967 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29968 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29969
29970 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29971
29972 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29973
29974 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29975
29976 ;;;***
29977 \f
29978 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
29979 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
29980 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29981
29982 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29983 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29984 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29985 BUFFER is t.  If the destination buffer is not already current,
29986 set it up properly and erase it.  The command is considered
29987 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29988 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29989 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29990 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29991 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29992 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29993 name or set of files).  If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29994 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29995 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29996 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29997
29998 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29999
30000 ;;;***
30001 \f
30002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20748 62911 684442
30003 ;;;;;;  0))
30004 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30005  (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30006   "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30007   (if (vc-find-root file ".git")       ; Short cut.
30008       (progn
30009         (load "vc-git" nil t)
30010         (vc-git-registered file))))
30011
30012 ;;;***
30013 \f
30014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20748 62911 684442 0))
30015 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30016  (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30017   "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30018   (if (vc-find-root file ".hg")       ; short cut
30019       (progn
30020         (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30021         (vc-hg-registered file))))
30022
30023 ;;;***
30024 \f
30025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20748 62911 684442
30026 ;;;;;;  0))
30027 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30028
30029 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30030 Name of the monotone directory.")
30031
30032 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30033 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30034  (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30035   (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30036       (progn
30037         (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30038         (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30039
30040 ;;;***
30041 \f
30042 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
30043 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
30044 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30045
30046 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30047 Where to look for RCS master files.
30048 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30049
30050 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30051
30052 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30053
30054 ;;;***
30055 \f
30056 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
30057 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
30058 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30059
30060 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30061 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30062 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30063
30064 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30065
30066 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30067
30068 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30069 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30070 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30071 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30072
30073 ;;;***
30074 \f
30075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20760 54070 584283
30076 ;;;;;;  0))
30077 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30078  (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30079   (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30080                                (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30081                           "_svn")
30082                          (t ".svn"))))
30083     (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30084       (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30085       (vc-svn-registered f))))
30086
30087 ;;;***
30088 \f
30089 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30090 ;;;;;;  (20777 63161 848428 0))
30091 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30092  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'")  'vera-mode))
30093
30094 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30095 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30096
30097 Usage:
30098 ------
30099
30100   INDENTATION:  Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30101     The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30102     Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30103     `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30104
30105   WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION:  Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30106     for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30107     and adjusts case.  Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30108     completions.
30109
30110     Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30111     at the beginning of a line).  `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30112
30113   COMMENTS:  `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30114     uncomments a region if already commented out.
30115
30116   HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):  Vera keywords, predefined types and
30117     constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30118     comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30119
30120   VERA VERSION:  OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30121
30122
30123 Maintenance:
30124 ------------
30125
30126 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30127 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30128
30129 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30130
30131 Official distribution is at
30132 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30133
30134
30135                                                   The Vera Mode Maintainer
30136                                                Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30137
30138 Key bindings:
30139 -------------
30140
30141 \\{vera-mode-map}
30142
30143 \(fn)" t nil)
30144
30145 ;;;***
30146 \f
30147 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30148 ;;;;;;  (20763 30266 231060 0))
30149 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30150
30151 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30152 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30153 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30154 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30155 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30156
30157 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30158
30159 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30160 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30161
30162 Supports highlighting.
30163
30164 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30165 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30166
30167 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30168
30169  variable `verilog-indent-level'      (default 3)
30170    Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30171  `verilog-indent-level-module'        (default 3)
30172    Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30173    Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30174    on the left side of your screen.
30175  `verilog-indent-level-declaration'   (default 3)
30176    Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30177    Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30178  `verilog-indent-level-behavioral'    (default 3)
30179    Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30180    Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30181    function keyword.
30182  `verilog-indent-level-directive'     (default 1)
30183    Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30184  `verilog-cexp-indent'              (default 1)
30185    Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30186       if (a)
30187         begin
30188  `verilog-case-indent'              (default 2)
30189    Indentation for case statements.
30190  `verilog-auto-newline'             (default nil)
30191    Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30192    mark after an end.
30193  `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline'   (default t)
30194    Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30195  `verilog-tab-always-indent'        (default t)
30196    Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30197    regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30198  `verilog-indent-begin-after-if'    (default t)
30199    Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30200    if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any.  Otherwise,
30201    the begin is lined up with the preceding token.  If t, you get:
30202       if (a)
30203          begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30204    otherwise you get:
30205       if (a)
30206       begin
30207  `verilog-auto-endcomments'         (default t)
30208    Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30209    cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30210    The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30211  `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30212    Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30213    will be inserted.  Setting this variable to zero results in every
30214    end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30215    comments in tight quarters.
30216  `verilog-auto-lineup'              (default 'declarations)
30217    List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30218
30219 Variables controlling other actions:
30220
30221  `verilog-linter'                   (default surelint)
30222    Unix program to call to run the lint checker.  This is the default
30223    command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30224
30225 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30226
30227 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30228
30229     \\[verilog-auto]  Expand AUTO statements.
30230     \\[verilog-delete-auto]  Remove the AUTOs.
30231     \\[verilog-inject-auto]  Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30232
30233 Some other functions are:
30234
30235     \\[verilog-complete-word]    Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30236     \\[verilog-mark-defun]  Mark function.
30237     \\[verilog-beg-of-defun]  Move to beginning of current function.
30238     \\[verilog-end-of-defun]  Move to end of current function.
30239     \\[verilog-label-be]  Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30240
30241     \\[verilog-comment-region]  Put marked area in a comment.
30242     \\[verilog-uncomment-region]  Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30243     \\[verilog-insert-block]  Insert begin ... end.
30244     \\[verilog-star-comment]    Insert /* ... */.
30245
30246     \\[verilog-sk-always]  Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30247     \\[verilog-sk-begin]  Insert a begin .. end block.
30248     \\[verilog-sk-case]  Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30249     \\[verilog-sk-for]  Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30250     \\[verilog-sk-generate]  Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30251     \\[verilog-sk-header]  Insert a header block at the top of file.
30252     \\[verilog-sk-initial]  Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30253     \\[verilog-sk-fork]  Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30254     \\[verilog-sk-module]  Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30255     \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class]  Insert an OVM Class block.
30256     \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class]  Insert an UVM Class block.
30257     \\[verilog-sk-primitive]  Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30258     \\[verilog-sk-repeat]  Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30259     \\[verilog-sk-specify]  Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30260     \\[verilog-sk-task]  Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30261     \\[verilog-sk-while]  Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30262     \\[verilog-sk-casex]  Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30263     \\[verilog-sk-casez]  Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30264     \\[verilog-sk-if]  Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30265     \\[verilog-sk-else-if]  Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30266     \\[verilog-sk-comment]  Insert a comment block.
30267     \\[verilog-sk-assign]  Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30268     \\[verilog-sk-function]  Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30269     \\[verilog-sk-input]  Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30270     \\[verilog-sk-output]  Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30271     \\[verilog-sk-state-machine]  Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30272     \\[verilog-sk-inout]  Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30273     \\[verilog-sk-wire]  Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30274     \\[verilog-sk-reg]  Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30275     \\[verilog-sk-define-signal]  Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30276
30277 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30278 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30279
30280 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30281
30282 \(fn)" t nil)
30283
30284 ;;;***
30285 \f
30286 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30287 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
30288 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30289
30290 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30291 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30292
30293 Usage:
30294 ------
30295
30296   TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30297     After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30298     arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct.  Typing
30299     `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30300     template generation.  Optional arguments are indicated by square
30301     brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.  Prompts for
30302     mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30303     empty.  They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'.  Enabled
30304     electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30305
30306       Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30307     template generator.  Automatic template generation (i.e.
30308     electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30309     setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30310
30311       Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30312     bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30313     the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30314     `SPC'.  The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30315     conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30316
30317       Template styles can be customized in customization group
30318     `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30319
30320
30321   HEADER INSERTION:
30322     A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'.  A file footer
30323     (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30324     See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30325
30326
30327   STUTTERING:
30328     Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30329     Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30330     option `vhdl-stutter-mode'.  Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30331     the mode line.  The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30332
30333       ;;   -->  \" : \"       [   -->  (        --    -->  comment
30334       ;;;  -->  \" := \"      [[  -->  [        --CR  -->  comment-out code
30335       ..   -->  \" => \"      ]   -->  )        ---   -->  horizontal line
30336       ,,   -->  \" <= \"      ]]  -->  ]        ----  -->  display comment
30337       ==   -->  \" == \"      ''  -->  \\\"
30338
30339
30340   WORD COMPLETION:
30341     Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30342     word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30343     Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions.  This also
30344     works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30345
30346       Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30347     expressions (e.g. for array index ranges).  All keywords as well as
30348     standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30349     (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30350     beginning with \"std\").
30351
30352       Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30353     beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30354     inserts a tabulator stop otherwise.  `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30355     stop.
30356
30357
30358   COMMENTS:
30359         `--'       puts a single comment.
30360         `---'      draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30361         `----'     inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30362                    with a comment in between.
30363         `--CR'     comments out code on that line.  Re-hitting CR comments
30364                    out following lines.
30365         `C-c C-c'  comments out a region if not commented out,
30366                    uncomments a region if already commented out.  Option
30367                    `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30368                    should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30369
30370       You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30371     variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30372     specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30373     Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30374     begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30375     non-nil.
30376
30377       Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30378     are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'.  Comments go at
30379     maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'.  `RET' after a space in a comment
30380     will open a new comment line.  Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30381     in a comment automatically opens a new comment line.  `M-q' re-fills
30382     multi-line comments.
30383
30384
30385   INDENTATION:
30386     `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.  The amount of
30387     indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'.  `C-c C-i C-l'
30388     always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30389     `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).  If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30390     the entire region.
30391
30392       Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30393     (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu).  Argument and port lists are
30394     indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30395     according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30396
30397       If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30398     tabs.  `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30399     and vice versa.
30400
30401       Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files.  Option
30402     `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30403
30404       Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30405     comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30406     line.
30407
30408
30409   ALIGNMENT:
30410     The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30411     to beautify the code.  `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30412     separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30413     indent.  `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30414     a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30415     C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit.  `C-c
30416     C-a M-a' aligns an entire region.  `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30417     for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30418
30419       If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30420     separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30421     aligned individually.  If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30422     blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately.  Some templates
30423     are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30424     is non-nil.
30425
30426       Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30427     `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30428     `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30429
30430       `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region.  That is, operator
30431     symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30432
30433
30434   CODE FILLING:
30435     Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30436     maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30437     lines are maximally filled (block filling).  `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30438     enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30439     blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30440     `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30441
30442
30443   CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30444     `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30445     buffer respectively.  This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30446     fixing.  Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30447     command:
30448
30449       emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30450
30451
30452   PORT TRANSLATION:
30453     Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30454     copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30455     as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30456     signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30457     internal signal initializations (menu).
30458
30459       To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30460     `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'.  To include comments in pasting,
30461     see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30462
30463       A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30464     flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists.  The
30465     direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30466     outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches.  (This
30467     reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30468     in subsequent paste operations.)
30469
30470       Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30471     design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30472     to options `vhdl-...-name'.  See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30473
30474
30475   SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30476     Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30477     subprograms (function/procedure).  A subprogram interface can be copied
30478     and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30479     association list with formals).
30480
30481
30482   TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30483     A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench.  The generated
30484     testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30485     configuration.  The architecture contains the component declaration and
30486     instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30487     declarations.  Additional user-defined templates can be inserted.  The
30488     names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30489     structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30490    `vhdl-testbench'.
30491
30492
30493   KEY BINDINGS:
30494     Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30495
30496
30497   VHDL MENU:
30498     All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30499
30500
30501   FILE BROWSER:
30502     The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.  It can
30503     be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30504     `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30505
30506       In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30507     browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30508
30509
30510   DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30511     The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30512     contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30513     projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30514
30515       The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30516     project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30517     `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30518
30519       In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30520     their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'.  Ports can directly be copied
30521     from entities and components (in packages).  Individual design units and
30522     complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30523
30524       The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30525     file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil.  The
30526     hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30527     speedbar.  The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30528     options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30529
30530       Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30531     multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30532     required by secondary units.
30533
30534
30535   STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30536     Enables simple structural composition.  `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30537     for a new component.  Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30538     instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30539     (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P').  Finally,
30540     all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30541     and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30542       - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30543         connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30544       - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30545         inputs to this component -> input port created
30546       - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30547         outputs from this component -> output port created
30548       - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30549         considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30550
30551       Purpose:  With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30552     create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30553     strokes.  A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30554     component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30555     browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30556
30557       Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30558     components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30559
30560       Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30561     `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30562     an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p').  The VHDL'93 direct
30563     component instantiation is also supported (option
30564     `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30565
30566       Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30567     the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30568     the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor).  The
30569     configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30570     component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30571     `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30572     (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration').  For
30573     subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30574     (mra) architecture is selected.  If another architecture is desired, it
30575     can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30576     generating the configuration.
30577
30578       Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30579     declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30580     configurations in speedbar.
30581
30582       See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30583
30584
30585   SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30586     The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30587     compiler (menu, `C-c C-k').  The compiler to be used is specified by
30588     option `vhdl-compiler'.  The available compilers are listed in option
30589     `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30590     command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30591     information.  New compilers can be added.
30592
30593       All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30594     command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30595
30596
30597   MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30598     Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30599     routine (`C-c M-k').  The library unit dependency information is
30600     obtained from the hierarchy browser.  Makefile generation can be
30601     customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30602
30603       Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30604     command:
30605
30606         emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30607               [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30608               -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30609
30610       The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30611     target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30612     library directory if not existent.  These target names can be customized
30613     by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'.  The Makefile also includes a
30614     target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30615     of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30616     compilation of a design specified by a configuration).  User specific
30617     parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30618     `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30619
30620     Limitations:
30621       - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30622         considered.  Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30623         not (yet) supported.
30624       - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30625         but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30626       - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30627
30628
30629   PROJECTS:
30630     Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30631     project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30632     the menu or speedbar (temporarily).  For each project, title and
30633     description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30634     (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30635     compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30636     specified.  Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30637     `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30638
30639       Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30640     Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30641     can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer.  When starting
30642     Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30643     vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30644     automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30645     `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil.  Names/paths of the project setup
30646     files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'.  Multiple
30647     project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30648     This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30649     `vhdl-project-alist'.
30650
30651
30652   SPECIAL MENUES:
30653     As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30654     option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30655     (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30656     file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30657     larger than `font-lock-maximum-size').  Also, a source file menu can be
30658     added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30659     current directory for VHDL source files.
30660
30661
30662   VHDL STANDARDS:
30663     The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30664     Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30665
30666
30667   KEYWORD CASE:
30668     Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30669     and enumeration values is supported.  If the option
30670     `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30671     lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30672     types, attributes, and enumeration values).  The case of keywords,
30673     types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30674     region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30675     `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30676
30677
30678   HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30679     Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30680     function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30681     as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30682     different colors.  Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30683     parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30684     highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30685
30686       Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30687     that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30688     `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30689     a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words').  Verilog
30690     keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30691     `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30692
30693       Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30694     syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30695     option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil.  This allows to
30696     establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30697     of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30698     visually.
30699
30700       Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30701     to support case-sensitive highlighting.  However, keywords are then only
30702     highlighted if written in lower case.
30703
30704       Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30705     highlighted using a different background color if option
30706     `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30707
30708       For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30709     customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group').  For
30710     highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30711     `paren-showing'.  Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30712     option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30713
30714
30715   USER MODELS:
30716     VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30717     in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30718     electrification.  See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30719
30720
30721   HIDE/SHOW:
30722     The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30723     instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30724     be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30725     the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu').  XEmacs: limited
30726     functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30727
30728
30729   CODE UPDATING:
30730     - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30731       current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30732       Limitations:
30733         - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30734           architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30735         - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30736           Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30737         - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30738       Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30739       (used to obtain the port names).
30740       Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30741       specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30742       sensitivity lists.
30743
30744
30745   CODE FIXING:
30746     `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30747     (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30748
30749
30750   PRINTING:
30751     PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30752     used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30753     `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30754     PostScript printing commands.  Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30755     appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30756     The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'.  Do not forget to
30757     switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30758     printers.
30759
30760
30761   OPTIONS:
30762     User options allow customization of VHDL Mode.  All options are
30763     accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry.  Simple options (switches
30764     and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30765     customization buffer is opened.  Changed options can be saved for future
30766     sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30767
30768       Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30769     the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30770     customize-group' for groups).  Some customizations only take effect
30771     after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30772     Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30773     INSTALL file).
30774
30775       Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30776     what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30777
30778
30779   FILE EXTENSIONS:
30780     As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30781     automatically recognized as VHDL source files.  To add an extension
30782     \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30783
30784       (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30785
30786
30787   HINTS:
30788     - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30789       a VHDL file first, use the command:
30790
30791         emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30792
30793     - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30794
30795     - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30796
30797
30798   RELEASE NOTES:
30799     See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30800
30801
30802 Maintenance:
30803 ------------
30804
30805 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30806 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30807
30808 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30809
30810 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30811 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30812 releases.  You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing.  Subscribe
30813 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30814
30815 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30816 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30817 where the latest version can be found.
30818
30819
30820 Known problems:
30821 ---------------
30822
30823 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30824 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30825 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30826 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30827
30828
30829                                                 The VHDL Mode Authors
30830                                             Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30831
30832 Key bindings:
30833 -------------
30834
30835 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30836
30837 \(fn)" t nil)
30838
30839 ;;;***
30840 \f
30841 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20566 63671 243798
30842 ;;;;;;  0))
30843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30844
30845 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30846 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30847 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30848 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30849
30850 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30851 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30852 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30853 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30854 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30855
30856 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30857 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30858
30859 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30860
30861 * Limitations and unsupported features
30862   - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30863     not supported.
30864   - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30865   - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30866
30867 * Modifications
30868   - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30869     pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30870     Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30871   - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30872     to undo twice to completely undo a change command.  But this is not needed
30873     for undoing a repeated change command.
30874   - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30875     in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands.  Replace cmds too.
30876   - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30877
30878 * Extensions
30879   - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30880     incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30881   - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30882     esc-map or set undefined.  These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30883   - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30884     `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30885     `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'.  Some of them are quite handy.
30886   - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30887
30888 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30889
30890 \(fn)" t nil)
30891
30892 ;;;***
30893 \f
30894 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30895 ;;;;;;  viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30896 ;;;;;;  viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30897 ;;;;;;  "language/viet-util.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
30898 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30899
30900 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30901 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30902
30903 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30904
30905 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30906 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30907 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30908 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30909
30910 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30911
30912 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30913 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30914
30915 \(fn)" t nil)
30916
30917 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30918 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30919 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30920 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30921
30922 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30923
30924 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30925 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30926
30927 \(fn)" t nil)
30928
30929 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30930
30931
30932 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30933
30934 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30935
30936
30937 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30938
30939 ;;;***
30940 \f
30941 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30942 ;;;;;;  view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30943 ;;;;;;  view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30944 ;;;;;;  view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30945 ;;;;;;  "view" "view.el" (20762 9398 526093 0))
30946 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30947
30948 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30949 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30950 If nil, make an icon of the frame.  If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30951
30952 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30953
30954 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30955 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30956 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30957 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30958
30959 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30960
30961 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30962 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30963
30964 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30965
30966 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30967 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30968 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30969 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30970 moving around in the buffer.
30971 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30972 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30973
30974 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30975
30976 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30977
30978 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30979 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30980 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30981 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30982
30983 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30984 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30985 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30986 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30987 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30988
30989 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30990
30991 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30992
30993 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30994 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30995 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30996 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30997 buffer.
30998
30999 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31000 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31001 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31002 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31003 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31004
31005 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31006
31007 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31008
31009 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31010 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31011 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31012 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31013 moving around in the buffer.
31014 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31015 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31016
31017 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31018
31019 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31020 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
31021 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31022
31023 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31024 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31025 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits.  Setting
31026 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31027
31028 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31029 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31030 own View-like bindings.
31031
31032 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31033
31034 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31035 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31036 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31037 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31038 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31039 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31040 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31041
31042 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31043
31044 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31045
31046 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31047 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
31048 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31049
31050 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31051 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31052 own View-like bindings.
31053
31054 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31055
31056 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31057 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31058 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31059 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31060 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31061 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31062 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31063
31064 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31065
31066 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31067
31068 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31069 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
31070 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31071
31072 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31073 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31074 own View-like bindings.
31075
31076 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31077
31078 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31079 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31080 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31081 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31082 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31083
31084 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31085 contents are available as usual.  Kill commands insert text in
31086 kill buffers but do not delete.  Most other commands beep and
31087 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31088
31089 \\<view-mode-map>
31090
31091 The following additional commands are provided.  Most commands
31092 take prefix arguments.  Page commands default to \"page size\"
31093 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31094 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31095 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31096 which initially is half a window full.  Search commands default
31097 to a repeat count of one.
31098
31099 H, h, ?  This message.
31100 Digits  provide prefix arguments.
31101 \\[negative-argument]   negative prefix argument.
31102 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31103 >       move to the end of buffer.
31104 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end]   scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31105 SPC     scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31106           With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31107 DEL, S-SPC  scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31108               With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31109 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size]      like  \\[View-scroll-page-forward]  but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31110 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]     like  \\[View-scroll-page-backward]  but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31111 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward]       scroll forward \"half page size\" lines.  With prefix, sets
31112           \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31113 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward]      scroll backward \"half page size\" lines.  With prefix, sets
31114           \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31115 RET, LFD  scroll forward one line.  With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31116 y       scroll backward one line.  With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31117 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward]      revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31118           Use this to view a changing file.
31119 \\[what-line]   prints the current line number.
31120 \\[View-goto-percent]   goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31121 \\[View-goto-line]      goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31122 .       set the mark.
31123 x       exchanges point and mark.
31124 \\[View-back-to-mark]   return to mark and pops mark ring.
31125           Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31126           jump to line occurs.  The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31127 \\[point-to-register]   save current position in character register.
31128 '       go to position saved in character register.
31129 s       do forward incremental search.
31130 r       do reverse incremental search.
31131 \\[View-search-regexp-forward]  searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31132           ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31133           ! means search for a line with no match for regexp.  @ means start
31134           search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31135 \\      searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31136 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward]     searches forward for last regular expression.
31137 p       searches backward for last regular expression.
31138 \\[View-quit]   quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31139           \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31140 \\[View-exit]   exit View mode but stay in current buffer.  Use this if you started
31141           viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31142           This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31143 \\[View-exit-and-edit]  exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31144           even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31145 \\[View-quit-all]       quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31146 \\[View-leave]  quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31147 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31148
31149 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered.  If it was
31150 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31151 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31152 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31153 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31154 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31155 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31156 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31157 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31158
31159 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31160
31161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31162
31163 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31164 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31165 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31166 windows.  Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31167 `view-return-to-alist' after purging.  For a description of items
31168 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31169 function `view-mode-exit'.  If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31170 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31171 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31172
31173 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31174
31175 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31176
31177 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31178 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31179 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31180 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31181 buffer.  This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31182 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31183
31184 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31185 function that takes a buffer as argument.  This function will be
31186 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31187
31188 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31189
31190 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31191
31192 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31193
31194 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31195 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31196
31197 \(fn)" t nil)
31198
31199 ;;;***
31200 \f
31201 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20799
31202 ;;;;;;  169 640767 0))
31203 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31204
31205 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31206 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31207
31208 \(fn)" nil nil)
31209
31210 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31211 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31212
31213 \(fn)" t nil)
31214
31215 ;;;***
31216 \f
31217 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31218 ;;;;;;  (20799 169 640767 0))
31219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31220
31221 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31222 Toggle Viper on/off.
31223 If Viper is enabled, turn it off.  Otherwise, turn it on.
31224
31225 \(fn)" t nil)
31226
31227 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31228 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31229
31230 \(fn)" t nil)
31231
31232 ;;;***
31233 \f
31234 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31235 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
31236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31237
31238 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31239 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31240 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31241 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31242 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31243 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31244 and the function can insert text in it.  This text becomes
31245 the beginning of the warning.")
31246
31247 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31248 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31249 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31250 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31251 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31252 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31253 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31254 also call that function before the next warning.")
31255
31256 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31257 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31258
31259 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31260 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31261 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31262 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31263
31264 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31265 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31266 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31267 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31268 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31269 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31270
31271 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31272 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31273 Default is :warning.
31274
31275 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31276               if you do not attend to it promptly.
31277 :error     -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31278 :warning   -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31279               but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31280 :debug     -- info for debugging only.
31281
31282 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31283 the warning.  By default, it is `*Warnings*'.  If this function
31284 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31285
31286 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31287
31288 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31289 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31290
31291 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31292
31293 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31294 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31295 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31296 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31297
31298 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31299 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31300 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31301 can be whatever you like.)
31302
31303 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31304 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31305
31306 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31307               if you do not attend to it promptly.
31308 :error     -- invalid data or circumstances.
31309 :warning   -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31310 :debug     -- info for debugging only.
31311
31312 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31313
31314 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31315 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31316 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31317 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31318 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31319
31320 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31321
31322 ;;;***
31323 \f
31324 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31325 ;;;;;;  (20791 9657 561026 0))
31326 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31327
31328 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31329 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31330 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31331 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31332 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31333 files.  After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31334 directories to reflect your edits.
31335
31336 See `wdired-mode'.
31337
31338 \(fn)" t nil)
31339
31340 ;;;***
31341 \f
31342 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20709 26818
31343 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
31344 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31345
31346 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31347 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31348
31349 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31350 hotlist.
31351
31352 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31353 <nwv@acm.org>.
31354
31355 \(fn)" t nil)
31356
31357 ;;;***
31358 \f
31359 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31360 ;;;;;;  (20725 15032 264919 0))
31361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31362  (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31363  (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31364
31365 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31366
31367 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31368 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31369 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31370 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31371 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31372 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31373
31374 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31375
31376 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31377 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31378 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31379 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31380 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31381
31382 Which Function mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, the
31383 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31384 in certain major modes.
31385
31386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31387
31388 ;;;***
31389 \f
31390 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31391 ;;;;;;  whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31392 ;;;;;;  global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31393 ;;;;;;  whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20809 36008
31394 ;;;;;;  682209 0))
31395 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31396
31397 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31398 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31399 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31400 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31401 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31402
31403 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31404 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31405
31406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31407
31408 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31409 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31410 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31411 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
31412 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31413
31414 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31415 exclusively.  For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31416 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31417 use `whitespace-mode'.
31418
31419 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31420
31421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31422
31423 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31424 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31425 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31426 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31427 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31428 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31429
31430 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31431
31432 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31433 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31434 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31435 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
31436 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31437
31438 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31439 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31440
31441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31442
31443 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31444 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31445 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31446 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31447 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31448 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31449
31450 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31451
31452 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31453 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31454 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31455 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
31456 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31457
31458 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31459 visualization exclusively.  For other visualizations, including
31460 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31461 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31462
31463 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31464
31465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31466
31467 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31468 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31469
31470 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31471 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31472
31473 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31474 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31475
31476 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31477
31478   CHAR  MEANING
31479   (VIA FACES)
31480    f    toggle face visualization
31481    t    toggle TAB visualization
31482    s    toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31483    r    toggle trailing blanks visualization
31484    l    toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31485    L    toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31486    n    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31487    e    toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31488    C-i  toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31489    I    toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31490    i    toggle indentation TABs visualization
31491    C-a  toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31492    A    toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31493    a    toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31494    C-b  toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31495    B    toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31496    b    toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31497
31498   (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31499    T    toggle TAB visualization
31500    S    toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31501    N    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31502
31503    x    restore `whitespace-style' value
31504    ?    display brief help
31505
31506 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31507 The valid symbols are:
31508
31509    face                 toggle face visualization
31510    tabs                 toggle TAB visualization
31511    spaces               toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31512    trailing             toggle trailing blanks visualization
31513    lines                toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31514    lines-tail           toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31515    newline              toggle NEWLINE visualization
31516    empty                toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31517    indentation          toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31518    indentation::tab     toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31519    indentation::space   toggle indentation TABs visualization
31520    space-after-tab              toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31521    space-after-tab::tab         toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31522    space-after-tab::space       toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31523    space-before-tab             toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31524    space-before-tab::tab        toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31525    space-before-tab::space      toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31526
31527    tab-mark             toggle TAB visualization
31528    space-mark           toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31529    newline-mark         toggle NEWLINE visualization
31530
31531    whitespace-style     restore `whitespace-style' value
31532
31533 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31534
31535 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31536
31537 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31538 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31539
31540 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31541 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31542
31543 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31544 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31545
31546 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31547
31548   CHAR  MEANING
31549   (VIA FACES)
31550    f    toggle face visualization
31551    t    toggle TAB visualization
31552    s    toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31553    r    toggle trailing blanks visualization
31554    l    toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31555    L    toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31556    n    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31557    e    toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31558    C-i  toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31559    I    toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31560    i    toggle indentation TABs visualization
31561    C-a  toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31562    A    toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31563    a    toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31564    C-b  toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31565    B    toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31566    b    toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31567
31568   (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31569    T    toggle TAB visualization
31570    S    toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31571    N    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31572
31573    x    restore `whitespace-style' value
31574    ?    display brief help
31575
31576 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31577 The valid symbols are:
31578
31579    face                 toggle face visualization
31580    tabs                 toggle TAB visualization
31581    spaces               toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31582    trailing             toggle trailing blanks visualization
31583    lines                toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31584    lines-tail           toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31585    newline              toggle NEWLINE visualization
31586    empty                toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31587    indentation          toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31588    indentation::tab     toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31589    indentation::space   toggle indentation TABs visualization
31590    space-after-tab              toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31591    space-after-tab::tab         toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31592    space-after-tab::space       toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31593    space-before-tab             toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31594    space-before-tab::tab        toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31595    space-before-tab::space      toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31596
31597    tab-mark             toggle TAB visualization
31598    space-mark           toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31599    newline-mark         toggle NEWLINE visualization
31600
31601    whitespace-style     restore `whitespace-style' value
31602
31603 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31604
31605 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31606
31607 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31608 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31609
31610 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31611 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region.  It also
31612 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31613 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31614 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31615
31616 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31617
31618 The problems cleaned up are:
31619
31620 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31621 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31622    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31623    empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31624
31625 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31626    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31627    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31628    `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31629    SPACEs.
31630    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31631    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31632    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31633    replace TABs by SPACEs.
31634
31635 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31636    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31637    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31638    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31639    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31640    `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31641    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31642    `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31643
31644 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31645    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31646    all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31647
31648 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31649    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31650    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31651    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31652    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31653    `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31654    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31655    `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31656
31657 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31658 documentation.
31659
31660 \(fn)" t nil)
31661
31662 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31663 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31664
31665 The problems cleaned up are:
31666
31667 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31668    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31669    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31670    `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31671    SPACEs.
31672    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31673    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31674    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31675    replace TABs by SPACEs.
31676
31677 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31678    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31679    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31680    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31681    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31682    `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31683    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31684    `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31685
31686 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31687    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31688    all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31689
31690 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31691    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31692    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31693    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31694    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31695    `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31696    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31697    `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31698
31699 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31700 documentation.
31701
31702 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31703
31704 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31705 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31706
31707 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31708 non-nil.
31709
31710 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31711 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31712 `whitespace-style' to have:
31713
31714    empty
31715    trailing
31716    indentation
31717    space-before-tab
31718    space-after-tab
31719
31720 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31721 whitespace problems in buffer.
31722
31723 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31724
31725 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31726    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31727    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31728    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31729    indentation          4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31730    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31731    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31732
31733 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31734    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31735    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31736    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31737    indentation          4. TABS at beginning of line.
31738    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31739    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31740
31741 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31742 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31743 cleaning up these problems.
31744
31745 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31746
31747 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31748 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31749
31750 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31751 non-nil.
31752
31753 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31754 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31755 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31756
31757    empty
31758    indentation
31759    space-before-tab
31760    trailing
31761    space-after-tab
31762
31763 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31764 whitespace problems in buffer.
31765
31766 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31767
31768 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31769    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31770    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31771    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31772    indentation          4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31773    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31774    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31775
31776 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31777    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31778    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31779    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31780    indentation          4. TABS at beginning of line.
31781    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31782    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31783
31784 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31785 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31786 cleaning up these problems.
31787
31788 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31789
31790 ;;;***
31791 \f
31792 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31793 ;;;;;;  widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20709 26818
31794 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
31795 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31796
31797 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31798 Browse the widget under point.
31799
31800 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31801
31802 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31803 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31804
31805 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31806
31807 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31808 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31809
31810 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31811
31812 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31813 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31814 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31815 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31816 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31817
31818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31819
31820 ;;;***
31821 \f
31822 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31823 ;;;;;;  widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20716
31824 ;;;;;;  56 356960 0))
31825 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31826
31827 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31828 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31829
31830 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31831
31832 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31833 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31834 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31835
31836 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31837
31838 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31839 Create widget of TYPE.
31840 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31841
31842 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31843
31844 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31845 Delete WIDGET.
31846
31847 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31848
31849 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31850 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31851
31852 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31853
31854 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "       " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e   " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31855 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31856 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31857 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31858
31859 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31860 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31861
31862 \(fn)" nil nil)
31863
31864 ;;;***
31865 \f
31866 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31867 ;;;;;;  windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20709
31868 ;;;;;;  26818 907104 0))
31869 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31870
31871 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31872 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31873 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31874 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31875 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31876 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31877 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31878
31879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31880
31881 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31882 Select the window above the current one.
31883 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31884 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31885 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31886 negative ARG) of the current window.
31887 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31888
31889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31890
31891 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31892 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31893 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31894 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31895 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31896 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31897 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31898
31899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31900
31901 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31902 Select the window below the current one.
31903 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31904 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31905 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31906 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31907 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31908
31909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31910
31911 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31912 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31913 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31914 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31915
31916 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31917
31918 ;;;***
31919 \f
31920 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" (20709 26818
31921 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
31922 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31923
31924 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31925 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31926 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31927 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31928 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31929 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31930
31931 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31932
31933 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31934 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31935 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31936 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31937 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31938 \\{winner-mode-map}
31939
31940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31941
31942 ;;;***
31943 \f
31944 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
31945 ;;;;;;  woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20709 26818 907104
31946 ;;;;;;  0))
31947 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31948
31949 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31950 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31951 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31952 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31953 default version.  Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31954
31955 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31956
31957 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31958 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31959 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31960 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31961 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31962 `woman-path'.  The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31963 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31964 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31965
31966 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31967 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31968
31969 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31970
31971 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31972 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31973
31974 \(fn)" t nil)
31975
31976 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31977 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31978 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31979 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31980 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31981 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31982 decompress the file if appropriate.  See the documentation for the
31983 `woman' command for further details.
31984
31985 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31986
31987 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31988 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31989
31990 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31991
31992 ;;;***
31993 \f
31994 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31995 ;;;;;;  (20709 26818 907104 0))
31996 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31997
31998 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31999 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32000
32001 BUGS:
32002  - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32003    are not implemented
32004  - Options for search and replace
32005  - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32006  - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32007
32008 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32009 Emacs-like.
32010
32011 The key bindings are:
32012
32013   C-a           backward-word
32014   C-b           fill-paragraph
32015   C-c           scroll-up-line
32016   C-d           forward-char
32017   C-e           previous-line
32018   C-f           forward-word
32019   C-g           delete-char
32020   C-h           backward-char
32021   C-i           indent-for-tab-command
32022   C-j           help-for-help
32023   C-k           ordstar-C-k-map
32024   C-l           ws-repeat-search
32025   C-n           open-line
32026   C-p           quoted-insert
32027   C-r           scroll-down-line
32028   C-s           backward-char
32029   C-t           kill-word
32030   C-u           keyboard-quit
32031   C-v           overwrite-mode
32032   C-w           scroll-down
32033   C-x           next-line
32034   C-y           kill-complete-line
32035   C-z           scroll-up
32036
32037   C-k 0         ws-set-marker-0
32038   C-k 1         ws-set-marker-1
32039   C-k 2         ws-set-marker-2
32040   C-k 3         ws-set-marker-3
32041   C-k 4         ws-set-marker-4
32042   C-k 5         ws-set-marker-5
32043   C-k 6         ws-set-marker-6
32044   C-k 7         ws-set-marker-7
32045   C-k 8         ws-set-marker-8
32046   C-k 9         ws-set-marker-9
32047   C-k b         ws-begin-block
32048   C-k c         ws-copy-block
32049   C-k d         save-buffers-kill-emacs
32050   C-k f         find-file
32051   C-k h         ws-show-markers
32052   C-k i         ws-indent-block
32053   C-k k         ws-end-block
32054   C-k p         ws-print-block
32055   C-k q         kill-emacs
32056   C-k r         insert-file
32057   C-k s         save-some-buffers
32058   C-k t         ws-mark-word
32059   C-k u         ws-exdent-block
32060   C-k C-u       keyboard-quit
32061   C-k v         ws-move-block
32062   C-k w         ws-write-block
32063   C-k x         kill-emacs
32064   C-k y         ws-delete-block
32065
32066   C-o c         wordstar-center-line
32067   C-o b         switch-to-buffer
32068   C-o j         justify-current-line
32069   C-o k         kill-buffer
32070   C-o l         list-buffers
32071   C-o m         auto-fill-mode
32072   C-o r         set-fill-column
32073   C-o C-u       keyboard-quit
32074   C-o wd        delete-other-windows
32075   C-o wh        split-window-right
32076   C-o wo        other-window
32077   C-o wv        split-window-below
32078
32079   C-q 0         ws-find-marker-0
32080   C-q 1         ws-find-marker-1
32081   C-q 2         ws-find-marker-2
32082   C-q 3         ws-find-marker-3
32083   C-q 4         ws-find-marker-4
32084   C-q 5         ws-find-marker-5
32085   C-q 6         ws-find-marker-6
32086   C-q 7         ws-find-marker-7
32087   C-q 8         ws-find-marker-8
32088   C-q 9         ws-find-marker-9
32089   C-q a         ws-query-replace
32090   C-q b         ws-to-block-begin
32091   C-q c         end-of-buffer
32092   C-q d         end-of-line
32093   C-q f         ws-search
32094   C-q k         ws-to-block-end
32095   C-q l         ws-undo
32096   C-q p         ws-last-cursorp
32097   C-q r         beginning-of-buffer
32098   C-q C-u       keyboard-quit
32099   C-q w         ws-last-error
32100   C-q y         ws-kill-eol
32101   C-q DEL       ws-kill-bol
32102
32103 \(fn)" t nil)
32104
32105 ;;;***
32106 \f
32107 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20709 26818
32108 ;;;;;;  907104 0))
32109 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32110
32111 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32112 Perform an interactive search.
32113 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32114 entries of `xesam-search-engines'.  QUERY is the search string in the
32115 Xesam user query language.  If the search engine does not support
32116 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32117
32118 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32119 Example:
32120
32121   (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32122
32123 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32124
32125 ;;;***
32126 \f
32127 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32128 ;;;;;;  (20766 6456 368550 0))
32129 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32130
32131 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32132 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32133 Return the top node with all its children.
32134 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32135
32136 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.  By default,
32137 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32138 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32139
32140   (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32141
32142 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32143 namespace to URIs instead.
32144
32145 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32146 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32147
32148 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32149
32150   (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32151
32152 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32153
32154 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32155 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32156 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32157 not contain well-formed XML.
32158
32159 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32160 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32161 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32162 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32163 element of the list.
32164 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.  By default,
32165 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32166 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32167
32168   (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32169
32170 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32171 namespace to URIs instead.
32172
32173 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32174 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32175
32176 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32177
32178   (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32179
32180 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32181
32182 ;;;***
32183 \f
32184 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32185 ;;;;;;  "nxml/xmltok.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
32186 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32187
32188 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32189 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32190 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32191 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32192 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32193 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32194 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32195 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32196 declaration, return nil.  Otherwise, return t.
32197 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32198
32199 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32200
32201 ;;;***
32202 \f
32203 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20797
32204 ;;;;;;  44848 327754 0))
32205 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32206
32207 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32208 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32209 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32210 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32211 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32212 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32213
32214 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32215
32216 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32217 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32218 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32219 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
32220 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32221
32222 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32223 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm.  It only
32224 works for simple uses of the mouse.  Basically, only non-modified
32225 single clicks are supported.  When turned on, the normal xterm
32226 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32227 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32228
32229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32230
32231 ;;;***
32232 \f
32233 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32234 ;;;;;;  "gnus/yenc.el" (20709 26818 907104 0))
32235 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32236
32237 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32238 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32239
32240 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32241
32242 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32243 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32244
32245 \(fn)" nil nil)
32246
32247 ;;;***
32248 \f
32249 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20709 26818 907104
32250 ;;;;;;  0))
32251 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32252
32253 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32254 Zone out, completely.
32255
32256 \(fn)" t nil)
32257
32258 ;;;***
32259 \f
32260 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32261 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32262 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32263 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32264 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32265 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32266 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32267 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32268 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32269 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32270 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32271 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32272 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32273 ;;;;;;  "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32274 ;;;;;;  "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32275 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32276 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32277 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32278 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32279 ;;;;;;  "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32280 ;;;;;;  "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32281 ;;;;;;  "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32282 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32283 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32284 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32285 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
32286 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
32287 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
32288 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
32289 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
32290 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
32291 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32292 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32293 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32294 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32295 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32296 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
32297 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32298 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32299 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
32300 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32301 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32302 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32303 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32304 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32305 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32306 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32307 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32308 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32309 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32310 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32311 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32312 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32313 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32314 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32315 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32316 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32317 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32318 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32319 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32320 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32321 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32322 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32323 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32324 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32325 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32326 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32327 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32328 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32329 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32330 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32331 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32332 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32333 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32334 ;;;;;;  "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
32335 ;;;;;;  "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32336 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32337 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32338 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32339 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32340 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
32341 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32342 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32343 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32344 ;;;;;;  "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32345 ;;;;;;  "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32346 ;;;;;;  "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32347 ;;;;;;  "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32348 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32349 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32350 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32351 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32352 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32353 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32354 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32355 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32356 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32357 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32358 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "format-spec.el"
32359 ;;;;;;  "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32360 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32361 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32362 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32363 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32364 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32365 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32366 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32367 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32368 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32369 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32370 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32371 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32372 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32373 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32374 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32375 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32376 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32377 ;;;;;;  "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
32378 ;;;;;;  "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
32379 ;;;;;;  "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el"
32380 ;;;;;;  "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32381 ;;;;;;  "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32382 ;;;;;;  "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32383 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32384 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32385 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32386 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32387 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32388 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32389 ;;;;;;  "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32390 ;;;;;;  "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32391 ;;;;;;  "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32392 ;;;;;;  "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32393 ;;;;;;  "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32394 ;;;;;;  "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32395 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32396 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32397 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32398 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32399 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32400 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32401 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32402 ;;;;;;  "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32403 ;;;;;;  "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32404 ;;;;;;  "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32405 ;;;;;;  "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
32406 ;;;;;;  "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
32407 ;;;;;;  "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32408 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32409 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32410 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32411 ;;;;;;  "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32412 ;;;;;;  "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32413 ;;;;;;  "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32414 ;;;;;;  "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32415 ;;;;;;  "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32416 ;;;;;;  "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32417 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32418 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32419 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32420 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32421 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32422 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el"
32423 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el"
32424 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32425 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32426 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32427 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32428 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el"
32429 ;;;;;;  "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32430 ;;;;;;  "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32431 ;;;;;;  "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32432 ;;;;;;  "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32433 ;;;;;;  "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32434 ;;;;;;  "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-freemind.el"
32435 ;;;;;;  "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el"
32436 ;;;;;;  "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32437 ;;;;;;  "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32438 ;;;;;;  "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32439 ;;;;;;  "org/org-lparse.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32440 ;;;;;;  "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
32441 ;;;;;;  "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-odt.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32442 ;;;;;;  "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el"
32443 ;;;;;;  "org/org-remember.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
32444 ;;;;;;  "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
32445 ;;;;;;  "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32446 ;;;;;;  "org/org-xoxo.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el"
32447 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
32448 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
32449 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
32450 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
32451 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
32452 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32453 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32454 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32455 ;;;;;;  "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32456 ;;;;;;  "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32457 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32458 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32459 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32460 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32461 ;;;;;;  "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32462 ;;;;;;  "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32463 ;;;;;;  "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32464 ;;;;;;  "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32465 ;;;;;;  "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32466 ;;;;;;  "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32467 ;;;;;;  "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32468 ;;;;;;  "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32469 ;;;;;;  "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20825 24458 310780
32470 ;;;;;;  797000))
32471
32472 ;;;***
32473 \f
32474 (provide 'loaddefs)
32475 ;; Local Variables:
32476 ;; version-control: never
32477 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32478 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32479 ;; coding: utf-8
32480 ;; End:
32481 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here